Without this patch, the text area would mistakenly delete the characters
types after placing the cursor with the mouse as soon as shift is used
as modifier.
- Don't reset sculpt partition on USB changes whenever ram fs is
selected for use.
- Reconfigure runtime immediately when plugging USB devices.
This prevents the usb-block driver and part_block from
dangling in the graph. They disappear immediately now.
This patch restores the anchoring of the popup menu to the original
behavior, placing the popup to the right of the '+' button. The
anchoring got lost due to the recent structural changes of the GUI,
which affect the hover XML structure.
The new implementation relieves the main entrypoint from monitor jobs
for contended lock primitives and is based on custom applicant data
structures, per-lock resp. per-semaphore applicant lists, and a
libc-internal blockade with timeouts based on libc kernel primitives.
This patch makes the 'with_raw_node' method more useful in situations
where content of an Xml_node is fed into an Xml_generator, i.e., the
rules report/rom mechanism of the window layouter.
The applicant_to_wake_up() member must be initialized to 0 to keep the
same semantic as before the change by
"base: add mutex as derivate of lock"
Issue #3662
Be less rigid when checking for available network to support
setups where the uplink or depot repositories are provided by
another source than "wired" or "wifi" NIC services,
e.g., a virtual machine with pass-through network device.
net:
* increase queue size to 1024 (more stable on Linux)
* use mac address from Nic session instead of random one
* handle data that is larger than rx descriptor correctly (copy less)
* clear descriptor header (12 bytes) on rx
generic:
* always use 'avail_idx' (tx and rx)
* added barriers when reading/writing queues (TMP)
Ref #3620
We do not use the VMM with several CPUs until now.
On the other hand there is a dead-lock due to the
generic timer calling the cpu handler function explicitly,
which already holds the lock. For the time-being remove the lock.
Ref #3620
The new text_area component is able to view and edit files.
Internally, it employs a menu_view for the graphics output.
Only basic notepad-like text-editing functions are supported.
At the current time, it is solely meant as a companion of the Sculpt
manager.
Issue #3650
This patch improves the robustness of menu_view when encounting missing
textures, which can happen during development when using styled buttons
and frames. With the patch, menu_view outputs diagnostic messages,
pinpointing the problem.
The patch also updates the texture handling to use the 'File_content'
utility and the VFS for obtaining PNG images.
Issue #3629
This patch allows for the customization of the text color and alpha
value of the label widget by the means of a style-definition file.
The mechanism is exemplified with the new "invisible" label style
that sets the alpha value to zero.
Issue #3629
- use Job API as block connection back end
- use Request_stream API as front end
- use Mmio framework for gpt and mbr parsing
- implement sync correctly
fixes#3652
Generated a separate 'config.h' for arm, arm_64, x86_32, x86_64 for the
current version (6.1.2) of GMP. This became necessary because
configurations differ for each architecture.
'config.h' generaton on x86_64 host in'gmp-6.1.2' directory:
for x86_64 (native):
! configure
for x86_32:
! configure --host=x86-pc-linux-gnu --build=x86_64-pc-linux-gnu
for arm:
! configure --host=arm-linux-gnu --build=x86_64-pc-linux-gnu \
! CC=/usr/local/gcc-linaro-arm/bin/arm-linux-gnueabi-gcc ABI=32
for arm_v8:
! configure --host=aarch64-linux-gnu --build=x86_64-pc-linux-gnu \
! CC=/usr/local/gcc-linaro/bin/aarch64-linux-gnu-gcc ABI=64
issue #3598
This commit adds dynamic switching in between different defined
screens via keyboard shortcuts, or by editing the rules file.
In the window_layouter package it defines per default ten screens,
reachable by pressing the screen key along with numbers 0-9.
Fix#3646
The mutex class is more restrictive in usage compared to
Genode::Lock.
- At initialiation time it is ever unlocked.
- No thread is permitted to lock twice. Warn about it
in case it happens.
- Only the lock onwer is permitted to unlock the mutex.
Warn about it and don't unlock the mutex in case it happens.
Issue #3612
In preparation of ipc receive, by now a bunch of capabilities got
allocated to be ready iin case of capability receiption. After that
unuse slots were freed again. This overhead of senseless (de-)allocations
is replaced in this commit by just restock capability slots that got
used by the last receive.
Fix#3640
Error return codes are used with non-const functions in the signaling modules.
This would have been impractical for the in-place translation of the module to
Ada in the context of the Spunky project. Besides, it is easy to get rid of
them and it makes the execution flow more clear.
Ref #3308
Besides reducing the use of pointers in base-hw, this prepares for the in-place
translation of the signaling module to Ada in the context of the Spunky
project.
Ref #3308
This prevents the use of Kernel::Object as base class for the specific kernel
objects and instead makes it a member of the kernel objects. Besides
simplifying inheritance hierarchies in base-hw, this prepares for the in-place
translation of the signaling module (and others) to Ada in the context of the
Spunky project.
Ref #3308
Besides simplifying the execution flow in the signaling module, this prepares
for the in-place translation of the signaling module to Ada in the context of
the Spunky project.
Ref #3308
This prevents the use of C++ features in the public method interface of the
synchronous-IPC module that would be impractical for the in-place
translation of the module into Ada in the context of the Spunky project.
* Get rid of thread accessor.
* Get rid of non-const functions with return values.
* Get rid of pointer return-values.
Ref #3308
Besides simplifying inheritance hierarchies in base-hw, this prepares for the
in-place translation of the synchronous-IPC module to Ada in the context of the
Spunky project.
Ref #3308
This is a simplication of the asyncronous-IPC module of the base-hw kernel.
Besides structuring the code in a cleaner way, it prepares for the in-place
translation of the module into Ada in the context of the Spunky project.
* Get rid of virtual methods in Ipc_node.
* Move all stuff related to protection domains, capabilities, and UTCBs to
the Thread class. this code might later be moved to a dedicated module, but
for now it's just fine to have it done by the thread module.
Ref #3308
Moved code waking up processors for Cortex A53 before changing privilege
level because sending events to higher privilege levels is not allowed.
Fixed enable_mmu for Cortex A53 to properly return cpu id.
Fixed starting code for secondary cores to properly initialize stacks.
Added code to wake up secondary cores on rpi3.
Ref #3573
We cannot count on the correct initialization of the diagnostic register
of the secondary cores. But the boot core gets initialized by the bootchain,
so we can copy over those values.
Fix#3639
If the root child requests a LOG service with the label "unlabeled" then
return a LOG session that logs unprefixed messages. This allows a external
test controller to recognize log messages produced by a blessed component.
This new attribute can be used to enforce a minimum width in the unit of
the size of the character 'x'. Furthermore, the patch sets the minimum
height of a label to 0 if no 'text' attribute is present. By combining
both features, the label becomes usable as a horizontal spacer.
Issue #3629
This patch refines the hover handling such that a float widget never
responds to hovering unless a child is hovered. This way, it becomes
possible to stack multiple float widgets within one frame and still
reach all child widgets.
Issue #3629
Similarly to the way of how a <cursor> can be defined for a <label>
widget, a selection can be expressed as follows:
<label ...>
<selection at="2" length="12"/>
</label>
Issue #3607
Issue #3629
When setting the <dialog> attribute 'hover_details' to "yes", the hover
report features the character position of a hovered label.
Issue #3607
Issue #3629
This patch equips the label widget with the ability to display a text
cursor, as illustrated by the following example:
<label text="...">
<cursor at="10"/>
</label>
Issue #3607
Issue #3629
The value range supported by the 'Animated_rect' utility is constrained
to 2^11 by the used 32-bit integer type. The interpolation is performed
on fixpoint numbers with a fractional precision of 10 bits. The
non-linear interpolation as performed by the 'Lazy_value' utility
involves squaring the values. Hence, the interpolated integral values
must not exceed 2^11 (2*11 bits for the square plus 10 bit for the
fractional part require 32 bits). This range is too small for
high-resolution displays. Hence this patch replaces the 32-bit integer
type by a 64-bit integer type.
Fixes#3627
The wm used to remember the last pointer position when observing a leave
event. With such a stale pointer position, the wm would eventually
wrongly create an artifical motion event when a supposedly hovered
window changes its position (during an animated move). This can lead to
the propagation of the stale pointer position to the wm client, which,
in turn, may interpret the outdated position (e.g., the menu view would
report a wrong hover state).
This patch removes the stale state by resetting the '_pointer_pos' when
observing a leave event.
Fixes#3632
When specifying "/" or "" as rel_path to the 'Directory' constructor,
the constructed directory should refer to the same directory. The
implementation of the join utility did not consider this corner case. It
occurred during the attempt to use fs_query with "/" given as path.
This patch also adds a Directory::Entry::dir accessor that returns true
if the entry is a directory.
Fixes#3630
By writing out all dangling characters at destruction time, the
'Buffered_output' utility can be used as a local variable rather
than a long-living object.
Besides updating to a newer version the update adds the AC97 ICH driver
and addresses shortcomings with the OpenBSD emulation environment:
* Fix 'delay(9)' implementation - it now properly uses 'us' as unit,
which results on faster initialization of the drivers.
* Fix LOG output that got lost during commit f23579532 and bring over
the printf implementation from dde_linux for more structured
printing.
* As said the driver now recognizes the AUICH devices. So far it was
only tested with the device model in VirtualBox where it produces
stuttering audio, investigating the cause is still ongoing.
Fixes#3641.
- Remove dated 'Block::Driver' front end and implement
'Block::Request_stream' front end
- Remove all dynamic memory allocations but DMA memory allocations
- Remove 'Platform_hba' and implement platform specific functions in
'spec/<platform>/*'
- Ata and Atapi don't inherit from 'Port' any more, but are a member of
'Port' as a protocol implementation
- Use platform driver for MMIO mappings (x86)
- Exchange stateful initialization of Ata/Atapi with a sequential
initialization using 'wait_for_any' and 'retry' patterns
- Fix Atapi initialization by setting the byte count limit
- Set FIS receive base only when Cmd::FRE is disabled and Cmd::FR is 0
- Put everything in namespaces ('Ahci', 'Ata', or 'Atapi')
- Ata decides during read/write operations to use native-command queuing
or normal DMA requests
- Remove port claiming logic (is now done via 'Constructibles')
fixes#3636
The libc monitor facility enables the execution of monitor jobs by the
main thread when the monitor pool was charged. In comparison to the
current suspend/resume_all mechanism the main thread iterates over all
job functions in contrast to waking up all threads to check their
conditions by themselves. Threads are only woken up if the completion
condition was met.
This commit is the result of a collaboration with Christian Prochaska.
Many thanks for your support, Christian.
Fixes#3550
sleep(), usleep(), and nanosleep() now return immediately on
zero-timeout. Also, non-zero timeouts sleep at least 1 ms (the current
minimal timeout in libc), which compensates rounding errors.
Issue #3550
The ARP destination MAC was set to the Ethernet source MAC which is not
necessarily the MAC of the other ARP peer. Instead use the ARP source MAC of
the ARP request.
Instead of listening for new TCP/IP connections only,
the TCP terminal connects to a server when an IP address is
configured in the policy for a terminal client.
Fix#3619
If the suspend method for the main thread detects that the suspend
condition is false it must return the passed timeout value (not always
0). Otherwise, the caller may incorrectly assume the timeout expired.
Especially the initial reset ended up with an unusable keyboard in rare
cases before. This commit disables keyboard and mouse handling of i8042
during command sequences according to a note from
https://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/kbd/scancodes-12.html
The new utility can be used to revert quoted XML attribute values.
Such quoting is needed whenever an attribute value can contain '"'
characters. E.g., in the menu_view's <label text="..."> widget.
Issue #1757
If the ROM service returned in invalid dataspace, reflect this condition
via a size of zero instead of triggering an exception of type
'Reconstructible<Attached_dataspace>::Deref_unconstructed_object'.
Issue #3606
An invalid ROM dataspace can occur, for example, when requesting a ROM
from the report_rom service before the first report was posted. Such a
<rom> node can still be useful if it's dynamic. E.g., it can be watched.
Hence, the corner case of an invalid ROM dataspace should be gracefully
handled instead of causing an abort.
Issue #3606
This patch adds a special variant of a 'Content_producer' called
'Xml_producer', which allows the direct use of an 'Xml_generator'
for generating the ROM-module content.
This patch extracts the child-management functionality from the init
component into a new library called "sandbox". The library API is
located at 'os/include/os/sandbox.h'.
The sandbox API allows for the interaction of the component with the
sandboxed children by providing locally implemented services. This
mechanism is illustrated by the new test at os/src/test/sandbox.
Issue #3601
This patch extends the 'Buffered_xml' utility with a new constructor
that fills the buffer with the output of an 'Xml_generator'. It thereby
presents an easy way to generate XML to be consumed locally.
The patch also add a deprecation mark to the original 'xml' accessor
because copying 'Xml_node' objects (here as return value) is dangerous.
The new 'with_xml_node' method should instead be used to access the XML
content stored in the buffer.
Fixes#3602
The XML parser used to rely in C++ exceptions while parsing, which is an
artifact from the initial implementation. This patch reworks the code such
that exceptions are avoided in the common cases.
Fixes#3605
Replace return values with appropiate bool and document two-staged
publickey authentication. This fixes a bug where wrong authentication
attempts are not properly denied.
Issue #3590.
Adding an explicit check clarifies at the first glance that the array
bounds are respected without needing knowledge about MAX_CAPS_PER_MSG
and L4_UTCB_GENERIC_DATA_SIZE (used for dimensioning 'mr').
This patch changes the code of '_alloc_two_blocks_metadata' to not
leak the result of a partial allocation in the out parameters of
the method. This eases the reasoning about the absence of a
use-atfer-free problem (there was none).
With the '-x' argument of the 'g++' tool the language gets specified,
therefore it has to be 'c++' furthermore, not CUSTOM_HOST_CXX. Moreover,
when import-lx_hybrid.mk gets evaluated first, global.mk is not included
yet, therefore we cannot eagerly evaluate the CXX_LINK_OPT_NO_PIE variable.
Issue #3466
server.h:51:12: warning: ‘int write_avail_cb(socket_t, int, void*)’
declared ‘static’ but never defined [-Wunused-function]
This patch fixes the warning by moving the user of 'write_avail_cb' to
the compliation unit that defines it.
Even though the call of map.metadata is known to always return a valid
pointer (because the meta data is assigned in the code just above),
better add an explicit nullptr check.
`volatile` effectively prevents instruction reordering by the compiler
and fixes an issue with -O3 compiled components.
Note, this commit does not address further arguments regarding memory
barriers and volatile voiced in issue #693.
Issue #693
Incoming ACK packets for sent data packets may be the only unblocker for
suspended write/send loops. This patch informs VFS users about I/O of
VFS handle on successfully sent packets.
Store errno in pthread objects, return member upon call to '__error()'.
This became necessary in order to make errno thread-safe.
Note, any call to libc code from a non-pthread (beside the first
entrypoint) is not supported.
issue #3568
- Stop refreshing if all CPUs go to sleep, also in text mode.
- Any input resets update rate to 100Hz in graphic mode, which gets
decreased step by step down to 25Hz if no input is available (looking video
without input by user).
Fixes#3576
This commit uses CUSTOM_HOST_CC/CUSTOM_HOST_CXX instead of hardcoded
commands and introduces HOST_DEV_PREFIX.
Original patch by Roman Iten and Pirmin Duss.
Issue #3466
This is important to issue sync requests for written-to files.
As the closing must be performed by an atexit handler, it happens at a
time _after_ libc plugins are destructed. Consequently an FD allocated
by such a plugin results in a close error, which in turn, does not
destruct the FD. We ultimatedly end up in an infinte loop of
re-attempting the close. For this reason, the patch changes 'close' to
be robust against this special case.
This is generally not a problem because libc plugins are phased out.
However, at present, the libc_noux plugin is still important. With the
changed 'close' in place, there occurred an error message "Error: close:
close not implemented" at the exit of each noux program. This patch
removes the error printing from the libc plugin mechansim to avoid this
noise. The error messages are not important anyway because the
deprecation of the libc plugin interface.
Issue #3578
The getpeername function is provided only by the socket fs.
In the case where the socket fs is not configured, return an appropriate
errno instead probing for a libc plugin (there is none).
Issue #3578
This patch removes the global variable 'blocker', which was expected to
be constructed via the global ctors. This mechanism, however, is not
used for the base library, which resulted in the use of an unconstructed
object. Specifically, the spinlock of the 'Lock' of the 'Registry'
defaulted to the LOCKED state (value 0), which eventually would lead to
a deadlock in the contention case of the cxa guard.
I could observe this deadlock once on during the component startup on
base-linux during the construction of the 'startup_lock'.
This patch fixes the problem by explicitly initializing the registry
of blockers via an init function.
Issue #2299
Issue #3578
- Close FDs marked with the close-on-execve flag
(needed for 'make', which sets the flag for the pipe-in
FD of forked children)
- Update binary name on execve to use as ROM for subsequent fork
- Enable vfork as an alias for fork (needed by make)
- Purge line buffers for output streams during execve because they
may be allocated at the allocation heap, which does not survive
the execve call.
- Consider short-lived processes that may exit while the parent still
blocks in the fork call.
With these changes, the website generator of genodians.org works without
the need for the Noux runtime.
Issue #3578
This restores behavior introduced in
commit cb232891bf
Author: Norman Feske <norman.feske@genode-labs.com>
Date: Tue May 10 11:55:25 2016 +0200
Fix noux.run on base-linux
but removed by issue #2829.
Related to issue #1938
fd > FD_SETSIZE cannot use 'select' or 'poll' within our libc.
Therefore, we added a bit allocator in order to allocate fd < FD_SETSIZE
(1024).
fixes#3568
From the man page of expect:
> Both expect and interact will detect when the current process exits
> and implicitly do a close. But if you kill the process by, say, "exec
> kill $pid", you will need to explicitly call close.
Fixes#3569
This patch is a follow-up fix for "ttf_font: prevent out-of-bounds
access", which produced sporadic single-pixel artifacts with large font
sizes, e.g., with the monospaced font set to 24px in Sculpt.
The artifacts occurred only for some horizontal sub-pixel positions, in
combination with the font cache, and after the rendering of '>'
characters. They were ultimately caused by the missed clearning of the
first pixel of a glyph where x0 is 1 (e.g., the character 'd'). In this
case, a pixel from the previously evicted cache entry (the '>') shined
through. The patch fixes the problem by clearing the glyph starting from
the first, not the x0's, pixel.
Fixes#3567
This test covers the situation where depot_query evaluates depot content
that is incompletely extracted. In particular, if the 'archives' file
already exists but has a size of zero, depot_query would produce a
page fault. This situation can be manually provoked by deliberately
creating a zero-sized archives file for any otherwise correct pkg.
This patch also fixes the success indicator of the test. It wrongly
matched an early line of the log output.
Issue #3557
* The log history of a test is stored as a whole for the lifetime of the test.
* Matching of the log history against log patterns is done correctly now
(previously, a pattern like "AAB" on an input like "AAAB" wouldn't have
triggered).
* Use memcmp, memcpy, memmove instead of the former character-wise operations.
* Sanitizing of log input and log patterns now works more generic through the
new Filter class for all replacements/removals.
* Sanitizing is done as soon as a string is available and remains for the
lifetime of the test.
* Sanitizing doesn't interfer with the matching algorithm.
* Decomposing into small clearly named functions.
Ref #3555
Make sure timers run at the same priority as component threads, otherwise
no timer progress can be made. See 'rtTimeNanoTSInternalRef' (timesupref.h)
and 'rtTimerLRThread' (timerlr-generic.cpp).
This is a follow-up patch for "noux: don't update mtimes for read-only
files". It eliminates warning messages during Sculpt's prepare step when
'cp' tries to update the mtimes of the source files.
When copying config/managed/deploy to config/deploy, the latter may
temporarily result in an empty configuration. Such an intermediate
state should be ignored to keep the currently running scenario in tact
instead of restarting it.
This patch addresses a corner case where the nitpicker focus is not
solely defined by mouse clicks or (exclusively) by a window manager, but
by a policy component that takes mouse clicks and other policy (e.g.,
a lock screen) into account. It ensures that each click that follows a
focus change (however initiated) results in a new "clicked" report even
when the report looks the same. To allow the policy component to
uniquely distiguish subsequent reports, the report features a new
'version' attribute.
Fixes#3493
This is a follow-up patch for issue #1784 that solves two
inconsistencies.
- The Vfs::Timestamp::INVALID matches File_system::Timestamp::INVALID
- The Noux libc plugin tests for Timestamp::INVALID instead of a
positive value.
The patch fixes the mtime info as shown in directory listings in
Sculpt's inspect window.
This patch let the VFS server reflect the session policy via the
writeable bit in directory entries instead of merely forwarding the bit
from the respective VFS plugin. This way, all files originating from a
read-only file-system session automatically appear in directory listings
as read-only files.
Related to issue #3507
required due to pthreads becoming/are an integral part of the libc now.
Commit avoids libc error:
Error: libc suspend() called from non-user context (0xaf5c784) - aborting
Issue #3550
'dlopen' causes the ldso to open ROM connections, right now we only
support single file names for these ROM not paths. Therefore, we extract
the file name from path within libc's 'dlopen'
fixes#3551
This is an intermediate fix to handle sends to sockets shut down by the
peer already. A final fix in the libc would add support for the
MSG_NOSIGNAL send flag, generate SIGPIPE, and return the expected EINTR.
Then this patch is no longer required.
This commit also drops the obsolete patch for missing
sysconf(_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN), which is now part of libc.
The VFS server as reworked in issue #3547 responds to such an attempt
with a failure as acknowledgement, triggering the client-side error
"Error: packet operation=2 failed" at noux.
This patch prevents the driver from translating Insufficient_ram_quota
and Insufficient_cap_quota exceptions to Service_denied exceptions at
session-creation time. This enables the client to respond to such a
condition by retrying the session creation with increased session quota.
Add a new plugin for creating pipes between pairs of VFS handles. It is
intended to replace the libc_pipe plugin, one of the last remaining libc
plugins.
In contrast to the libc_pipe plugin, this plugin defers cross-handle
notification until I/O signal handling rather than block and unblock
readers using a semaphore. This is a performance regression in the case
of multiple threads blocking on a pipe, but shall be an intermediate
mechanism pending renovations within the libc VFS and threading layers.
As a side effect, threads blocked on a pipe might not be resumed until
the main thread suspends and dispatches I/O signals.
The "test-libc_pipe" test has been adjusted to use the VFS pipe plugin
and tests both local pipes and pipes hosted remotely in the VFS server.
Merge adaptations (such as EOF handling, adjustment to VFS/libc
interface changes) by Norman Feske.
Fix#2303
This patch reworks the VFS server to become easier to understand.
- The packet-stream handling is hidden from the node types.
- Introduced the notion of a "job" as an abstraction from the raw packet
stream.
- The processing of requests is split into three phases:
(1) accepting new jobs,
(2) the execution of jobs, and
(3) the delivery of acknowledgements.
- There is no longer a global fifo of pending nodes. Instead, each
session has a fifo of "active" nodes, which are nodes that wait
for the completion of jobs.
- The Io_node type no longer uses virtual functions as hooks for
the derrived classes. Instead, it provides a number of utility
functions.
- The control flow of the 'Io_progress_handler' is now the same as
for the session-local packet-stream handler.
- Removed dependency from 'file_system/node.h', which is a relic
from the ram_fs.
While reworking the code, the following semantic changes were made
additionally.
- The handling of SEEK_TAIL no longer overwrites the file content at the
end of the file.
- Removed diagnostic message at session-creation time.
- Write loop for continuous files
Issue #3547
Issue #2303
This patch reduces the debug noise for the prominent case of executing
bash with coreutils. Without it, the forked process will always ask for
more RAM immediately when starting up.
This change allows for the conversion of directory entries in place
(i.e., in the VFS server) and anticipates the potential future merge of
both types into one.
Issue #3547
This patch improves the libc's write operation to iterate on partial
writes to continuous files until the original write count is reached.
The split of large write operations into small partial writes as
dictated by the VFS infrastructure (e.g., constained by I/O buffer
sizes) becomes invisible to the libc-using application.
Issue #3507
Issue #2303
Make sure that at least entry is present in the .dynamic section, so the
PT_DYNAMIC segment points to something valid in case there are no
dynamic symbols.
issue #3537
This patch adds the ability to call 'kill' with the own PID to trigger
the execution of the handler of the specified POSIX signal. This is used
by 'bash', e.g., when cancelling the input of a command via control-c.
Related to issue #3546
This patch equips the VFS terminal file system with the ability to
detect user interrupts in the incoming data stream, and propagate this
information via the new pseudo file '.terminal/interrupts'. Each time,
the user presses control-c in the terminal, the value stored in this
pseudo file is increased. Thereby, a VFS client can watch this file to
get notified about the occurrences of user interrupts.
Fixes#3546
The scratch buffer is now allocated from the heap and is shared
between the test as they are executed in a serial fashion. This
change saves memory as the test are constructed at start-up.
Fixes#3539.
This patch adds support for watch notifications for the
'Readonly_value_file_system', which is often used by VFS plugins to
implement pseudo files. It thereby enables VFS clients to respond to
VFS-plugin events (think of terminal resize) dynamically.
Fixes#3523
As genode.org site is now protected by TLS and unencrypted site
is redirected to enctypted one, download URL should be modified
to reflect this change.
Without this change, wget downloads just index.html file.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Girko <ol@infoserver.lv>
Fixes#3538
It runs pretty well on Raspberry Pi, for example.
Leaving this scenario limited to x86 for autopilot runs only.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Girko <ol@infoserver.lv>
Fixes#3536
Prevents integration failures like follows if the libraries were not
built already in the build directory.
Missing boot modules: libm.lib.so posix.lib.so
Makefile:323: recipe for target 'run/lwip_lx' failed
Passing array of unsigned chars to Genode::log() function
makes it converted to void pointer, resulting in printing its address.
Wrapping this array into Genode::Cstring solves this problem
and makes it being printed properly as zero-terminaled string.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Girko <ol@infoserver.lv>
Fixes#3530
Uplink labels were stored in the uplink objects as reference. As uplink objects
may be re-used on re-configuration to avoid unnecessary closing and re-opening
of NIC sessions, the label reference could get invalid as the object that
stored the label content didn't get re-used. Thus, the label is now copied to
the uplink object.
Fixes#3529
This adds two new boolean attributes to the <report> tag of the NIC router
configuration 'link_state' and 'link_state_triggers'. The former decides
whether to report the link state of each NIC interface (downlink, uplinks) at
the NIC router. The other decides whether to trigger reporting each time the
link state of an interface changes.
Fixes#3527
If a MAC address was once allocated for a downlink and during the further
creation of the downlink an exception caused the creation to be aborted, the
NIC router didn't free the MAC address again.
Ref #3525
The handling of exceptions during session creation implies freeing and
detaching the RAM DS behind the session env and session component. But this
was done using the session env located in the same RAM DS, which must
lead to problems. Now, the session env from the RAM DS is copied to the stack
and the operations are done on this temporary instance instead.
Ref #3525
When the construction of a member of Packet_stream_*::Rpc_object after
the _cap member threw an exception, the object was not dissolved from
the entrypoint although the Rpc_object vanished at this point. This was
because the call to 'manage()' happened in the initializer list (for the
_cap member instantiation). The destruction of the _cap member then did
not dissolve the object.
This first fix moves the call to 'manage()' into the constructor body
after the instantiation of all other members. A more sophisticated fix
would use some kind of 'Managed_object' life-time guard that manages an
object on construction and dissolves on destruction.
Ref #3525
When re-configuring a domain from using a static IP config to using a dynamic
IP config, attached interfaces didn't react with doing DHCP discover. This bug
is fixed now and the nic_router_flood test was adapted in a way that it tests
the described behavior.
Fix#3518
This patch introduces a new scheme of handling ioctl operations that
maps ioctls to pseudo-file accesses, similar to how the libc maps socket
calls to socket-fs operations.
A device file can be accompanied with a (hidden) directory that is named
after the device file and hosts pseudo files for triggering the various
device operations. For example, for accessing a terminal, the directory
structure looks like this:
/dev/terminal
/dev/.terminal/info
The 'info' file contains device information in XML format. The type of
the XML node corresponds to the device type. E.g., If the libc receives
a 'TIOCGWINSZ' ioctl for /dev/terminal, it reads the content of
/dev/.terminal/info to obtain the terminal-size information. In this
case, the 'info' file looks as follows:
<terminal rows="25" columns="80/>
Following this scheme, VFS plugins can support ioctl operations by
providing an ioctl directory in addition to the actual device file.
Internally, the mechanism uses the 'os/vfs.h' API to access pseudo
files. Hence, we need to propagate the Vfs::Env to 'vfs_plugin.cc' to
create an instance of a 'Directory' for the root for the VFS.
Issue #3519
The run script used to be the only user of the fatfs_fs server, which
we're going to remove. This patch removes the components for accessing a
real storage device and file system from the run script. The new version
just uses ram_fs.
Issue #3512
Nowadays, we use standard command-line tools like vim to edit init
configurations dynamically, which alleviates the need for a custom CLI.
The CLI-monitor component was too limited for use cases like Sculpt
anyway.
The patch also removes the ancient (and untested for long time)
terminal_mux.run script, which used to be the only remaining user of the
CLI monitor.
Issue #3512
This driver manually checks if the RAM quota is big enough for the
Lan9118 nic session component. The problem is Root_component::_create
from which Root_component::_create_session gets called does already
check this. No need to account for it twice.
Fixes#3514
This patch extends the 'File_system::Status',
'File_system::Directory_entry', and the related 'Vfs' types with
the following additional information:
- Distinction between continuous and transactional files (Node_type)
(issue #3507)
- Readable, writeable, and executable attributes (Node_rwx),
replacing the former 'mode' bits
(issue #3030)
The types 'Node_rwx', 'Node_type' are defined twice,
once for the VFS (vfs/types.h) and once for the 'File_system'
session (file_system_session/file_system_session.h).
Similarly, there is a direct correspondance between
'Vfs::Directory_service::Dirent' and 'File_system::Directory_entry'.
This duplication of types follows the existing pattern of keeping the
VFS and file-system session independent from each other.
Moving the handling into the input-session clients enables more
sophisticated implementations (like Qt5) to apply key-symbol based
handling of those modifiers like correct CTRL-A with QWERTY and AZERTY
layouts and distinction of CTRL-J and Return.
Issue #3483
The API still exports 32-bit address and size values only, which works
as the actual MMIO resources are allocated in platform_drv internally.
Fixes#3494
Map ACPI tables entirely as one dataspaces (not page-by-page). Note, the
current approach does only merge overlapping but not consecutive I/O
memory regions, which would reduce the amount of capabilities required
even further.
Fixes#3495
With the added modification-time support in the libc, the extract tool
requires a timer session, which is not plausible for the purpose of the
program.
This behavior stems from the fact that the libc implicitly writes the
mtime when closing a written file. For this update, it implicitly calls
'clock_gettime', which in turn initializes the timer subsystem within
the libc (creating a timer session).
For the extract tool, the implicitly updated mtime is useless because
the extract tool overwrites this modification time with the mtime stored
in the archive anyway. However, the dependency from a timer service
remains.
This patch explicitly disables the libc's implicit updating of the
file-modification when closing a written file.
Issue #1784
By specifying <libc update_mtime="no"...>, the modification-time update
on VFS-sync operations (as issued whenever a written file is closed)
can explicitly be disabled.
Issue #1784
... and set initial time by using RTC session.
Up to now Noux used a monotic clock whose initial start value always
was '0' (which correlates to the start of the UNIX epoch) to provide
a notion of time. In addition it is now possible to use the RTC
session to set the initial value for use cases where having a proper
real-world time matters.
To use the RTC session the 'rtc' attribute of the '<config>' node
must be set to 'yes'. Thereby the session becomes a mandatory
dependency as Noux will not start without it.
Issue #1784
This patch complements the commit "libc: execve" with the ability to
execute files stored at arbitrary sub directories of the file system.
Issue #3481
Issue #3500
This patch removes ldso's builtin policy of removing any path elements
prepending the ROM module name. Instead, the ROM name is used as is.
This clears the way to access different ROM modules that share the same
name but are stored at different directories behind an fs_rom (e.g.,
/bin/bash vs. /usr/local/bin/bash).
Issue #3500
This patch replaces the naive dup2 implementation (that merely
duplicated the context pointer) by the replication of the original
FD state by re-opening the same file with the same flags and seek
position. This prevents a potential double release of the VFS handle
(the FD context). It also implements 'dup'.
Fixes#3505Fixes#3477
- Eliminate call of global libc_config()
- Remove dynamic memory allocation, const cast
- Prepare for moving the state from compilation unit to header
- Fix run/libc_getpwent.run
Issue #3497
This patch unifies the patterns of using the 'Genode' and 'Libc'
namespaces.
Types defined in the 'internal/' headers reside in the 'Libc'
namespace. The code in the headers does not need to use the
'Libc::' prefix.
Compilation units import the 'Libc' namespace after the definition of
local types. Local types reside in the 'Libc' namespace (and should
eventually move to an 'internal/' header).
Since the 'Libc' namespace imports the 'Genode' namespace, there is
no need to use the 'Genode::' prefix. Consequently, code in the
compilation units rarely need to qualify the 'Genode' or 'Libc'
namespaces.
There are a few cases where the 'Libc', the 'Genode', and the global
(libc) namespaces are ambigious. In these cases, an explicit
clarification is needed:
- 'Genode::Allocator' differs from 'Libc::Allocator'.
- 'Genode::Env' differs from 'Libc::Env'.
- Genode's string functions (strcmp, memcpy, strcpy) conflict
with the names of the (global) libc functions.
- There exist both 'Genode::uint64_t' and the libc'c 'uint64_t'.
Issue #3497
This patch is the first step of re-organizing the internal structure of
the libc. The original version involved many direct calls of global
functions (often with side effects) across compilation units, which
made the control flow (e.g., the initialization sequence) hard to
follow.
The new version replaces those ad-hoc interactions with dedicated
interfaces (like suspend.h, resume.h, select.h, current_time.h). The
underlying facilities are provided by the central Libc::Kernel and
selectively propagated to the various compilation units. The latter is
done by a sequence of 'init_*' calls, which eventually will be replaced
by constructor calls.
The addition of new headers increases the chance for name clashes with
existing (public) headers. To disambiguate libc-internal header files
from public headers, this patch moves the former into a new 'internal/'
subdirectory. This makes the include directives easier to follow and the
libc's source-tree structure more tidy.
There are still a few legacies left, which cannot easily be removed
right now (e.g., because noux relies on them). However, the patch moves
those bad apples to legacy.h and legacy.cc, which highlights the
deprecation of those functions.
Issue #3497
- readv_writev: move 'rw_lock' instance into a function scope,
constructing the instance on the first access.
- select: move 'select_cb_list' instance into function scope.
- thread: move 'key_list_lock' and 'keys' into function scope.
- rwlock, semaphore, socket_fs_plugin, thread, thread_create:
instantiate 'Libc::Allocator' per use, alleviating the need for a
global instance.
Issue #3496
Implement getifaddrs and freeifaddrs within the libc using socket
control files at the VFS. Add an "address" and "netmask" file to the
lwIP plugin.
Only a single IPv4 address is initially supported, and the broadcast
address returned will never be valid.
Fixes#3439
The check was accidentally in
66d44289e1 tool/ports: streamline hash tool usage
because $(call VAR, ...) just expands to nothing without errors if VAR
is undefined.
This adds complete character-generator configurations for English (US),
German (Germany and Switzerland), and French (France and Switzerland).
The configs are manually amended and stripped-down versions of
xkb2ifcfg generated configs.
Issue #3483
The Press event is actually a Press_char event with a default codepoint.
The default codepoint is now
Codepoint { Codepoint::INVALID } /* value 0xfffe */
in contrast to
Codepoint { Input::Event::INVALID } /* value 0 */
Issue #3483
This patch implements 'execve' in Genode's libc.
The mechanism relies on the dynamic linker's ability to replace the
loaded binary while keeping crucial libraries - in particular the libc -
intact. The state outside the libc is wiped. For this reason, all libc
internal state needed beyond the 'execve' call must be allocated on a
heap separate from the application-owned malloc heap. E.g.,
libc-internal file-descriptor objects must not be allocated or refer to
any memory object allocated from the malloc heap.
Issue #3481
The allocation of regions within the linker area is normally left to the
best-fit 'Allocator_avl', which happens to populate the linker area
starting with the binary followed by all loaded libraried with no gaps
in between.
When replacing the binary during execve, however, we need to ensure that
the new binary does not conflict with any library that stays resident
during execve. This patch tweaks the linker's region allocation scheme
such that these libraries are placed at the end of the linker area.
Issue #3481
This patch extends the interface of the dynamic linker with the ability
to replace the running binary executable by another one. It is
designated for the implementation of execve. The interface consists of
two new functions.
'Dynamic_linker::keep' marks the specified shared object as unloadable.
This can be used to pin a set of libraries (i.e., the libc) within the
local address space while replacing the binary and other higher-level
libraries.
'Dynamic_linker::respawn' unloads the current binary, loads the one
specifed as first argument, and looks up the entry point symbol of the
new binary, which would be "main" for POSIX programs.
In addition to implementing the new interface, the patch adjusts the
linker at various places that previously assumed the binary to be
constant over runtime.
Issue #3481
This patch is a follow-up commit for "ld: load dynamic linker at static
address on Linux". It suppresses the stderr output of 'dd' when marking
the ELF binary as executable.
Issue #3479
This patch enables the fork.run script to run on base-linux. It should
be regarded as an interim solution, however, because the randomization
performed by the Linux kernel may still - by chance - produce a
situation where one of the libc's malloc heap regions intersects with
another dataspace dynamically attached to the child.
The better solution would be to make the 'Region_map_mmap'
implementation not depend on the kernel's allocation policy by using a
locally implemented allocator.
Issue #3478
This patch extends the fork test with explicit checks for the cloned
content of the heap and RW segment as well as the seek position of an
open file descriptor. It adds the new libports/run/fork.run script
that exercises the fork mechanism implemented by the libc. It is based
on noux_fork.run, which tests the mechansim provided by noux. The
test program has been moved from ports to libports.
Issue #3478
The libc already supports the configuration of 'stdin', 'stdout', and
'stderr' using '<libc>' config attributes. This patch equips the libc
with the additional ability to pre-initialize any other file descriptor.
A file descriptor is configured as follows:
<config>
...
<libc ...>
<fd id="3" path="/dev/log" writeable="yes" readable="no" seek="10"/>
...
</libc>
</config>
Furthermore, this patch moves the FD initialization code from the VFS
plugin to the libc kernel initialization because opening the FDs
depends on 'malloc' ('strdup'), which should not be used at early
'Libc::Kernel' initialization time.
Issue #3478
This patch replaces the former use of an Allocator_avl with the Id_space
utility, which is safer to use and allows for the iteration of all
elements. The iteration over open file descriptors is needed for
implementing 'fork'.
Issue #3478
The new 'Heap::for_each_region' method provides information about the
heap's used virtual-memory regions. This method allows for the
mirroring of the heap state as needed by 'fork'.
Issue #3478
By specifying the config attribute 'check_ctors="no"', the dynamic
linker won't abort the program on a missing call of
'Env::exec_static_constructors'. This is the case for forked programs
where the ctors were already executed by the forking program prior the
fork operation.
Issue #3478
This patch enhances the 'base/shared_object.h' interface of the dynamic
linker with the function 'for_each_loaded_object', which allows the
caller to obtain information about the currently loaded binary and
shared libraries.
The new interface is a base mechanism needed for implementing 'fork' in
the libc.
Issue #3478
By using Genode::strncpy instead of the libc's strncpy, we cannot end up
in the situation where the result lacks the zero termination (where the
number of charactors equals the destination buffer size).
This patch handles the case where a PD's cap quota becomes exhausted
on the attempt to transfer caps via 'Env::pd().transfer_quota'. The
solution mirrors the existing code for RAM quota.
Prior this patch, the 'transfer_quota' operation would trigger an
'Out_of_caps' exception.
These are time-type conversion functions (including leap years and
seconds) taken from musl-libc git rev
c82d3bada30cb27e14abda7859da5d2e784830ff with some adaptions. Musl is
licensed under permissive MIT license.
Issue #3450
A client may register a signal handler to be notified whenever the
RTC value was changed, i.e., a mis-configured clock was synchronized,
by calling 'set_sigh()'.
Issue #3450
The GEMDOS variant is supported by NetBSD's msdos file-system driver.
However, it must explicitly be enabled by a mount flag. This patch
adds the principle ability for passing mount flags to file system
drivers and enables the MSDOSFSMNT_GEMDOSFS flag based on the
config attribute 'gemdos="yes"'.
Issue #3471
This patch enhances part_block with support for parsing the AHDI
partition scheme, and the detection of the GEMDOS variant of FAT as used
by Atari TOS. As a side effect of the implementation, the patch improves
the MBR parsing code by avoiding pointers and using const qualifiers.
Fixes#3470
This patch handles the situation where the usb_block_drv exits for any
reason, in particular when the driver fails to initialize the device. In
such cases, the usb_block_drv used to stay stale in the system,
effectively preventing the device from being passed to a VM. With the
patch, the USB storage device gets flagged as failed, the usb_block_drv
is removed from the runtime, and the condition is reflected at the user
interface.
This situation occurred on the attempt to access an iomega zip drive
with a version of the usb_block_drv without support for the START-STOP
command, but it may potentially also occur in other circumstances.
Fixes#3468
On Fujitsu S936, evaluating the _BIF method on each battery-info update
successively increased the RAM usage, while _BST (dynamic battery
status) and _STA (generic status) did not show this behavior. Therefore
this commit retrieves only dynamic information periodically (resp. on
SCI IRQ). Now, acpica hast static RAM usage in idle state for 24+ hours.
The root cause for the increased RAM usage is still shady. While it
could just be normal that it grows until a certain yet unknown limit,
there may also be memory leak in contrib code or some strange AML on the
designated notebook.
Issue #3454
This mode is used on Linux (if acpi=strict is not set on boot cmdline)
and Windows. The mode ignores certain errors and/or bad AML constructs.
1) Allow "implicit return" of last value in a control method
2) Allow access beyond the end of an operation region
3) Allow access to uninitialized locals/args (auto-init to integer 0)
4) Allow ANY object type to be a source operand for the Store() operator
5) Allow unresolved references (invalid target name) in package objects
6) Enable warning messages for behavior that is not ACPI spec compliant
Whether an SoC has the multiprocessing extensions can be read out
from the identification registers, and does not need to be specified
in each board header.
Ref #3445
The rtc_drv on x86 can now by used to also set the RTC. If the config
attribute 'allow_setting_rtc' is set to 'yes' the driver will update
the RTC from the content of the 'set-rtc' ROM module. A valid ROM must
contain a top node with the following attributes: 'year', 'month',
'day', 'hour', 'minute' and 'second'.
* Only rudimentary checking of the provided values is done.
* '12H' mode is not supported.
Fixes#3438.
This commit implements the ssh exec channel request. It also handles
some shortcommings on the interactive channel like exit and concurrent
session establishments.
Pipes into the channel do not work yet. E.g.:
echo foobar | ssh noux@localhost -p 5555 "cat > /rw/test.txt"
The issue described with FIXME in Ssh::Server::incoming_connection()
could not be reproduced and might have been fixed with the improved
file descriptor handling.
Fixes#3401
To enable the clipboard for a VM, add the following node to the
<Hardware> sub node of your machine.vbox configuration:
<Clipboard mode="Bidirectional"/>
Issue #3437
The triggering of a new depot query can happen more than once per
activation of the sculpt manager if multiple conditions call for updated
information about the depot. When this happens, the depot-query
component produces intermediate results, which are not consumed by the
sculpt manager. By deferring depot queries for a few milliseconds, we
avoid such intermediate queries, relieving the workload of the
depot-query component at system boot time.
Issue #3436
The diagnostic messages presented in the runtime dialog lacked the name
if the subsystem was created from a launcher, e.g., the 'vm'. Instead of
determining the subsystem name from the start-XML-node (a launcher has
no 'name' attribute but the name corresponds to the launcher's file
name), the name is now passed as a dedicated argument.
This patch enhances the noux_vim.run scenario to make it usable as a
testing ground of the terminal's and window manager's resize and
clipboard handling.
Issue #2079
The labels of clipboard ROM and clipboard report sessions of WM clients
must be consistent with the client's nitpicker label. Hence, we must
route those sessions through the window manager, analogously to the
approach taken for shape reports in #3165.
Issue #3437
When setting the config attribute 'match_labels="yes"', the clipboard
performs plausibility checks for copy and paste operations against the
nitpicker focus.
Issue #3437
The warning falsely detected cases where shared objects where loaded before
exec_static_constructors() was called as unneeded even in cases were the
binary itself contained static globals.
The commit also removes one redundant call to exec_static_constructors()
from the block tester.
Introduce 'XZ_THREADS' to override the default number of threads used
for compression, which is still set to '1'. As using multiple threads
will increase the amount of memory needed during the compression and
potentially influences the size of the created archive, setting the
variable limits the impact.
Fixes#3431.
This patch introduces two caches to the depot-query tool.
- A stat cache remembers the results of 'Directory::file_exists'
calls.
- The 'Cached_rom_query' caches the result of scanning the depot
for a given ROM module and pkg path. To elminates the need to
parse 'archive' files of pkgs referenced from other pkgs or
for the repeated instantation of the same pkg.
Both caches are bypassed whenever referring to the 'local' depot user.
Fixes#3427
When resizing windows of clients that respond very slowly to resize
requests, the window's size sometimes snapped back to its original size
immediately after finishing the drag operation.
The problem was caused by the interplay of the layout rules (obtained
via the 'rules' ROM, generated by the 'rules' report) and the
temporary interactive state that occurs during drag operations.
The rules are updated only at the time of releasing the button to keep
the overhead while dragging the window low. However, when releasing the
mouse, the (now outdated) rules kicked back into effect, triggering
resize requests for the window to its old size.
The patch solves this problem by decoupling the dragged state of a
window from the physical release of the button. The button release
triggers a transition from a DRAGGING to a SETTLING state and programs
a timer. In the SETTLING state, the windows behave as in DRAGGING state,
giving the interactive geometry precedence over the rules-dictated
geometry. During this state, further responses of window-resize requests
may come in and are handled like dragging was still in progress. After a
timeout, however, the current window layout is conserved as a new rules
report and the state goes back to IDLE.
For clients that takes a very long time (in particular, VirtualBox when
resizing the desktop, which takes sometimes multiple seconds), the
snap-back artifact can still occur, but the effect is reduced.
This problem surfaced with the new tool chain that changes the stack
layout. A pointer to the the config XML data was kept in the main object
but pointed to a stack variable. This patch fixes it by removing the
pointer.
Fixes#3416
This is a follow-up commit to the libc update. The FreeBSD
implementation of sigset or sigaction calls the __libc_sigaction now.
The patch fixes the SIGWINCH handling for Vim when interactively
resizing the terminal window.
Fixes#3424
In case RUN_OPT_AUTOPILOT is changed on consecutive calls of "autopilot
--keep", the changes are now effectively propagated to the run tool.
I also documented the RUN_OPT_AUTOPILOT environment variable.
- make port able to be prepared repeatedly
Rpcgen refuses to overwrite an already existing header, so try to
always remove it beforehand
- get rid of 'cp' warning 'cp: warning: source file
'src/lib/libc/sys/sys/time.h' specified more than once'
- silence patch message 'patch unexpectedly ends in middle of line'
Fixes#3420.
This patch adds the missing propagation of the maximized state from the
layout rules to the internal representation of a window. Without this
patch this state could be toggled by clicking on the maximizer button
only.
Replace the notion of board-specific platforms by clear definition
architecture and board.
Also added new command line switch for "targets"
-t <target> test target as triple of architecture-board-kernel,
e.g., arm_v7a-pbxa9-hw
Related to #3316Fixes#3417
The decorator's detection of the hovered window element was inaccurate,
which resulted in "jumping" windows in some situations, ultimately
caused by a combination of three different mechanisms.
First, when moving the pointer into the area of a window, the decorator
would detect the hovering of the left border whenever the distance of
the pointer from the border was less than the half of the theme texture
(e.g., 64x64 pixels for the default theme). However, if the left border
margin is set to a small value (e.g., 1), there is an overlap of the
sensitive resize border area and the content. Hence, chances were quite
high that - when moving the pointer from the left into the window - the
hover report would contain the hovering of the left border.
Second, the window manager tries to hide pointer movements from the
decorator if possible. It informs the decorator of the pointer position
if any decoration is hovered or if a new window is hovered. But it does
not expose pointer movements within a window to the decorator. For this
reason, the decorator would not update the hover report as long as the
pointer stays within a once hovered window. In the situation described
above, the hover report would still contain the stale information about
the hovering of the left resize border.
Third, when the user clicks on the window, the decorator examines the
most recent hover report and - in the situation described above - finds
the left border hovered. Consequently, it initiates a window-drag
operation. While resizing the window with the left border, the window
layouter pins the right border of the window to its current position.
All window-size changes of the client will be applied towards the left
(dragged) border. In the case of the top view, which continuously
resizes the window by itself, the window would "jump". In reality, it
actually tries to respond an interactive resize operation. The window
layouter cannot guess that the client is not responding to window
layouter's resize request but is acting independently.
This patch fixes the jumping window problem for the case where the
pointer hovers the overlapping area of the resize border and the
content. However, when trying the to interactively resize the top window
via the bottom-left corner, the "jumping" can still be observed.
Fixes#3303
By decoupling the leitzentrale from the (contended) boot CPU, the fading
on F12 interferes much less with animations like nano3d deployed in the
runtime.
Fixes#3268
In the past, the core-only privileged syscall `update_pd` was used only
to invalidate the TLB after removal of page-table entries.
By now, the whole TLB at least for one protection domain got invalidated,
but in preparation for optimization and upcomingARM v8 support,
it is necessary to deliver the virtual memory region that needs to get
invalidated. Moreover, the name of the call shall represent explicitely
that it is used to invalidate the TLB.
Ref #3405
There are still nightly tests like test-tcp_bulk_lxip on sel4 x86_64 qemu
that manage to hit the test timeout of the run script although the test was
successful. So, raise the extra time added by the run script to 30 seconds.
Ref #3411
Some platforms (sel4 imx6/imx7) cannot manage to execute all tests in a single
boot. Thus, we re-boot them periodically after a given maximum number of tests
to avoid that arbitrary tests always fail due to the long uptime and not due to
the tests themselves.
If the maximum number of tests is set to 0, no limit is applied.
Fixes#3411
If a path element cannot be watched because it does not exist yet, the next
available parent directory is watched to detect the creation of the missing
path element. If a missing path element got created just between the failed
watch request for the element and the successful watch request for its parent
directory, the creation of the path element could remain unnoticed.
With this commit, 'fs_rom' tries to watch a path element again if the watch
request for its parent directory was successful.
Fixes#3398
The lazy-timer test depends on the faster-timer handler to be executed
before the fast timeout occurs, which was pretty hard to achieve on Qemu
and a busy host machine. Therefore, I increased the fast-to-faster
timeout ratio from 50/25 ms to 200/25 ms and set the test runtime to
4000 ms.
Move the _vfs_sync implementation from vfs_plugin.h to vfs_plugin.cc and
wrap all VFS access in the VFS_THREAD_SAFE macro.
Syncing must be made thread safe because it often happens when closing
files and may require suspending the current thread for I/O signal
dispatching.
Ref #3409
- use priorities solely with nova
- handle exceptions during vCPU creation
- avoid assertion in vga_vbda
- silence compiler warnings about outdated register keyword
Issue #3111
The terminal now got a configurable palette for 16 colors (8 normal, 8
bright/bold).
<config>
<palette>
<color index="0" value="#000000"/> <!-- black is real black -->
<color index="8" value="#101010"/> <!-- bright black stands out a bit -->
</palette>
</config>
Note, the old (undocumented) <color index="..." bg="..."> configuration
scheme is no longer supported.
Also, this commit adds a pleasing default palette that ensures
readability of ViM's standard hightlighting.
Fixes#3406
Instead of hosting our outdated own fork, this commit now uses kernkonzept's
nowadays available github source repositories. This hopefully simplifies
updates, or cherry-picking single fixes.
* isatty
For the moment it is not possible to determine if the fd belongs to a
tty. For whatever reasons, the check is done multiple times, e.g.
'tclsh', which will spam the LOG.
* sysctl(HW_FLOATINGPT)
FPU is enabled on all our platforms, so return true.
Fixes#3389.
Start and stop the DHCP state machine as the Nic link-state changes.
Invoke the link state handler during configuration rather than assume
that in the case of a downed link lwIP will defer DHCP until the link
comes up.
Additionally, support static DNS configuration via the "nameserver"
configuration attribute.
Fix#3388
This commit updates the tool-chain information, pointing at the
versioned install path now.
It also removes historic information that is no longer of interest.
It might happen, in CPU intensive tests (like TCP bulk lxip), or when
printing debugging output after a failed test (as done currently on
staging), that the run script on the host gives up and reboots the
platform too early. Thus, we raise the buffer time. A reboot should
be necessary only in rare cases anyway.
Fixes#3387
On muen, we don't have configured access to wifi so far. Thus, the wifi
driver doesn't come up and we should skip tests using this driver for
the platform.
Fix#3384
On x86 the CPU count is determined through ACPI's MADT by counting the
local APICs reported there. Some platforms report more APICs
than there are actual CPUs. These might be physically disabled CPUs.
Therefore, a check if the LAPIC is actually physically enabled in
hardware fixes this issue.
Thanks to Alex Boettcher
fixes#3376
Fix initial stack pointer alignment for x86_64 in crt0.s startup code of
bootstrap. SysV ABI states that upon function entry (rsp + 8) % 16 = 0.
There, we have to align the stack to 16 bytes before all 'call'
instruction not 8. Otherwise FPU (GP) exception might be raised later on
because of unaligned FPU accesses.
issue #3365
Since gcc 8.3.0 generates SSE instructions into kernel code, the
kernel itself may raise FPU exceptions and/or corrupt user level FPU
contexts thereby. Both things are not feasible, and therefore, lazy FPU
switching becomes a no go for base-hw because we cannot avoid FPU
instructions because of the entanglement of base-hw, base, and the tool
chain (libgcc_eh.a).
issue #3365
This patch handles a few corner cases that appear in the headers of
Genode 19.05, in particular the new client-side block API in
'block_session/connection.h'.
This removes implementations of and also references to anonymous new and
delete operators from the libc implementation. As allocators for
new/delete Libc::Allocator instances are used, which (paradoxically) map
to libc malloc/free.
* The extract tool determines and reports all missing ports at once.
* The extract tool automatically prepares all missing ports if PREPARE_PORTS=1.
* The missing_ports tool prints a list of missing ports for given archives.
Fixes#3353
Also disable TS (task switch) flag in cr0 during kernel initialization,
so FPU faults are not raised. This became necessary since GCC lately
aggressively generates FPU instructions at arbitrary places and also at
early kernel-bootstrapping stages.
fixes#3365
GCC version 7 and above generate calls to __divmoddi for 64bit integer
division on 32-bit. Unfortunately, libgcc liberaries of older compilers
lack this symbol and are still in use by Debian/Ubuntu LTS at least.
* added global offset table relative loading for global symbols
* removed 'initial_sp' and 'initial_x0' because they are currently not
used on this platform. If required they are easy to resurrect.
issue #3260
The libc features support for SOCK_CLOEXEC now which gets set via
the type argument in 'libnl'. Since we are only interested in the
actual type, i.e. if it is SOCK_RAW, just ignore the flags.
Issue #3289.
* Adjust expected pow(-1/1, inf/-inf/nan) output to current libm
behavior (as in FreeBSD, glibc, and OpenLibm) and return 1 on
x86_64/x86_32/arm
* Add 'double float' outputs for ARM which are defined to float
issue #3289
This prevents
error copying "bin/libm.lib.so": no such file or directory
error copying "bin/posix.lib.so": no such file or directory
when running "make run/noux" from an empty build directory.
On some platforms (foc+pbxa9, hw+imx53_qsb_tz, hw+rpi) the default buffer size
is to much for the RAM available on the board. Thus, decrease the buffer size
and therefore the number of polls for these platforms only.
Fixes#3354
Replace the FreeBSD libm with OpenLibm, which is easier to port.
OpenLibm is used by Mirage's freestanding Ocaml runtime (sin POSIX).
https://openlibm.org/
Ref #3289
Moreover, express current requirement to hw API, which was missing until now.
Originally, in the board-specific build directory of imx53_qsb the
"KERNEL" variable was preset with "hw". Therefore, it was not perceived
that this dependency is required.
Ref #3316
This reverts commit 918b9a9fa4.
The Muen debug console buffer was increased by the recent update, which
alleviates the issue with many log messages as in the ieee754 test.
Components like kernel, core, and bootstrap that are built for a
specific board need to reside inside the same architectural dependent
build directory. For instance there are sel4, foc, and hw kernel builds
for imx6q_sabrelite and imx7d_sabre, which have to reside inside the same
arm_v7 build directory.
This commit names those components explicitely, and adapts the run-tool to it.
Fix#3316
When enabling the 'keep_going' config attribute, the component will
carry on in case a child exited with an error. In addition, if the
'restart' attribute is set it will start executing the children from
the beginning.
Previously, only Invalid_dataspace, Region_conflict, and Out_of_ram were
handled for both allocate and attach with the same handlers. However,
both operations can also throw Out_of_caps and for all exceptions during
attach, the dataspace must be freed again whereas this is not the case
when the exception occured during allocate.
Issue #2953
either
- due to poor signal performance of base platform
- due to being to less prioritized
- due to schedule overload
- due to using time sources of different physical CPUs
Issue #3111
Instead of retieving the information about the underlying platform from
the configuration, check the running kernel from the platform_info. This
commit removes the undocumented "acpi" config attribute.
- kernel: propagate cr0 to VMM on exit in nested paging case
- kernel: disable forceful VM exit on task switch
- vm_session: adjust to kernel changes
Issue #3111
* Make package buildable for ARM too
* Move usb library to src targets for explicitly named targets
* adapt remaining run-scripts to use the correctly named usb drivers
Ref #2190
* Make target binaries independent of board SPECS
* Name binaries of one architecture unambigously
* Extend include path to match board specifics
* Adapt run-scripts to use the right binary
Ref #2190
Ref #3180
When there are too many PCI devices, the Expanding_reporter regenerates
the report. However, this doesn't reset the BDF counter used to iterate
over the devices. This results in starting the new report after the PCI
device that triggered the report buffer overflow. This commit fixes the
issue by putting the BDF counter initialization inside the lambda
function used to generate the report.
Fixes#3317
This patch fixes the corner case where an animated geometry changes its
destination mid-way while an animation is already in progress. The
'_trigger_animated_geometry' method used to back out early in this case,
which was intended as an optimization.
Fixes#3296
To enable the use of uncached DMA buffers as RX and TX communication
buffers in between driver (service) and client, introduce a cache
attribute in the constructor of Nic::Session_component
Ref #3291
With the new fact that plain time values are always 64 bit unsigned, the
timestamp type is never bigger than the plain time type. Therefore, a code path
in the curr_time interpolation that treated this condition is not neccessary
anymore.
Ref #3208
This enforces the use of unsigned 64-bit values for time in the duration type,
the timeout framework, the timer session, the userland timer-drivers, and the
alarm framework on all platforms. The commit also adapts the code that uses
these tools accross all basic repositories (base, base-*, os. gems, libports,
ports, dde_*) to use unsigned 64-bit values for time as well as far as this
does not imply profound modifications.
Fixes#3208
- Added 'io_buffer' attribute, default is 4M
- Added 'batch' attribute, specifying the number of jobs used
in parallel, default is 1 (sequential)
- Removed 'synchronous' attribute (use batch of 1 instead)
- Added 'copy' attribute (default "yes")
- Print number of signals ("triggered")
Issue #3283
This patch equips the 'Block::Connection' with a framework API for the
implementation of robust block-session clients that perform block I/O in
an asynchronous fashion.
An application-defined 'JOB' type, inherited from 'Connection::Job',
encapsulates the application's context information associated with a
block operation.
The lifecycle of the jobs is implemented by the 'Connection' and driven
by the application's invokation of 'Connection::update_jobs'. The
'update_jobs' mechanism takes three hook functions as arguments, which
implement the applications-defined policy for producing and consuming
data, and for the completion of jobs.
Issue #3283
As a preparatory step for introducing the new block-client API, we have
to turn the 'Block::Connection' into a class template. The template
argument will be used to tie an application-defined job type to the
block connection.
Issue #3283
Instead of using `cps` instruction, use an exception return
instruction to switch from `hyp` mode to `svc` mode.
Otherwise it causes unpredicted behaviour on ARM.
Fix#3284
This patch adds support for manually triggering the wakeup of the packet
sink by the source. This way, a packet source becomes able to marshal
batches of submissions or unmarshal batches of acknowledgements before
yielding the control over to the sink.
Issue #3283
Issue #3111
remove_range may deny to the job on memory pressure or insane ranges,
which ends up in an endless loop when the Avl allocator is in destruction.
Since the Avl gets destructed, solely the memory free up is of importance,
not the correct range adjustments during remove_range.
Track the dataspaces used by attach and add handling of flushing VM space
when dataspace gets destroyed (not triggered via the vm_session interface).
Issue #3111
Handles corner case when addr + size becomes exactly 0. Before the commit
the function returned that sum is not part of the range, which is wrong.
Issue #3111
This patch removes the blocking Block::Session::sync RPC function and
adds the asynchronous operations SYNC and TRIM to the block session's
packet-stream interface.
Even though the patch adjusts all block components to the interface
change, the components keep the former blocking handling of sync
internally for now because of the design of the 'Block::Driver'
interface. This old interface is not worth changing. We should instead
migrate the block servers step by step to the new
'Block::Request_stream' API.
Fixes#3274
The new request tag allows a block-session client to uniquely correlate
acknowledgements with outstanding requests. Until now, this was possible
for read and write operations by taking the value of the request's
packet-stream offset. However, SYNC and TRIM requests do not carry any
packet-stream payload and thereby lack meaningful offset values. By
introducing the notion of a 'tag', we can support multiple outstanding
requests of any type and don't need to overload the meaning of the
'offset' value.
Issue #3274
This patch splits the 'Request' definition into smaller types that are
suitable for the client-side API too.
The new 'Operation' type comprises the block operation's type (opcode)
and the operation's arguments (block number, block count).
The former 'Request::operation_defined' is now 'Operation::valid'.
The 'Request' aggregates an 'Operation', which changes its object
layout.
Note that this commit relaxes the bit-precise definition of 'Request' to
facilitate the use of 'unsigned long' where appropriate, in particular
for the request tag (which should correspond to an 'Id_space::Id'). The
originally bit-precise definition was pursued to allow the sharing of
the 'Request' type between SPARK and C++ code. However, it turns out
that defining a native type in each language and a (set of) converting
constructors is a more natural approach.
Issue #3283
When receiving a terminal signal, the uart device model has to
take all characters out of the stream. Otherwise, characters
might never arrive at the VM. This was not recognized before,
because it was used with a quite slow UART only, which obviously
never achieved to send more characters at once.
Ref #3278
A small terminal-client tool, which expects a specific line(-start),
and then sends a specified line to the other side. Optionally,
it prints all received lines to its LOG service.
Ref #3278
- sorting of initializer by Christian Prochaska - issue #3253
- leak of FPU register state reported by Julian Stecklina - thanks !
- fix page table synchronization bug - by Julian Stecklina
- add a second dynamic buddy if the memory requirements could not be fulfilled
by the first dynamic buddy
- disable vtlb peek if EPT/NPT is enabled
This patch renames 'wakeup_client' to 'wakeup_client_if_needed' to
clarify that the method triggers signals only when needed, not on every
call.
The name 'wakeup_client' is prone to misguide users to call the function
conditionally as an optimization, thereby complicating the code, but to
no effect.
Fixes#3279
This patch replaces the formerly fixed 2 KiB data alignment within the
packet-stream buffer by a server-defined alignment. This has two
benefits.
First, when using block servers that provide small block sizes like 512
bytes, we avoid fragmenting the packet-stream buffer, which occurs when
aligning 512-byte requests at 2 KiB boundaries. This reduces meta data
costs for the packet-stream allocator and also allows fitting more
requests into the buffer.
Second, block drivers with alignment constraints dictated by the
hardware can now pass those constraints to the client, thereby easing
the use of zero-copy DMA directly into the packet stream.
The alignment is determined by the Block::Session_client at construction
time and applied by the Block::Session_client::alloc_packet method.
Block-session clients should always use this method, not the 'alloc_packet'
method of the packet stream (tx source) directly. The latter merely
applies a default alignment of 2 KiB.
At the server side, the alignment is automatically checked by
block/component.h (old API) and block/request_stream.h (new API).
Issue #3274
This patch modernizes the 'Block::Session::info' interface. Instead of
using out parameters, the 'init' RPC function returns a compound 'Info'
object now. The rather complicated 'Operations' struct is replaced by
a 'writeable' attribute in the 'Info' object.
Fixes#3275
nullglob is needed to get an empty shell glob in case no matching binary
archive (path) exists. Otherwise, the original glob string including the
* is returned and used in the for loop.
Triggering of an invalidated signal seems to be no real exception,
but something that occurs regularily. Therefore, the kernel warning
is of no use to developers anymore.
Ref #3277
As far as possible remove usage of warning/error/log in the kernel,
otherwise the kernel context might try to take a lock hold by a core
thread, which results in a syscall to block.
Fix#3277
This patch removes the reliance of the extract tool from the libc's
behavior regarding the access of time and timing.
The extract tool is not expected to need time. However, unfortunately,
libarchive calls the 'time' function unconditionally. By adding a
dummy for 'time', we avoid bothering the libc, which would otherwise
need to obtain a time source.
Issue #3204
In the original version, I used 'number_of_bits' because Ada's 'Size
returns the size in bits, not bytes. But the values (for objects) are
always a multiple of 8. On the C++ side, performing size checks at the
granularity of bits is just awkward. The term 'object size' is more
natural.
* necessary for enabling the kernel debugging facilities on base-foc
(outstring, fiasco_tbuf_log_3val and friends)
* disabled by default
related to issue #3260
By adding a wildcard at the beginning of (expected) error messages, the
test.run tool becomes able to match the lines (ignoring the characters
of the color escape sequence).
The 'aes_cbc_4k' library is simple wrapper around libsparkcrypto to
serve as a backend for storage encryption. It operates on data chunks of
4 KiB and uses AES-CBC while incorporating the block number and the
private key as salt values.
Discovered while creating an ext2 file system on an sd_card (no
partitions, imx6), which failed with an error message that stated the
device is in use. Genode's libc/posix layer has no notion of mount
points.
Fixes#3271
Disconnecting a client and connecting an other to the sd_card_drv
on imx6 results in a "Completion host signal timed out" error in
the newly connected client.
Fixes#3272
The "nameserver" file cannot be opened through a VFS File_system client
if the plugin does not support opening the parent directory of
"/nameserver", which would be "/".
Ref #3269
Replace the I/O response handler that is passed to the VFS at
construction with an object that is dynamically attached to handles.
This object shall also accept read-ready notifications, and plugins are
encouraged to keep handles awaiting ready-ready notifications separate
from handles that await I/O progress.
Replace the use of handle lists in plugins with handle queues, this
makes the code easier to understand and the ordering of notifications to
the application more explicit.
These changes replace the use of the Post_signal_hook from all VFS
plugins, applications must assume that read-ready and I/O notifications
occur during I/O signal dispatch and use an Io_progress_handler at its
entrypoints to defer response until after signal dispatching.
Fix#3257
Make sure that the rwlock is allocated before a lock operation is
performed. This case occurs if a static rwlock was create by using
PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER. Same goes for PTHREAD_CONDS_INITIALIZER.
Fixes#3262.
Since QEMU might put the audio device at 00:03.0, also check if the
vendor is Intel. Hopefully we do not render HDA on real machines
useless with this changes (so far I have not encountered one).
Fixes#3263.
For better or worse we have no proper way of handling this right now
but contrib libraries, e.g. glib, use it to determine if they can use
the underlying fd.
Fxies #3265.
This patch handles version collisions of binary archives. If a binary
archive for an (automatically) updated src-archive version already
exists in the depot, the extract tool removes the binary archive because
its existing content may stem from another src content (a version from a
different topic branch). This ensures that the new version is always
built, not skipped, when 'UPDATE_VERSIONS=1 REBUILD=' is specified.
Fixes#3267
Issue #3111
- enable vt-x in kernel configuration
Kernel patches:
- add unrestricted guest support
- avoid kernel boot failure when vt-x is not available
- avoid nullpointer in kernel when vcpu is not fully setup
- avoid vcpu scheduling bug which causes starvation on same/below prio level
- save efer register correctly from guest
The '_currently_constructed' pointer caches the information about which
'Launched_child' is currently configured in the menu. When discarding
the runtime (e.g., when un-using a file system) at this point, this
cached pointer was not invalidated while all 'Launched_child' objects
would be freed (including the currently constructed one). On the next
attempt to construct a new child, the sculpt manager attempted to
destruct the 'Launched_child' referred by the (now outdated)
'_currently_constructed' again.
Fixes#3240
Until now, Genode referenced a fork of the outdated elfloader-tool
to enable bootstrapping of sel4 on ARM platforms. Because the
elfloader is inherently dependent on the used platforms newer
ARM versions supported by the kernel could not be loaded by the
outdated elfloader. This commit uses a fresh fork of the nowadays
used sel4_tools repository.
Ref #3251
This commit handles the corner case where a package could be installed
successfully but the package's runtime definition is inconsistent with
the content delivered by the package's dependencies, i.e., the <content>
of the runtime file lists ROM modules that do not exist.
With this patch, the '+' menu shows the message "installed but
incomplete" whenever a package is in such a state.
Issue #3241
The new configuration attributes <tcp-forward to_port="123" /> and
<udp-forward to_port="123" /> enable manipulating the destination port of
port-forwarded packets.
Fixes#3237
The required memory of the VMM depends on the VM memory configuration (vbox)
and the available screen resolution. Check for insane configurations in the
beginning to avoid late surprises.
Issue #3216
The "Vfs::Vfs_handle" type should not contain any public members that
can be initialized by the VFS internally and by the application, so
remove inheritance from the "Genode::list::Element" class. The VFS
plugins must instead use lists of "Vfs::Vfs_handle" sub-classes, the
lifetime of which are always managed by the plugin.
Ref #3036
Use a single timeout scheduler passed during lxip instantiation for
both timers and 'schedule_timeout' facilites rather than instantiate
two timer sessions and signal handlers. This reduces the library's
capability cost and initialization time.
Fix#2961
The old inline assembly provided two output operands that were afterwards
combined for a return value. However, the second output operand isn't
necessary when using the "Acquiring a Lock" example-code of the ARM manual
"Barrier Litmus Tests and Cookbook". This saves two logical operations
per acquisition try. Additionally better documentation is now provided.
Fixes#1292
This patch adds the items necessary for building Genode components with
stack protection enabled, but it is not initialized at runtime. They are
provided at the moment as a convenience and do not implement a security
feature.
Fix#3066
This is a safeguard against accidentally taking the 'Ack' interface as a
value instead of a reference.
The 'Payload' interface should also not be copied (and potentially
stored) because it contains a pointer.
It turns out that the commit "window layouter: allow floating apps to
resize" interplays badly with the interactive toggling of the maximize
state of windows. In contrast to the window geometry and stacking, which
is always updated through the rules-feedback mechanism, interactive
changes of the maximize state omitted this loop and instead took a local
shortcut. Because of this shortcut, the maximized geometry eventually
ended up as window size in the window's assign rule. So unmaximizing the
window failed to revert the geometry to its original state.
This patch removes this inconsistency. The maximize state adheres to the
official chain of commands through the rules mechanism now. The state is
now maintained internally without affecting the window's geometry and is
evaluated while generating the window layout only.
As a minor loosely related improvement, this patch prevents the
highlighting of resize handles for non-resizable windows.
Issue #3200
This patch reworks the 'Session_component::destroy' to cope become
robust against a client-provided invalid view handle. The code did not
consider that 'Handle_registry::has_handle' may throw.
Thanks to Alexander Boettcher for reporting and the initial fix.
Fixes#3232
This patch improves the transition from an interactive window geometry
change (dragging a window element) to the point where the resulting
new layout rules come into effect. During this short time, no resize
request must be issued because such a resize request would be based on
stale rules.
Fixes#3227
This is a follow-up commit to "Update <provides> info in pkg runtimes",
which adapts the users of the wm pkg to the changed label of the "focus"
nitpicker session.
If a component is being destroyed just before it calls `exit()` at its
parent, the `exit()` call causes an `Ipc_error` exception, which leads to
an `abort()` loop with repeated error messages, because `abort()` calls
`exit()` too. Catching the exception in `Expanding_parent_client::exit()`
avoids this problem.
Fixes#3228
bus or device should be different (not both) when comparing a device to
already present devices. Because of this the second USB device was
marked as existent when the bus matched or the bus did not but the
device number.
This patch gives applications the ability to control the size of their
window whenever the window is floating, not tiled or maximized. See the
comment in the code for the rationale.
Fixes#3200
The default rate of 100 ms keeps Sculpt too busy because the menu that
displays the percentage values is drawn completely on each update.
Limiting the rate to 1/4 seconds relieves the effect.
By clicking on a yellow checkbox in the depot selection dialog, the
corresponding index files are removed. This way, index files can
be update by removing and downloading them again.
This patch also filters out sculpt-managed components from the graph to
avoid erratic graph-position changes while the '+' menu is open.
Fixes#3193
Without this patch, a version change of an already exited child would not
trigger the restart of the child because the version is evaluated as
late as the child configuration, but only if the child has not exited
yet.
This patch evaluates the version at the earlier stage where the identity
of the child (its name) is checked against the new configuration.
Fixes#3226
The disk image contains an extended partition table now that would
have been parsed incorrectly in the past. While there remove the unused
gpt BLOB (test-part_block_gpt has its own raw archive).
Issue #3223.
The fs_tool component performs file operations according to its
configuration. This initial version implements only the operation
<remove-file> as needed for Sculpt CE.
Issue #3222
Issue #3193
This patch refines the criterion of when the networking is considered as
ready to use. Until now, any IP reported by the NIC router was taken as
an indicator for connectivity. But as the NIC router reports an IP
0.0.0.0/32 when no network cable is plugged at the uplink, the condition
was too loose.
* Introduces pending_signal syscall to check for new signals for the
calling thread without blocking
* Implements pending_signal in the base-library specific for hw to use the
new syscall
Fix#3217
This patch improves the error handling of depot-download manager for the
case where a download is requested but the corresponding software
provider information is absent from the depot. Without this patch, the
update mechanism would get stuck in the failed depot-query step and
won't attempt to perform subsequent download jobs.
Fixes#3224
The storage dialog is folded when activating the runtime view (e.g., by
clicking on the Genode Logo). This should happen immediately as response
of the mouse click.
This patch improves the separation of the update and layout phases to
avoid superfluous geometry animations of its child widgets. Prior this
patch, 'Widget::geometry' was called in both phases, potentially
triggering geometry animations with intermediate values at the update
phase.
Related to issue #3221
The button widget already supported an animated transition between
hovered and unhovered states. This patch generalizes the mechanism to
allow animated transitions between arbitrary button states, including
style changes.
This way, the fade-out of non-TCB components in Sculpt CE happens not
abruptly but smooth.
Fixes#3221
This patch makes the application of color/alpha from the icon's texture
to the target surface customizable by replacing the formerly built-in
'_transfer_pixel' function by calls to the new 'Pixel_rgba::transfer'
interface.
Issue #3221
The new 'transfer' function interface defines how pixel/alpha values
sampled from texture are applied to a destination pixel, similar to the
role of a fragment shader in GPU-based rendering. The transfer function
can be customized by defining custom pixel types, which may be (but
don't need to be) derived from 'Pixel_rgba'.
Issue #3221
The default 'Rect' constructor constructs an invalid rectangle where the
p1 coordinates are lower than the p2 coordinates. In particular, p1 is
set to (1, 1). The 'Widget' implementation uses the points individually
as input into the 'Animated_rect' mechanism. This way, widgets end up
being positioned at (1, 1) initially and are moved to (0, 0) once the
first layout update is applied. By explicitly initializing the
'_geometry' to (0x0+0+0), we avoid this initial artifact.
When entering/leaving sub menus of Sculpt's '+' menu, some parts of the
menu sometimes remain unchanged, in particular the back button.
Originally, a click would reset the hovering on clicks in the
expectation that any click would eventually result in a completely new
situation where the old hovering information does not make sense and
would only (potentially) confuse the menu. But this was apparently
overzealous. With the patch a once hovered back button stays hovered
even when actitivated and the back button of the upper-level menu
happens to stay under the current pointer position.
Issue #3209
This patch improves the hover handling in situations where the dialog
changes under the pointer. Previously, hover changes were reported
as response to user input only, which failed to cover this case. This
became a problem with Sculpt CE's '+' menu, which changes on the fly
when entering/leaving sub menus.
The patch also cleanly separates the hover handling from the focus
handling. Originally, the hovering was reset when the menu view got
unfocused. In situations like Sculpt's '+' menu where the menu view
receives a transient focus only while clicked and gets unfocused on the
button-release event (aka clack), each clack would invalidate the hover
information until a new input event comes in.
Finally, the patch introduces the clear distinction between situations
where the entire dialog is hovered or not. Previously, this state was
somehow implicitly kept by issuing an invalid hover report whenever a
leave event was observed.
Issue #3209
When a window is moved, the virtual pointer position must be updated,
taking the changed input coordinate into account. This patch propagates
such changes via absolute motion events to the client.
Without this patch, Sculpt CE's '+' menu wouldn't update the hovered
item correctly when entering/leaving sub menus (which happen to trigger
the repositioning of the menu on screen).
Issue #3209
The site download.qt.io seems to apply some mirror-via-HTTP-redirect
scheme which, unfortunately, seems broken (and therefore annoyingly
slow) for non-SSL-secured URLs.
* Introduce 64-bit tick counter
* Let the timer always count when possible, also if it already fired
* Simplify the kernel syscall API to have one current time call,
which returns the elapsed microseconds since boot
When specifying the attribute 'dep_visible="false"' for a primary
dependency or the attribute 'visible="false"' for a secondary
dependency, the dependency is used for the layout calculation but not
displayed in the graph.
- Omit showing routes to uninteresting ROMs obtained from the parent,
i.e., the binaries requested by the sculpt-managed subsystems.
- Change the routes for the inspect subsystem such that the inspect-noux
instance is anchored at the config node (critical!) and the nit_fb
instance anchored at the used GUI.
The "schedule_post_signal_hook" method of the Genode::Entrypoint class
is problematic because the signal hook can be scheduled and replaced
multiple times during the signal dispatch cycle. Add an alternative to
this method with "register_io_progress_handler" and the "Post_signal_
hook" class with "Io_progress_handler". The difference being an
"Io_progress_handler" may be registered once during the lifetime of an
entrypoint to prevent arbitrary libraries from replacing a pending hook.
The "register_io_progress_handler" remains as a deprecated API, and is
now invoked for every I/O signal received and only for I/O signals
rather than for any signal.
Ref #3132
This patch excludes the current "Construction" from the list of
"present" components in the runtime. Without the patch, a missing "wm"
would go unmissing once when the routing dialog of a new wm instance
appears. Now an already present window layouter that had a broken route
would prematurely re-appear in the config, which should not happen
because the new wm does not exist yet.
In cases where the signing failed (maybe the passphrase for the key was
not available at this time), there remained an empty .sig file, which is
newer than the to-be-signed file and, therefore, prevents subsequent
signing processes.
When buiding the sculpt image, the sculpt.run script used to integrate
the current version of the index of the 'depot_user' into the boot
image. At runtime, when the Sculpt partition is selected for "use" this
index - along with the 'pubkey' and 'download' files of the known
depot users - is written to the Sculpt partition.
This has the undesirable effect that a later version of the index
(published some time after the sculpt image was created) would always be
overwritten by the outdated index shipped with the boot image.
The built-in default index was actually a stop-gap solution needed
during the development of Sculpt CE, introduced when the downloading of
index files was not yet supported. Now, with the working download
mechanism, it is no longer needed. Hence, this patch removes the default
index from the sculpt image.
This commit removes most of the default launchers, which are now
superseded by the interactive component addition feature of the '+'
menu.
We keep the chroot components because we cannot easily create chroot
instances interactively yet.
The usb_devices_rom is still needed because its configuration is meant
to be edited at runtime.
It also adds a 'themed_wm' launcher to make the initial sculpt
experience easier. For knowledgeable users, the index contains all
ingredients needed to build a multi-component window manager manually.
This commit turns the '+' menu into a tool for the following tasks:
- Selecting and downloading of depot index files
- Browsing of the hierarchical depot index files
- Installation of packages found in the index files
- Interactive routing configuration of a selected package
- Deployment of configured component
Sculpt used to restrict the size of leitzentrale windows to the screen
area that is not obstructed by the menu and log. This is useful for the
runtime view and the inspect window. However, the menu should be allowed
to use the entire screen because it overlays the other content.
Before this patch, the menu wouldn't be displayed completely on small
resolutions (e.g., 1024x768 when using the VESA driver) because the log
at the bottom of the screen imposed the size constraint on the menu.
With the patch, the menu is able to overlay the log window.
This patch enhances the runtime view such that not only immediate
dependencies but also all transitive dependencies of the selected
component are displayed. This way, the graph nicely reveals the
trusted computing base of the selection.
Instead of parsing the runtime's configuration each time when generating
the graph dialog (e.g., when changing the hover state), extract the
relevant information only on configuration changes.
The runtime view, launcher query, and depot query increase the
complexity of the graph without providing a tangible value to the user.
This patch omits those components from the runtime view to make the
graph less confusing.
Append "..." to button labels whenever the button does not perform an
immediate action but merely toggles user-interface elements. This
tells the user that the button can be pressed without risk.
With this commit, the 'installation' input of the depot-download
subsystem accepts <index> nodes in addition to <archive> nodes. Each
index node refers to one index file specified via the 'path' attribute.
This commit also improves the tracking of failure states. Once an
installation job failed (due to a download of verification error),
it won't get re-scheduled. In the past, such failure states were not kept
across subsequent import iterations, which could result in infinite
re-attempts when an installation contained archives from multiple users.
The the progress of the download process is now reflected by the
"progress" attribute on the download manager's state report, which
allows the final report to contain the list of installed/failed archives
along with the overall progress/completed state. The detection of the
latter is important for the sculpt manager for reattempting the
deployment of the completed packages.
The patch enhances the depot_download.run script to stress the new
abilities. In particular, the scenario downloads a mix of index files
(one present, one missing) and archives, from two different depot users
(genodelabs and nfeske).
Issue #3172
The input for the pkg index is located at gems/run/sculpt/index.
The sculpt.run script uses this input for generating the depot index
file at depot/<user>/index/<version>.
The tool/depot/publish tool support arguments of the form
<user>/index/<version> where <version> corresponds to the Sculpt
version.
Issue #3172
This prevents the situation where the user has booted the system, has
not yet selected a storage target to "use" for Sculpt, yet clicks on the
'+' menu. Such clicks show no immediate response because Sculpt cannot
know where to deploy the selected package. But since the user is not
guided towards resolving this prerequisite, it's better to not present
the menu in the first place. The '+' appears as soon as a storage target
is selected for "use".
This error message may occur during the startup of a multi-component
application when the very first dialog is generated just after the menu
view is ready. It is not an error.
This commit adds the following styles:
button/enter - for entering a sub menu
button/back - for returning from a sub menu
button/radio - for picking one item of a list
button/checkbox - for making a selection
frame/transient - for temporary GUI elements
This message is diagnostic, but also occurs in legitimate situations
such as the wm in Sculpt's Leitzentrale where the focus is managed
completely outside the wm.
The zynq nic_drv also depends on hw, we therefore adapted the folder
structure for clarity. Also renamed the binary to 'zynq_nic_drv' to
prevent conflicts and to allow removing the cadence_gem spec.
Issue #3179
In commit "hw: improve cross-cpu synchronization" the implicit safe
initialization of the global kernel lock gets unsafe.
It is a static object, which is protected by the cxx library regarding
its initialization. But our cxx library uses a Genode::semaphore in
the contention case of object construction, which implicitly leads
to kernel syscalls for blocking the corresponding thread. This behaviour
is unacceptable for the kernel code.
Therefore, this fix guards the initialization of the kernel code with
a simple static boolean value explicitely.
Ref #3042
Ref #3043
'append_platform_drv_config' appends to the global 'config' variable,
which seems to cause problems with the order of appending when the
'config' variable does not contain the '<config>' start node yet.
'[platform_drv_config]' can be used instead to append to a local variable.
Fixes#3171
This patch simplifies the propagation of pointer shapes from
window-manager clients to the pointer. The "shape" report is routed to
the wm server, which, in turn, reports it to the pointer. This way, the
pointer can easily correlate the label of the application's "shape"
report with the label of the application's Nitpicker session. The
formerly used manual rewriting of the "shape" label is not needed
anymore.
Since the wm server provides a "Report" service now, its <provides>
declaration must cover "Report" in addition to "Nitpicker" to avoid
runtime error messages. Vice versa, the wm is now expected to request
"shape" reports, which should be routed to the pointer (using the
'label_last' routing attribute).
Fixes#3165
The lwIP VFS plugin uses lwIP pbuf chains to queue recieved TCP data and
must rechain them when the application dequeues data. Remove an
"pbuf_realloc" call which is not needed for updating pbuf metadata when
dequeuing the head of the chain.
Fix#3169
This commit removes APIs that were previously marked as deprecated. This
change has the following implications:
- The use of the global 'env()' accessor is not possible anymore.
- Boolean accessor methods are no longer prefixed with 'is_'. E.g.,
instead of 'is_valid()', use 'valid()'.
- The last traces of 'Ram_session' are gone now. The 'Env::ram()'
accessor returns the 'Ram_allocator' interface, which is a subset of
the 'Pd_session' interface.
- All connection constructors need the 'Env' as argument.
- The 'Reporter' constructor needs an 'Env' argument now because the
reporter creates a report connection.
- The old overload 'Child_policy::resolve_session_request' that returned
a 'Service' does not exist anymore.
- The base/printf.h header has been removed, use base/log.h instead.
- The old notion of 'Signal_dispatcher' is gone. Use 'Signal_handler'.
- Transitional headers like os/server.h, cap_session/,
volatile_object.h, os/attached*_dataspace.h, signal_rpc_dispatcher.h
have been removed.
- The distinction between 'Thread_state' and 'Thread_state_base' does
not exist anymore.
- The header cpu_thread/capability.h along with the type definition of
'Cpu_thread_capability' has been removed. Use the type
'Thread_capability' define in cpu_session/cpu_session.h instead.
- Several XML utilities (i.e., at os/include/decorator) could be removed
because their functionality is nowadays covered by util/xml_node.h.
- The 'os/ram_session_guard.h' has been removed.
Use 'Constrained_ram_allocator' provided by base/ram_allocator.h instead.
Issue #1987
Make the size of the packet buffer at the VFS File_system client
configurable. This allows larger reads to be completed in a single
packet cycle.
Example: <vfs> <fs buffer_size="512K"/> </vfs>
Fix#3167
QEMU implements the cycle count register read by
'Genode::Trace::timestamp()', but does not report a supported debug model
version for Cortex-A9.
Fixes#3154
1) A session request gets denied if there is no matching session policy.
(The <defaul-policy/> tag can be used for the former default behavior)
2) A session request gets denied if the MAC address is given through the
matching policy but this address cannot be allocated.
3) A session request gets denied if the MAC address is not given through the
matching policy and it is also not possible to allocate one.
Issue #3040
This is a follow-up commit of "base/core: use references instead of
pointers". Because the 'Rm_root::_upgrade_session' implementation
lacked the 'override' keyword, my overzealous change of the pointer
argument went unnoticed.
This commit fixes the depot_rom (cached_fs_rom) failure in Sculpt.
When cached_fs_rom attempted to create a new managed dataspace while the
RM session quota was depleted, it tried to upgrade the session (via
Rm_connection::create). However, the upgraded resources never reached
the actual session because the default 'Root_component::_upgrade_session'
was called instead of 'Rm_root::_upgrade_session'.
Issue #3135
This patch enhances the packet-stream API with the principle ability to
side-step the built-in implicity data-flow signals and manage the
signals manually. This allows for a more efficient batching of packet
processing.
Issue #3092
The 'tx_cap' RPC function is only used at session-creation time. For
this reason, it was not listed in the "official" RPC interface in
'block_session.h'. However, this makes the interface more obscure than
it needs to be. So this patch promotes it to a regular RPC function.
Issue #3092
This patch adjusts the implementation of the base library and core such
that the code no longer relies on deprecated APIs except for very few
cases, mainly to keep those deprecated APIs in tact for now.
The most prominent changes are:
- Removing the use of base/printf.h
- Removing of the log backend for printf. The 'Console' with the
format-string parser is still there along with 'snprintf.h' because
the latter is still used at a few places, most prominently the
'Connection' classes.
- Removing the notion of a RAM session, which does not exist in
Genode anymore. Still the types were preserved (by typedefs to
PD session) to keep up compatibility. But this transition should
come to an end now.
- Slight rennovation of core's tracing service, e.g., the use of an
Attached_dataspace as the Argument_buffer.
- Reducing the reliance on global accessors like deprecated_env() or
core_env(). Still there is a longish way to go to eliminate all such
calls. A useful pattern (or at least a stop-gap solution) is to
pass the 'Env' to the individual compilation units via init functions.
- Avoiding the use of the old 'Child_policy::resolve_session_request'
interface that returned a 'Service' instead of a 'Route'.
Issue #1987
The notion of a RAM session does not exist anymore. Hence, we have to
adjust the name of 'init_env_ram_session'. Since this change modifies
the ABI, it comes as separate commit.
Issue #2407
Refactor the graphical terminal server to internally represent
characters as 16-bit codepoints and handle the duplex terminal stream as
UTF-8.
- Make the Codepoint class printable to the Output interface
- Decode data received at the Terminal session from UTF-8 to a 16-bit
character
- Pass 16-bit characters through terminal decoder and char-cell arrays
- Send Unicode through terminal session in a burst of UTF-8 bytes
Fix#3148
- support to create multiple vCPUs
- support to implement Vm_session methods client side within base library
- adjust muen specific virtualbox4 version to compile/link
Issue #3111
The minimal-footprint Ada runtime for implementing library-like
functionality in SPARK is now called "spark" runtime.
The full Ada runtime for entire components written in Ada and using the
libc as glue to the underlying system will move to the world repository
as "ada" runtime.
Issue #3144
Also added a report_rom for USB devices and let the driver report like
in a real scenario. Can also be used for debugging by setting
verbose="yes" in report_rom.
And most importantly: use the same size everywhere.
Note, this commit also configures the stack size of noux-process threads
to 64 KiB independently of the CPU architecture. The reason is the
increased stack usage because of the additional argument space in
Execve_child_env in syscall(SYSCALL_EXECVE), which crafts a child
environment on stack for the creation of the new child.
Fixes#3145.
As we don't execute the acpi_drv on Muen, we have to supply a static
'acpi' info as boot module. This is normally done by the
base/run/platform.inc include. However, when using base-hw-muen kernel
from a depot archive - as done by modern run scripts like
depot_download.run - the platform.inc magic is not applied.
This patch enhances the src archive of base-hw-muen with a mechanism
that creates a pre-defined acpi info at the bin directory via an
artificial src/acpi/target.mk file. This way, the static acpi ROM ends
up as boot module when importing the base-hw-muen archive into a
run script.
* Increase the CMD length to accomodate the limit of the wpa_supplicant
* Fix case where multiple SSIDs with 32 bytes are used
* Use Expanding_reporter for accesspoints report
Fixes#3139.
The 'run_genode_until' procedure only called 'run_power_on' to reset
the target machine. That works will with the softreset module, which
is used by all x86-based test system but falls short regarding ARM
boards. The way those boards are connected requires turning the power
off and on for a complete cycle.
On a Lenovo ThinkCentre M57p, the system locks up when the UHCI controller
BIOS handoff (disabling bit 4 in the LEGSUP register) for the controller
with PCI BDF 00:1d:2 is attempted before the handoff for the controller
with BDF 00:1a:0.
Fixes#3138
This patch replaces the former prominent use of pointers by references
wherever feasible. This has the following benefits:
* The contract between caller and callee becomes more obvious. When
passing a reference, the contract says that the argument cannot be
a null pointer. The caller is responsible to ensure that. Therefore,
the use of reference eliminates the need to add defensive null-pointer
checks at the callee site, which sometimes merely exist to be on the
safe side. The bottom line is that the code becomes easier to follow.
* Reference members must be initialized via an object initializer,
which promotes a programming style that avoids intermediate object-
construction states. Within core, there are still a few pointers
as member variables left though. E.g., caused by the late association
of 'Platform_thread' objects with their 'Platform_pd' objects.
* If no pointers are present as member variables, we don't need to
manually provide declarations of a private copy constructor and
an assignment operator to avoid -Weffc++ errors "class ... has
pointer data members [-Werror=effc++]".
This patch also changes a few system bindings on NOVA and Fiasco.OC,
e.g., the return value of the global 'cap_map' accessor has become a
reference. Hence, the patch touches a few places outside of core.
Fixes#3135
The new method allows for the construction of a meta-data object inside
the reserved space of the allocator's meta data. It thereby alleviates
the need to copy the meta data object (via the assignment operator) as
done by the traditional 'metadata' setter method. This, in turn, allows
one to use non-copyable objects (like objects with constant member
variables) as meta data.
This patch moves the removal of the signal context from the
'_platform_finish_dissolve' to the '_platform_begin_dissolve'
method. This is needed because the removal involves taking
the signal-registry lock. The latter must adhere the same
locking order as the code path used for signal delivery.
Fixes#3109
Move the allocation of the session packet buffer into a subclass that is
constructed before the File_system RPC object. This allows the buffer
allocation to be wrapped in a constructor/destructor class and clearly
accounted for.
Fix#3134
The situation where a 'Session_policy' is constructed for a label with
no matching policy is in almost all cases a configuration problem.
A diagnostic message eases pin-pointing such mistaks. By adding the
message to the 'Session_policy', servers don't need to manually handle
the exception to provide diagnostic information. This simplifies the
server code in many components.
In less interactive mode, the run script doesn't give up on missing test
archives but instead removes the corresponding tests and marks them "missing".
This mode avoids total failure of a platform in automated test infrastructures
when only a few archives are missing.
Fixes#3120
The former 'Genode::Timed_semaphore' mechanism is moved to the private
part of the two remaining users, namely dde_rump and the libc. Note
there are now two private copies of 'timed_semaphore.h'. This should be
regarded as an interim step until the use of this mechanism is removed
from both users.
This patch also cleans up the mechanism from legacy Genode API calls and
global side effects (alarm-thread singleton). The test/timed_semaphore
is now located at the libports repository as it now tests a mechanism of
the libc. The former timed_semaphore library is no more.
Fixes#3121
This patch prevents the abi_symbols tool from generating symbols that
are known to occur in shared objects but must not be part of a library
ABI. This saves a bit of time during library-porting work.
However, to avoid the accidental use of ABI symbol definitions that lack
any form of manual curation, the abi_symbols tool outputs a special
message, which is explicitly checked-for by the check_abi tool.
Fixes#3112
Store all files generated by moc and rcc in the application's build
directory to prevent the use of unfinished generated files for other
applications built at the same time.
Issue #3115
It can happen that a keyboard gets plugged in and 'led_connect()' is
called while the keyboard LED of another keyboard is just being updated
(and the registry is locked).
Fixes#3118
The plugin was tested with ALL4176 but should support all modern Allnet
MSR devices according to the documentation
https://service.allnet.de/image-ftp/ftp/pub/allnet/MSR/JSON/JSON_MSR.zip
It works just like the existing powerplug plugins by
RUN_OPT += --include power_on/allnet --include power_off/allnet
and uses the following parameters
--power-on-allnet-host network address of device
--power-on-allnet-user user for device
--power-on-allnet-password password for device
--power-on-allnet-port target port/socket of device
--power-off-allnet-host network address of device
--power-off-allnet-user user for device
--power-off-allnet-password password for device
--power-off-allnet-port target port/socket of device
After a certain number of tests, presumably some resource in core is exceeded
and loading the successive test fails. This quickfix looks out for the
characteristic Core error and then reboots to avoid that all successive tests
are marked as failed.
Since the timer and timeout handling is part of the base library (the
dynamic linker), it belongs to the base repository.
Besides moving the timer and its related infrastructure (alarm, timeout
libs, tests) to the base repository, this patch also moves the timer
from the 'drivers' subdirectory directly to 'src' and disamibuates the
timer's build locations for the various kernels. Otherwise the different
timer implementations could interfere with each other when using one
build directory with multiple kernels.
Note that this patch changes the include paths for the former os/timer,
os/alarm.h, os/duration.h, and os/timed_semaphore.h to base/.
Issue #3101
This patch improves the appearance of the leitzentrale by eliminating
the (hardly visible) decorations from the GUI and graph views, and by
animating the motion of the graph position. The latter is meant to
remove the stuttering effect when the graph's size changes (and
re-centered).
This patch improves the consistency of the hover handling after
finishing a drag operation. Normally, the window manager hides pointer
updates while the user is performing a drag operation with the mouse
from the decorator. However, in the special case where a drag operation
results in a window-layout change, the decorator's hover model may be
affected. Hence, the window manager must supply the current pointer
position when leaving the drag state.
Issue #3097
This patch supplements the dragging state of window controls to the
window layout so that decorators become able to visually reflect this
state, i.e., pressing the title bar while moving a window.
Issue #3097
This commit adds the optional 'motion=<number>' attribute to the
decorator's <policy> nodes. The default value is 0. If a value higher
than 0 is specified, window-geometry changes are applied as an animation
where the <number> denotes the number of animation steps.
Issue #3096
This patch adds the boolean policy attribute "decoration", which
controls whether window decorations are presented or not. It is enabled
by default. By setting the attribute to "no", matching windows appear
without any border, which is desireable for Sculpt's component graph.
Issue #3096
Don't just clamp the speed value to a positive number but immediately
assign the destination value. This is needed in situations where the
number of steps is too low for proper acceleration and deceleration.
Issue #3096
This patch improves the window decorators in the following respects:
* Strict warnings are enabled now.
* The use of the 'List_model' makes the application of window-
layout changes more robust. This is particularly the case for
the restacking of windows.
* Display-mode changes are now supported by both decorators.
Issue #3094
The new 'apply_first' method enables users of the list model to manually
traverse the list model via the 'Element::next' method instead of
iterating via 'for_each'. This is needed in situations where the
list-model elements are visited via recursion, not via a loop.
Issue #3094
Until now, decorators used to rely only on the TO_FRONT command for
propagating the window stacking to nitpicker. However, as the additional
use of the TO_BACK command allows for a more robust procedure, this
patch enhances the wm to handle both view stacking commands.
Issue #3094
This commit solves several issues:
* correct calculation of overlap region when detaching regions
in managed dataspaces
* prevent unmap of Fiasco.OC's core log buffer
* calculate the core-local address of regions in managed dataspaces
if possible at all and use it to unmap on kernels where this is
needed
Fix#976Fix#3082
Adds an config attribute to the Depot Autopilot component:
:<config repeat>:
Can be one of
"false" - process the given test list only once,
"until_forever" - endlessly repeat processing the given test list,
"until_failed" - repeat processing the given test list until it fails.
Adds an environment variable to the Depot Autopilot Run script:
:TEST_REPEAT:
Same as the <config repeat> attribute of the Depot Autopilot.
This is useful when having to debug very sporadic errors during one test
or a series of tests.
Init's state reports are updated whenever an interesting part of init's
internal state changes (e.g., when sessions are established, or when
children are started/removed). However, until now, a change of a skipped
heartbeat counter was not taken as trigger for state-report updates.
In scenarios where no other intersting event happened, the last reported
state did no reflect the current heartbeat state. In particular, when
the last report was issued during the construction of a new child just
before the child became able to respond to heartbeat requests, the stale
report hinted at heartbeat problems that were just an initialization
artifact. This problem became visible on some Qemu platform where the
child startup takes a long time.
The patch tracks the observed skipped-heartbeat counter and triggers a
report whenever the counter value changes.
Issue #3079
By adding an additional synchronization point in the form of a matched
log message, this patch makes the timing behavior of the "test changing
provided services" step more deterministic. Without it, the scheduling
of OKL4 and base-hw resulted in a merge of two config updates into one.
Issue #3079
This can happen, for example, during 'dlopen' if unresolved symbols are
present.
* Unload already loaded shared libraries
* Delete dependencies
* Flush initializer list (ctors)
fixes#3073
Packets whose data is stored within the Packet_descriptor itself
but not as payload, .e.g Usb::Packet_descriptor, are valid packets
after all. So loosen the packet valid check for zero-sized packets
is reasonable.
Fixes#3076.
'SANITIZE_UNDEFINED = yes' in 'target.mk' adds the '-fsanitize=undefined'
compiler flag and links the program with libubsan and libsanitizer_common.
Issue #3072
This ensures that the depot_autopilot.run script, when exiting, always prints
a result overview of the so far available test results, except the Depot
Autopilot component has managed to print the result overview up to this point.
Unequal numbers of double quotes let the XML parser of init fail,
therefore replace all double quotes when transfering previous
results after a reboot.
Ref #3027
Our overall nightly test time greatly decreases when the timeouts for
the single tests are not that over-pessimistic. Using the slowest
platforms as reference, this commit reduces the test timeouts.
Ref #3027
Call 'tcp_output' if application data has been successfully queued. This
sends data immediately that may otherwise remain queued until the next
periodic TCP timer event.
This reverts a change made in 3e31e2ba53.
Fix#3067
The number of tests to run is the number of test package-archives minus the
the those that are skipped for the given platform. The number is printed
directly after checking if the given platform is supported by the run script.
It helps the surrounding test infrastructure to ensure that, for instance, a
result graph always reflects the same total number of tests, even though there
is a sporadic problem with booting the platform.
This commit addresses several multiprocessing issues in base-hw:
* it reworks cross-cpu maintainance work for TLB invalidation by
introducing a generic Inter_processor_work and removes the so
called Cpu_domain_update
* thereby it solves the cross-cpu thread destruction, when the
corresponding thread is active on another cpu (fix#3043)
* it adds the missing TLB shootdown for x86 (fix#3042)
* on ARM it removes the TLB shootdown via IPIs, because this
is not needed on the multiprocessing ARM platforms we support
* it enables the per-cpu initialization of the kernel's cpu
objects, which means those object initialization is executed
by the proper cpu
* it rollbacks prior decision to make multiprocessing an aspect,
but puts back certain 'smp' mechanisms (like cross-cpu lock)
into the generic code base for simplicity reasons
The Linux emulation library provides preprocessor macros for min() and
max(), which now clash with implementation in duration.h. So, we disable
those macros in the delay implementation.
FreeBSD implements 'clock' with an accuracy of 128 ticks-per-second for
compatibility reasons, Linux uses 1000000 per-second. Remove 'clock' and
print an error because it is unlikely that this is the resolution
expected by the application.
Fix#3057
For reading the MAC address we try first to read it from the <policy> tag, and
when it is not defined in the <policy> tag, we allocate a MAC. But there was
no handling of the case that there is no appropriate <policy> tag. In this
case we want to create the session with an allocated MAC also.
Due to the changing environment this test is executed (like depot_autopilot)
the binary test-rm_fault used to check ROM dataspace's read-only property
does not suit anymore. This commit changes the binary to ld.lib.so that is
normally still provided as a ROM dataspace.
Ref #3027
The test for python requires x86 to be built. Therefore, there is no test
binary available when trying to execute that test on ARM with depot_autopilot.
This patch constraints the window size of the generated layout to the
minimum of the client's real window size and the wanted window size
(both may differ when resizing or maximizing windows).
This patch improves the handing of new appearing windows for which only
a wildcard assignment - but no exact assignment - rule exists. In the
prior version, an interactively raised window would stay in front of
such a window, which is unintuitive. The new version applies the
to-front mechanism to unknown new windows. For known new windows (with
an exact assignment rule) their original stacking position is preserved.
This patch solves an off-by-one problem in the window-size calculation,
which resulted in sporadic artificial resize requests. In Sculpt, this
glitch caused flickering artifacts in VirtualBox windows caused by
superfluous guest desktop-resize handling.
Furthermore, the patch introduces the dropping of resize requests with
unchanged content.
The commented-out <start> nodes are prone to become inconsistent with
the launchers. Hence, this patch removes them. Start nodes should better
be added by the '+' menu, at least initially.
Furthermore, the patch directs requests for the vfs.lib.so ROM to core's
ROM service to reduce the impact of low-level ABI changes (i.e., the
packet-stream layout) on existing vfs/libc-based packages.
This patch makes init robust against invalid routing rules that lack a
name attribute in the '<service>' node. This situation may occur when
interactively editing routes in Sculpt.
Return a value in the same width as provided by the caller of sysctl for
PHYSMEM and USERMEM. This is to ensure that if a caller provides a
64-bit integer, a 64-bit value will be returned for 32-bit machines.
issue #3060
Some application code is dereferencing the pointer returned by
'packet_content' at packet streams without checking that it is valid.
Throw an exception rather than return a null pointer, except for
zero-length packets, which have somewhat implicit invalid content and
that we believe to be properly handled in all current cases.
The client-side of a packet stream cannot take corrective action if the
server-side is sending packets with invalid content, but the servers
that provide packet streams should catch this exception to detect
misbehaving clients.
Ref #3059
This enables Qt5 applications to set a Genode label via 'setWindowTitle'
from within Qt5 applications, and thus, making them identifiable to
other Genode components, like a layout manager.
fixes#3046
The recall file system is a place where components can remember state.
E.g., to allow the window layouter to recall the window layout of the
previous session.
In a corner case, the toggling of the popup menu entered a state
where the menu could not be opened anymore by the user. Specifically
the following input sequence triggered this problem.
1. The user opens the menu
2. The user clicks on the menu and holds the button
3. While holding the button, the user moves the pointer to the
outside of the popup (e.g., to the '+' button)
4. The user releases the button.
In this situation, the popup is closed but the hover information for the
popup contains still the original clicked-on item. Hence, all subsequent
clicks on the '+' appear as both a click on the '+' (opening the popup)
and a click on the "hovered" popup entry (closing the popup).
The patch explicitely clears the popup's hover information when closing
the popup.
Change the root of a session request into an explicit path and apply the
label-to-path conversion using the "path_prefix" policy attribute. This
is in addition to only applying a root change with a "path" attribute.
Ref #3031Fix#3056
The bulk buffer is now 64Byte-aligned so that the allocated
packets get aligned likewise (assumed the packet allocator uses an
appropriately aligned block size). This ensures that each packet
starts at a new cache line on common platforms.
Issue #3053
Move the libc-i386, libc-amd64, and libc-arm include directories into
the standard "include/spec" directory. This allows the platform specific
headers in the libc API package to be detected in a generic manner.
Ref #3051
The pthread API is considered a standard feature of libc so better to
simply merge it with the libc. Pthreads are in fact already a part of
the libc in the form of weak symbols. This merger is also a prerequisite
for better integrating pthreads with the libc I/O task.
Fix#3054
Print a line like "succeeded: 35 failed: 11 skipped: 2" below the list of test
results. Adds further attributes to <previous-results> to communicate also the
previous statistics.
This commit moves the window layouter and window decorator into
dedicated packages that can now be combined with the "wm" server at
runtime and restarted/reconfigured/swapped-out independently.
To use the window manager, one must start the 'wm', 'window_layouter',
and one of the 'motif_decorator' or 'themed_decorator' subsystems.
Fixes#3024
When doing the libc_getenv test on autopilot+foc+x86 and one of the
subsequent tests crashes the system so it gets rebooted by the run
script, the system doesn't come up again. It gets stuck after core
initialization.
Issue #3027
The PDF viewer can crash under a number of conditions due to changes to
the internal framebuffer model that were made to support mouse wheel
panning. These changes are reverted until the model can be reimplemented
to explicitly support page panning.
Fix#3021
This patch improves the detection of new appearing top-most windows.
Such a window should prompt the decorator to bring the corresponding
nitpicker view(s) to the front of the view stack. The original
implementation relied on hints provided by the layouter (the 'topped'
attribute). With the patch, the decorator tracks the top-most window by
itself, which improves the robustness.
As a second improvement, the patch defers the destruction of windows to
the point when all other window operations are completed. This hides
intermediate states when replacing one window by another in one step,
which is typical for console-like scenarios. Hence, this patch should
eliminate flickering artifacts when switching from one virtual console
to another.
Issue #3031
This commit replaces the former floating_window_layouter with a new
window_layouter component that supports the subdivision of screen space
into columns and rows, the concept of layers, and the principle ability
to store window layout information across reboots. The latter is
accomplished by reflecting the component's internal state as a 'rules'
report to the outside.
Fixes#3031
* In base-foc/recipes/src/ replace base-foc with base-foc-pc
* To base-foc/recipes/src add base-foc-arndale, base-foc-pbxa9
* Ensure that the correct base-foc recipe is choosen by the run module
'boot_dir/foc'
* To base-hw/recipes/src add base-hw-arndale, base-hw-imx53_qsb,
base-hw-imx53_qsb_tz, base-hw-odroid_xu, base-hw-panda, base-hw-rpi,
base-hw-wand_quad
* Ensure that the correct base-hw recipe is choosen by the run module
'boot_dir/hw'
This patch fixes the following build problem that occurs on recent
GNU/Linux systems:
/usr/include/x86_64-linux-gnu/sys/cdefs.h:307:0: error: "__always_inline" redefined
...
/usr/include/linux/stddef.h:5:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
The code in 'cdefs.h' does not check if the '__always_inline' is already
defined. The patch works around the problem by including the 'sys/cdefs.h'
first.
For being able to build the tests via source archives, the 'base'
library must be denoted as dependency explicitely in their 'target.mk' file.
This is because when building archives, the API dependencies of used APIs are
not taken into account.
Use the Timer session duration for CLOCK_MONOTONIC and CLOCK_UPTIME.
Use the Genode::Duration object for passing internal time, it supports
sub-millisecond time and helps disambiguate units of time.
Fix#3018
Block and loop until application writes are sent or buffered in their
entirety. Do not call "tcp_output" directly, LwIP calls this procedure
internally and calling it again appears to disrupt the LwIP TCP state
machine.
Fix#3017
Move button-event reporting behind pointer-position update.
This is just a quickfix to restore correct pointer emulation with
dde_linux usb_drv. It does not change usb_hid_drv because the approach
is a questionable workaround of the current input event handling, which
reports events promptly on occurrence of inputs events and ignores
synchronization events completely. The original contrib code reported
the button press before absolute x and y positioning followed by a sync
event.
Issue #3019
This component allows access to Terminal sessions via interactive SSH
sessions. Please read _repos/gems/src/server/ssh_terminal/README_ for
more detailed information.
Fixes#3014.
This fixes the region-map component implementation in core, which uses a
'Genode::Weak_ptr<Genode::Region_map_component> _faulting_region_map'
member. This member is assigned a valid weak_ptr or an invalid weak_ptr
according to the state machine.
Fixes#3012
The new 'conditional' method simplifies the typical use case for
'Constructible' objects where the constructed/destructed state depends
on a configuration parameter. The method alleviates the need to
re-implement the logic again and again.
The patch also removes the 'Reconstructible' constructor arguments
because they are unused.
Fixes#3006
* Account all RAM/CAP quota of a session except quota for metadata used in
core. The latter is considered when asking if a session can afford to make
an operation but it does not get accounted to always be able to pay back all
quota when a session closes. The general accounting mechanism is moved from
atop of the allocators down to the level of RAM/RM session operations.
* report statistics about session objects and quota if <report stats="yes"
quota="yes"/> is configured. (default is yes if <report> is present)
Issue #2953
Like suggested by RFC 2663, reprogram the dissolve timeout of a TCP link
state to 2 times the maximum segment lifetime (by default 1 minute) when
receiving a matching packet with the FIN flag set, or with the ACK flag
set to acknowledge a FIN of the remote side.
Mark a link state as closed (no further reprogramming of the dissolve
timeout) and set the dissolve timeout to 2 times the maximum segment
lifetime when receiving a packet with the RESET flag set.
Issue #2953
If the NIC router has insufficient CAP or RAM quota for the creation of
a state object for an interface, it tries to destroy a certain amount of
existing state objects of this interface to free resources. Afterwards,
it retries handling the current packet once. If it does fail again, the
router drops the packet.
Issue #2953
Ensure that a '\0' always appears at the end of the ouput of the XML
generator. Previously, exceptions during the Node(...) constructor
might have prevented this. This commit also extends the xml_generator
test to drive a harder test on exceptions in the Xml_generator.
Issue #2953
When the functor provided to the Node constructor throws an exception,
do revert all changes in reverse order. Previously, the changes made
to the parent node were not considered by the exception handler which
caused unnecessary characters to remain in the out buffer for each
reverted node.
Issue #2953
Switch to kernel branch, that determines the available system memory during
boot time. The overall kernel memory is still static, but during boot time
dynamically the amount can be chosen. Following 3 config option exists:
CONFIG_MEMORY_BOOT is the amount of kernel memory allocated in the BSS
statically - effectively chosen during link time - see linker script.
CONFIG_MEMORY_DYN_MIN && CONFIG_MEMORY_DYN_PER_MILL configures the dynamic
part of the kernel memory allocation applied during early kernel boot time.
CONFIG_MEMORY_DYN_MIN is the amount of memory which should be allocated at
least. CONFIG_MEMORY_DYN_PER_MILL defines the amount of the system memory in
per mill which should be allocated at most. The overall maximum kernel memory
is restricted to ~1G (64bit), due to the chosen internal virtual memory layout.
Fixes#2985
On some machines, both the AHCI and NVMe drivers are started within the
[drivers -> dynamic] subsystem. This ultimately exhausted the RAM quota
of this subsystem.
Issue #2987
This patch introduces the distinction of the manually managed
config/deploy from the managed config/managed/deploy. The latter
incorporates interactive changes of the system by the user. There are
two user interactions supported.
First, by clicking on the '+' button at the top-left of the runtime
view, the user can select a component to launch. All launchers at
config/launcher/ are listed in the popup menu. Each launcher can be
lauched only once. While running, is not available in the popup
menu.
Second, when selecting a node that corresponds to a start node in
config/deploy or that was interactively launched, the detailed view
shows a 'remove' button, which can be used to exclude the component
from the deployment.
The result of the interactive manipulation is always available at
config/managed/deploy. Hence, the current situation can be made
persistent by using it as config/deploy.
Fixes#2986
Allow the gpg utility to be overridden on the command line. For
example, './tool/depot/publish GPG="ssh 10.0.1.3 gpg" ...' would invoke
a remote gpg over SSH.
Fix#2981
The tasklet_schedule implementation was missing the unblock call, which
was no problem in the past because the correspending task would get un-
blocked by other work items. Now that every workqueue has its own task,
there is nobody left to unblock the task and thereby execute the
tasklet. As a tasklet is the only way to transmit any pending frames
after transmission was temporarily suspended - because the device/fw
was not able to process the TX request - this rendered 6xxx devices
unusable whenever this situation occurred.
Fixes#2973.
The Arora main thread sometimes blocks on a pthread condition variable,
which prevents Genode signal processing with the current implementation.
This is especially a problem when the thread who could unblock the main
thread calls 'Libc::suspend()'.
As a workaround until the pthread locking mechanisms get adapted to the
Genode libc execution model, the Arora main function can be called from
a dedicated thread.
Fixes#2978
Close the stdin, stdout, and stderr I/O channels at child exit. This
serves to flush buffers at the I/O resources which might not be written
otherwise.
Ref #2919
The VFS LwIP plugin is page-faulting on connect error because the LwIP
library frees a failed TCP protocol control block before calling the
error callback, and then the VFS plugin dereferences the PCB to free it
a second time. This problem was caused by a failure to follow
documentation during a transition from a C callback to a C++ method.
Fix#2972
1) The loop for determining the line length read from a character offset
before checking whether the offset is smaller than the given string
length. This could have caused access outside the string buffer.
2) The routine for determining the line length first seeked for the
offset of the last real character of the line and than added one for
getting the length but only if the following character was '\n'. This
has to be done for any other line-terminating character too. The only
case where you don't want to do this is when the end of the whole
string is reached.
Issue #2967
When 'notify_read_ready()' is called during 'select()' and fails,
suspending can cause a deadlock when the libc IO response handler becomes
active and calls 'select_notify()', which tries to acquire the
'select callback list lock', which is already acquired by the suspended
'select()' call.
It seems possible to ignore a failed 'notify_read_ready()' call instead of
suspending. When the VFS plugin calls the IO handler later when the
notification request can be processed, the 'select_notify()' call of the
libc IO response handler will eventually call 'notify_read_ready()' again.
Fixes#2970
Implement the passwd database subroutines with single-user database.
This database is populated with a <passwd/> sub-node of the libc
configuration node. All fields of the "passwd" struct may be specified
with reasonable defaults provided for a "root" user. This allows a
libc-based component to spoof user information for the sake of porting
existing Unix software.
A test is provided at run/libc_getpwent.
Fix#2919
GNU tar interprets the passed time value in local time by default, which
lead to unstable hashes again. So, now provide a complete date/time
value incl. time zone.
Related to #2842
The VFS server does not support file-system with one single-file plugin
providing the root. This is because the "leaf_path" is not universally
implemented to handle the path "/". This fix is simply to skip a
"leaf_path" check when opening the path "/".
Ref #2919
Rather than removing the source files during the port preration, which
breaks preparing the port anew, they are now removed while creating
the src archive.
Fixes#2959.
This patch unifies the handling of on-demand resource upgrades among
ram_fs and depot_rom, and applies the new pattern to the runtime view.
This way, runtime view becomes able to accommodate more complex
scenarios.
There is a bug in the LwIP VFS plugin, the chained buffers used by Lwip
use sizes expressed in sixteen bits, and under conditions such as a read
of 1<<16 the higher bits are lost and the plugin performs a zero length
read, and the application interprets this as a closed connection.
Fix#2947
Since we use the git repo by now remove all unnecessary ballast like
unused code and the git history. The will bring down the wifi_drv's
src archive to reasonable size again.
This patch enables the user to click on a component in the runtime view
to reveal more information such as the used/assigned RAM/caps and
secondary dependencies.
This patch adds a graph of the current runtime state to the
leitzentrale. The topology of the graph depends on the first routing
rule of each component. For this reason, the patch re-orders routing
policies to make the most important route the first in the list.
The user can switch between the runtime view and the inspect window
by clicking on the corresponding menu dialogs. E.g., a click on the
storage dialog reveals the inspect window.
The PS/2 driver retries to get mouse-reset results for 700 ms, sleeping
after each attempt for 10 ms. So, the driver needs a Timer session now.
Fixes#2713
The most important route of each launcher is at the top of routes and
will be used to layout the graph topology of the runtime view.
By caching the state reports generated by the runtime init, the sculpt
manager becomes able to quickly check for the presence of components. So
we can apply routing-dependency checks not only prior starting
components but also while components are running.
Fixes#2938Fixes#2912
This patch fixes a problem in the non-const 'for_each' method of the
'Registry' data structure. If an exception was thrown from within the
functor of the 'for_each' operation, the not yet processed items of the
registry were dropped from the registry, which is not expected.
This patch addresses two problems: By guarding the buffer allocation in
a nested class, an exception in the body of the 'File_content'
constructor reverts the allocation. Second, if the file has no content
no allocation should be performed. The previous version wrongly passed
a size of zero to the allocator in this case.
This patch addresses a situation where _process_packets was called as a
side effect of watch notification (that was processed during an unlink
RPC operation). This scenario (triggered by the fs_query test)
ultimately ended up in a deadlock. Io/watch reponse handlers should
never re-enter the application logic.
The new base/xsd/config.inc defines generic XSD types such as 'Boolean' or
'Session_label'. It can be included in config XSD files by using:
! <xs:include schemaLocation="file://${GENODE_CONFIG_INC}"/>
The string ${GENODE_CONFIG_INC} is replaced by the run tool with the
above mentionened file path.
Issue #2897
Seen on X250
Description from https://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/kbd/scancodes-1.html
The ten grey keys Insert, Home, PgUp, Delete, End, PgDn, Up, Left,
Down, Right are supposed to function regardless of the state of Shift
and NumLock keys. But for an old AT keyboard the keypad keys would
produce digits when Numlock was on or Shift was down. Therefore, in
order to fool old programs, fake scancodes are sent: when LShift is
down, and Insert is pressed, e0 aa e0 52 is sent; upon release of
Insert e0 d2 e0 2a is sent. In other words, a fake LShift-up and fake
LShift-down are inserted.
Fixes#2888
The 'Report' route was missing. The commit also removes superfluous
routing rules for IO_PORT, IRQ, and IO_MEM that are captured by the
subsequenting wildcard anyway.
Issue #2909
The COW plugin provided only partial copy-on-write semantics and had
problems detecting recursive requests. Conversely, the import plugin has
much simpler behavior that is easy to test because it mirrors that of
the ram_fs server.
Ref #2745
LwIP skips a packet copy by wrapping Nic stream buffer regions in LwIP
pbuf objects. Move from a fixed size array to a potentially unbounded
slab allocator for managing this buffer metadata.
Ref #2335
A 'QThread' can be reused when its execution is finished by calling
'QThread::start()' again. Before this commit, this created a new Genode
thread, but did not destroy a previously finished Genode thread first.
Fixes#2928
Add additional parsing modes to the sequence decoder to detect and
discard unhandled sequences for ECMA-48, DEC private, and Xterm.
Add new behavior for cursor movement, cursor hiding, character deletion,
and line-wrapping.
Fix#2923
The libc sockets implementation already syncs socket control files after
writes, so sync errors will induce failures for operations such as
"connect".
Fix#2920
This patch reintroduces the LwIP stack to libc as a VFS plugin
implementing the socket_fs interface. Rather than use LwIP's socket
emulation layer this plugin interfaces directly to LwIP raw API and is
single threaded.
The internal TCP parameters of the stack are untuned.
Fix#2050Fix#2335
A timer should set itslef not pending before calling the timout handler.
This is important for timeout handler that program the timeout again.
issue #2910
When the cached_fs_rom saturates the packet stream of its File_system
session it will call the session request handler recursively as pending
transfers are completed. This is bad because the content of the XML node
currently being processed will change.
The session request handler can no longer be called directly, but the
"schedule" method will submit a signal to the request handler, and
requests will be processed after the current operation has completed.
By adding a sanity check for the validity of the PD session targeted by
a transfer_quota operation, the corner case of an incomplete PD session
of a child can no longer trigger an 'Invalid_session' exception.
Calling 'handle_io_response()' in a regular VFS function (in contrast to a
post-signal hook) can cause problems if the caller of the VFS function holds
a lock which prevents the io response handler from returning.
With this commit, the user of the VFS becomes responsible for unblocking
threads which might be blocking after a failed 'queue_read()', 'queue_sync()'
or 'write()' call.
Fixes#2896
This new vfs_import plugin allows a VFS instance to be populated during
construction using a sub-VFS configured in an '<import>' configuration
node. This allows the ram_fs File_system server to be replaced by the
VFS server by reimplementing the ram_fs 'content' feature. At the
moment the copying of symlinks is not enabled, and the resources
obtained by the import file-system may not be freed after the import is
finished.
Fix#2906
The ram plugin to the VFS must send notifications to watch handles on
files when they are removed. This brings the VFS server to parity with
the ram_fs server for the sake of notifications.
Move run/fs_report to gems and use the vfs server and the vfs init
plugin in the test.
Ref #2902
This patch removes the detection of statically linked executables from
the base framework. It thereby fixes the corner cases encountered with
Sculpt when obtaining the binaries of the runtime from the depot_rom
service that is hosted within the runtime.
Statically linked binaries and hybrid Linux/Genode (lx_hybrid) binaries
can still be started by relabeling the ROM-session route of "ld.lib.so"
to the binary name, pretending that the binary is the dynamic linker.
This can be achieved via init's label rewriting mechanism:
<route>
<service name="ROM" unscoped_label="ld.lib.so">
<parent label="test-platform"/> </service>
</route>
However, as this is quite cryptic and would need to be applied for all
lx_hybrid components, the patch adds a shortcut to init's configuration.
One can simply add the 'ld="no"' attribute to the <start> node of the
corresponding component:
<start name="test-platform" ld="no"/>
Fixes#2866
When mounting a ROM module with binary="no", the
vfs will detect the 0-termination to calculate the
file size instead of using the dataspace size.
Fixes#2903
Process I/O packets in batches. If a batch is processed and there are
still packets pending, send a signal locally to the packet handler and
return to the entrypoint signal dispatcher. This prevents clients from
starving each other, which happens when a client continuously submits
packets at a faster rate than the server can process.
Fix#2900
Test of File_system I/O scheduling. It appears that a client not
submitting I/O packets slower than the VFS server can process will
starve other clients.
Ref #2900
This patch adds the /config/usb file to Sculpt, which allows then user
to manually define rules for assigning USB devices to clients. The
content is incorporated by the driver manager into the USB driver
configuration. Note that this mechanism does not work for HID devices
because these devices are claimed by the USB driver's built-in HID
support.
Issue #2890
Previously, the trace control of a thread was initialized in its
constructor (which is generic for all components). This has the
disadvantage that the CPU-session-pointer member of the thread might not
be valid at this point. And it cannot be replaced by using the
"deprecated_env" CPU session neither as constructing the deprecated
environment in causes troubles in Core. But as the trace control
shouldn't be needed in Core anyway, the initialization can be moved to
the Thread::start implementation of non-core components. This code
already takes care of the CPU session pointer.
Fixes#2901
This component is contrasted with the fs_rom server that serves
independent dataspaces to each client. Using a cache was not possible
until the region map session supported the creation of read-only
attachments.
Test at run/read_only_rom.
Ref #1633Fix#2760
The verbosity mode of the NIC bridge can be toggled with the verbose attribute
(default value shown):
! <config verbose="no" />
If enabled, the NIC bridge logs sent and received packets as well as the
lifetime of interfaces connected to the bridge.
Issue #2899
This commit contains a patch of bash's built-in default escape sequences
to match the 'screen' terminal as used by Genode's terminal component.
Fixes#2705
The test triggers the following assertion in the kernel, which will
remain unfixed as the kernel is no longer developed:
Assertion queue_state.is_set(queue_state_t::send) failed in file
.../pistachio/kernel/src/api/v4/tcb.h, line 727
This assertion is presumably similar / related to issue #1495.
Do not generate invalid configurations for the uplink domain anymore. If
some tests are disabled and therefore their routing rules at the uplink
domain would be invalid, spare out these routing rules.
Issue #2899
This patch addresses a corner case revealed by the resource_request test
on seL4 after changing the child-destruction handling with commit "base:
close PD on 'close_all_sessions'". During the destruction of the PD
session, the backing store (session-local RAM dataspace factory) of the
signal broker's slab was destroyed before destructing the signal broker.
Instantiating the signal broker after the RAM dataspace factory fixes
the destruction order.
Quietly insert forward declaration of a Input::Binding class, and make
it a friend of Input::Event and Input::Session_client. This is to allow
non-C++ language bindings (Nim) to access private members by providing
their own implementation of the Binding class.
Fix#2889
The legacy PIT timer driver is too jittery for the character-repeat
test. This patch disables the test for platforms using this device as
user-level time source, which are at the moment OKL4, Pistachio, and
seL4.
This patch makes the run script compatible with the disk-image backend
of the run tool. Since this backend attaches the boot image as AHCI
disk 0, we have to supply our custom disk image as AHCI 1.
The native CPU client holds a capability reference and the reference
counter of the capability can reach its limit when many threads are
successively created and destroyed (destroyed by the Linux kernel).
Fixes#2886
When first selecting an access point to connect to, and then - while the
passphrase entry field is displayed - switching to wired networking, the
keyboard focus was still referring to the passphrase entry field instead
of yieling the focus to the inspect window. This commit fixes the
problem by adding the wifi NIC target as additional condition.
This patch improves the handling of the corner case where a client
vanishes while a session request is in flight (CREATE_REQUESTED but
not yet AVAILABLE). This corner case could be sporadically observed with
the init_loop test on base-linux.
In the original version, the session would eventually be delivered but
never picked up by anyone. Such a stale session still uses resources that
should better be released. In the new version, the parent checks for the
liveliness of the client whenever a session is delivered. If there is no
client of the session, a close request is immediately issued to the
server. The session state must be preserved until the close requests has
been answered.
This patch moves the closing of a child's PD session from the 'Child'
destructor to the 'close_all_sessions' method. This way, the child's
PD quota is immediately returned as soon as init flags a child as
'abandoned', which removes jitter from init's RAM-state reports.
The patch is supposed to make the 'init_loop.run' test much happier.
This commit is a follow-up to "nit_fb: allow screen-relative
initial_width/height". With it, the nit_fb window created via the
launchpad can be interactively resized.
Also remove 'requires_installation_of', while also checking sbin
directories in 'have_installed'. The run scripts have been adjusted
accordingly.
Fixes#2853
The 200-second timeout of the init test triggers on some test platform
(in particular on qemu) while it is overly pessimistic on others.
This patch aims at stabilizing the timing behavior of the test across
the tested kernels/machines.
This is a follow-up patch of "init: avoid too eager child restart". On
each config update of init, init re-applies child-specific configuration
changes. In the case of an already exited child, this re-evaluation
wrongly marked such a child as abandoned because the child's environment
sessions do no longer exist. Abandoning the child, in turn, triggers the
destruction and subseqent restart (because the <start> node of the
configuration still exists). The latter is bad for two reasons.
First, the exit state of the original instance becomes lost. Second, the
restart may have unexpected side effects due to sessions created by the
new instance. I.e., when resizing a partition in sculpt, init would
wrongly restart the gpt-write tool after the tool successfully exited.
This collides with a newly started instance of part_blk/resize2fs, which
now competes with the second gpt-write instance for the exclusive access
of the targeted block device.
The patch prevents init from re-applying configurations to exited
children. The accompanied test case covers the corner case.
Do not simply wait for the good ping test to finish, but for the other
flood tests to trigger the RAM exhaustion. This makes the test more
robust with slower platforms or a different timing.
Issue #2857
The log messages covered by verbose_packet_drop were previously
configured by the verbose attribute. This isn't the case anymore. Now,
you can configure them as follows:
! <config verbose_packet_drop="no" ... >
! <domain verbose_packet_drop="no" ... />
! <config/>
The new attribute determines whether to log each packet drop and the
rational behind it. The <config> value affects all domains without a
<domain> local value.
Issue #2857
The default value of each <domain> is the <config> value. However, if
a <domain> local value is set, the <config> value doesn't affect this
value at all.
Fixes#2874
The ICMP-Echo-server functionality of the router has the following
configuration attributes (default values shown):
! <config icmp_echo_server="yes">
! <domain icmp_echo_server="yes" ... />
! </config>
The icmp_echo_server attribute configures whether the router answers ICMP Echo
requests that address the router. The <config> value affects all domains
without a <domain> local value.
Issue #2874
This patch ensures that session-create requests are handled after close
requests, which solves the corner case where one single-session server
receives a close and create request at the same time. E.g., when
expanding a partition with Sculpt, the gpt-write tool is removed and
part_blk is started (to execute resize2fs on top) in one step. Both
interact with the USB-block driver, which is a single-session server.
Fixes#2877
- Reordering and cleanup of commits to form a common branch shared by others
- Add right bit to deny portal usage for cross-core IPC
- avoid GP when switching on AMD SVM if disabled by UEFI/BIOS
Issue #2854
When a domain is updated to a new component config, the two criteria for
keeping an ARP waiting state of a remote domain are whether the remote
domain still exists and whether its IP config is still the same. This
means that a domain must also dissolve all of its remote ARP waiting
states if its IP config changes (without an update of the component
config). This wasn't the case until now.
Issue #2840
The top-level Sculpt configuration is routing ROM requests for chargen
files from the input_filter to the parent, and this prevents new chargen
files to specified, for instance the German or Workman layout. Route ROM
requests with a combination of label_prefix and label_suffix patterns to
the config_fs_rom component, allowing the input_filter to be dynamically
reconfigurable.
Fix#2872
It can happen that a keyboard gets plugged in and 'led_connect()' is
called while the keyboard LED of another keyboard is just being updated
(and the registry is locked).
Fixes#2869
- initialize the stack size attribute with `Libc::Component::stack_size()`
as default value
- remove the possibly uninitialized `pthread` member from the attribute
structure and obtain current attribute values in the
`pthread_attr_get_np()` function, where the `pthread` object reference
is given as argument
- let each thread obtain its stack address and actual stack size at thread
start to have the information available for other threads
Fixes#2865
The apu2c4 boards have 3 i210 PCI devices (one for each LAN port). Other
apu2 boards use i211 device IDs according to https://www.pcengines.ch/apu2.htm
but could not be tested.
This commit also incorporates an upstream MAC address handling fix.
The libc will now use the file given by the 'nameserver_file' attribute
to get the DNS nameserver address instead of reading '/etc/resolv.conf'.
It defaults to '/socket/nameserver' which is the common location when
using the lxip VFS plugin. As a constraint the libc will read the first
line and expects the nameserver address without any keywords in front of
it.
Fixes#2861.
Merge the configuration from raw/pdf_view into the pkg/pdf_view runtime
file. Request a File_system session and load files from there, rather
than by ROM.
Ref #2859
The component is no longer loads from '/test.pdf', the first PDF file
found in the root directory of the file-system is loaded automatically.
The behavior cannot be overridden by configuration.
Feed MuPDF with characters from input events to MuPDF rather than
translate raw key codes to ASCII. This enables almost all MuPDF key
bindings without the need to maintain a lookup table. Mouse navigation
has been enabled as well. To print the key-bindings to log, press '?'.
Fix#2859
The chroot server was conceived to automatically place File_system
sessions into segregated root directories by converting session labels
to paths. If multiple children needed to be grouped under the same path,
a 'merge' policy would truncate the session label before path conversion.
Now that init can rewrite session labels and thus reproduce truncation,
the chroot merge feature is redundant and can be removed.
Fix#2846
Removed the modified mark from handles that have been written to when
they are synced, otherwise a notification would be sent again when the
handle is closed.
Ref #2839
* Do not log events that are not critical (deadly) to the NIC router if not
configured to be verbose,
* Print almost all log lines with a prefix of the domain name they are
related to,
* And, do not use Genode::error and Genode::warning as they make it hard to
read the log with the domain name prefixes.
Fixes#2840
Introduce the uplink tag:
! <config>
! <uplink label="wifi" domain="uplink">
! <uplink label="wired" domain="wired_bridge">
! <uplink domain="wired_bridge">
! <config/>
For each uplink tag, the NIC router requests a NIC session with the
corresponding label or an empty label if there is no label attribute.
These NIC sessions get attached to the domain that is set in their
uplink tag as soon as the domain appears. This means their lifetime is
not bound to the domain. Uplink NIC sessions can be safely moved from
one domain to another without being closed by reconfiguring the
corresponding domain attribute.
Attention: This may render previously valid NIC router configurations
useless. A domain named "uplink" doesn't automatically request a NIC
session anymore. To fix these configurations, just add
! <uplink domain="uplink"/>
or
! <uplink label="[LABEL]" domain="uplink"/>
as direct subtag of the <config> tag.
Issue #2840
The term was used for the old configuration during the handling of a new
configuration but in other places it was already called old_config.
Issue #2840
Dissolve and destroy the invalid domain first before deinitializing all
domains for the next round. This way, the deinitialization is not done twice
for the invalid domain.
Issue #2840
Due to a bug in the deinitialization of the DHCP server of a domain (the
reference to the destroyed object was not cleared), the NIC router could
end up in a page fault caused by a double-free at the heap. This also fixes
the previously missing dissolving of the "DNS-server-from" relation to a
remote domain.
Issue #2840
Internally, Genode::Session_label has a typedef from String<capacity()> to
String. To have this typedef public is especially useful when reading a
label from an XML node. This can then be written as
! Session_label label = node.attribute_value("label", Session_label::String());
instead of
! Session_label label = node.attribute_value("label", String<160>());
which would be less generic (Session_label cannot be used directly as there
is no appropriate ascii_to implementation).
Issue #2840
Currently has three clients that continuously create new UDP/TCP/ICMP
connections through the NIC router with NAT to the outer world and they
get never closed. A fourth client does normal ping through the same
domain to the outer world that must succeed even after the RAM quota of
the other session at the router is exhausted. The test is restricted to
Qemu to not being at risk to flood real networks.
Issue #2857
Currently, if the target of a reply capability gets destroyed, the
ipc syscall reply/wait returns with an error. Although we detect
the error condition we continue with reply/wait, which leads to
an endless loop. This commit introduces a condition analoque to
the base-library for pistachio and fiasco to do an open wait if an
error occured during a reply.
This patch weakens the aggressive restart of a child with incomplete
environment sessions. The restart check is performed each time
the init configuration changes. In sculpt, this is not a rare special
case anymore but a frequent case when using the depot_rom as provider
for environment ROM sessions. In particular when starting a chain of
inter-depending children, the sculpt-manager quickly generates a
sequence of configurations with successively added start nodes.
The addition of the 'Cap_consumer' feature to app/dummy increased the
static RAM demand of the component to a point where 1 MiB no longer
suffices on sel4 (on this kernel, the base library uses a larger amount
of statically allocated data compared to the others). The tweaks enable
init.run and init_loop.run to work on sel4 on x86-64.
Selecting an alternate interface setting, even if it is the same as the
current one, apparently makes the INQUIRY command fail with USB devices
like 'SanDisk Ultra Fit' (0781:5583) and 'Corsair Flash Voyager'
(1b1c:1a03) when the USB block driver is restarted.
Fixes#2860
* Catch Quota_guard exceptions wherever we do 'new (_alloc)' in Interface
and in case drop the packet that caused the exception
* Modify Interface::handle_config_2 to not use the guarded allocator of the
NIC session quota as we cannot handle a RAM exhaustion well at this point
in time. Instead use a Constructible member in Interface so that a needed
RAM adds up to the calculation in the create_session implementation where
an exhaustion is handled via a service denial.
Issue #2857
The interface destructor called pure virtual methods at least when
cancelling ARP- waiting states. The implementations were made by the
deriving classes Session_component respectively Uplink. This led to an
abort of the NIC router as the destruction of the derived class was
already done. A similar problem already occured in the past during the
construction of Interface and was back then solved by introducing a
separate init() method. This commit, however, solved the problem by
making Interface a member of the other classes. Therefore, the init()
method could be removed again. Furthermore, the interface polica could be
moved from Session_component_base to Session_component. The commit also
had to generalize the way the link state of an interface is determined.
Fixes#2856
With this patch, the sculpt manager takes over the role the window
layouter of the leitzentrale, which eliminates the need to manually
position and size the inspect window.
While a child is abandoned, we must limit the start of anothers with
the same name. Otherwise - of the child has startup problems - a number
of abandoned children with the same name may queue up. This becomes a
problem whenever the child destruction depends on an asynchronous
service that provides an env session for the children. If the service is
unable to keep up with the session requests (both create and close),
the queue of abandoned children becomes unbounded. Limiting the child
creation rate to one abandoned child per name mitigates this problem.
This patch reduces the latency of state reports when children are
removed or added, thereby, accellerating the feedback loop between a
management component and init during the staged startup or removal of
inter-dependent components.
Whenever an environment session was provided by an asynchronous service,
e.g., the depot_rom of the sculpt scenario, the session quota was not
transferred to the server at session-creation time. This resulted in a
slow depletion of the server's quota over time. This patch ensures that
the delivery of session quota is consistent with the information
reported to the server as session argument.
The 'Child::_revert_quota_and_destroy' assumes to be called from the
client's context, which is normally the case when destroying sessions.
However, if a client's session outlives the client (because the
asynchronous close request to the server is still pending), the session
cleanup is performed in the context of the server. Here, the
'session_response' implementation wrongly called
'_revert_quota_and_destroy' to the effect that the session quota was
withdrawn from the server (good) but subsequently transferred back to
the server (bad). The patch replaces the call of
'_revert_quota_and_destroy' with only the first - correct - part of the
transaction.
This test monitors the RAM quota of a dynamic init and a server hosted
within the dynamic init in the presence of a repeatedly created and
destructed client.
Newer revisions of parted require special privileges due to use of the
dmidecode tool, which logs permission errors to standard error. In these
cases parted still succeeds with its operation, so just ignore the
jabbering and prevent expect to exit.
Previously we were doing the initialization once over all domains,
remembered which of them became invalid and destroyed those afterwards.
This isn't sufficient. As soon as one domain becomes invalid we have to
dissolve/destroy this one, deinitialize all other domains again (as they
could contain references to the invalid domain) and retry to initialize
them from the beginning. We proceed with this until we have one run
without a domain becoming invalid. Then we can be sure that the last
initialization run did not create references to any invalid domain.
Issue #2840
The generic helper Avl_string_tree of the NIC router is currently only
used for finding domains via their names, but in the future it can be
used for finding uplinks by their labels also. Additionally, it enables
us to throw an exception when inserting two elements with the same
identifier.
Issue #2840
This patch suppresses the start of components that cannot run because
obvious runtime dependencies (used servers) are missing in the runtime.
In this situation, the sculpt manager gives diagnostic feedback to the
user in the runtime dialog.
* Get rid of the base classes Rule and Leaf_rule,
* Make log output about initiated or invalid routing rules conform to the rest
of the router log, and
* Ensure that each type of routing rule when being invalid invalidates its
whole domain.
Issue #2840
On Linux, we have a tap device as NIC back end but there is no one to
ping to in the subnet of the tap device. On FOC, the tests seem to trigger
a bug in the destruction of components with parent.exit(X); .
Fixes#2848
Sculpt's discovery of the default storage target can be intercepted by
user input (i.e., pointer movements) at boot time. The patch makes this
intervention mechanism robust for the case where nitpicker's first hover
report arrives after all storage devices were already scanned.
By tracking the states for an interactive selected NIC target (managed)
and a manual-defined NIC target (config/nic_router) separately, the
sculpt manager becames able to present the user with the ability to
interactively disable and re-enable a manually-managed network
configuration.
The sculpt manager wrongly paid for the nitpicker session of the fader
out of its own pocket. This patch reduces the quota transfer to the
amount provided the fader.
When updating the GPT to match the underlying block device, the
protective MBR will normally also be updated. In case a hybrid MBR is
used, as is done if 'image/disk' is specified, setting the
'preserve_hybrid' flag will prevent the component from overriding the
MBR.
The condition was too rigid. In the case where no motion occurred in
between the press and release events of the magic button, the delayed
press event would not be delivered. This - in turn - confused other
components (like nitpicker) down the input chain.
for such classes where it should be safe and where we have seen issues.
Disabling in general bus master DMA causes on some machines hard hangs, e.g.
because the USB handover protocol was violated.
Fixes#2835
In contrast to most information of init's state reports, which can be
monitored at a relatively low rate (like 2 seconds in Sculpt's runtime),
resource requests call for an immediate response by the consumer of the
report. Otherwise the requesting child stays unnecessarily blocked until
the next rate-limited state report is due. This patch adds a fast lane
for such low-latency state updates to init.
- support saving of files with no file name extension
- make the the "All Files (*)" file selection filter the default to see
configuration files immediately
Fixes#2844
This commit updates Early-Adopters (EA) version of Sculpt to the version
for The Curious (TC). Most importantly, it contains the new interactive
sculpt-manager component that automates many system management and
configuration tasks.
In case of an Alloc_return error, don't free the address at 0. If this
is a managed dataspace, there could be valid attachments which then gets
lost.
Make decreasing alignment search working. Continue with lower alignment
restrictions in case the optimal alignment wish can't be fulfilled.
Do not send nor buffer packets at interfaces with link state "down". This
prevents that packets that were routed to one network (allowed to see them),
due to a sudden link down/up, are leaked to another network that is not
allowed to see them.
When updating an interface in the NIC router to a new configuration and
the domain name of the interface has not changed but the domain
disappeared, the NIC router did not detach from the old domain correctly
which led to broken remnants of interface state objects (like connection
states).
Adapt the nic_router_uplinks run script to work with the fix.
fs_report truncated the report file on construction of the report
session to mimic an "empty report". This prevented existing use cases
where the initial state was already written to the file system by other
means.
I doubt that use cases exist where the inital empty-report mimic is
needed and (if I'm wrong) there is still the race of the consumer
reading the file just before the report session is constructed.
Reporters that want to enforce an empty initial report should send it
explicitly.
This patch enhances the 'Child' interface with the ability to retry the
deployment after an initial attempt failed. This way, packages can be
installed on demand based on the error feedback of deployment attempts.
The state report reflects the progress of downloading, verifying, and
extracting archives. For the download step, it includes the progress
as reported by fetchurl.
This patch changes the button widget to apply the vertical offset to its
child widgets at draw time, not at the layout phase. This way, the
visual feedback on button press/release changes is more direct because
it sidesteps the geometry animation.
Clients may wish to act on missing files. In any case the fs_rom
needs to reopen a watch handle when a file is deleted, and this
sort of change to the internal state machine is propelled by
client RPC requests.
Fix#2839
The new 'displays' report contains information about the used
framebuffer backend. It is issued when nitpicker has successfully passed
all initialization, in particular the connection to the framebuffer
driver. Hence, it can be taken as an indicator of whether the framebuffer
is available or not (e.g., caused by a faulty driver).
* Enable USB input
* Get rid of variables that adapted runscript to other platforms than x86_64
hardware with nova and instead restrict the run script to this platform
* Use a dynamic config for routers
* Switch label of the uplink of router 1 so it connects to Wifi and NIC driver
alternately
* Let uplink domain tag appear and dissapear
Issue #2815
Automated test for switching the NIC-router uplink between NIC driver and Wifi
driver with DHCP and different subnets. Tests also removal and later re-
insertion of the uplink domain tag.
Issue #2815
When re-configuring the NIC router, determine for each domain if at least one
interface stays with the domain. If a domain fullfills this and has a
dynamic IP config (received via a DHCP client), keep the IP config.
To achieve this, the following changes have been made to the existing NIC
router code:
* Split-up Interface::handle_config into three steps:
1) Determine for each interface if its domain can keep its IP config or
or if it has to mark it invalid. This must be done before (re-)attaching
any interface because during "attach" several decisions are made based on
the validity of the IP config of corresponding the domain.
(E.g. whether to participate in sending DHCP DISCOVERs {IP config
invalid} or whether to participate in sending pending ARP REQUESTs
{IP config valid} ).
2) Detach, attach, or re-attach each interface according to the
configuration. This must be done before re-considering the temporary
state objects of each interface because the latter might have effects
on the interfaces of remote domains which must then be in place already.
3) Re-consider temporary state objects of each interface. (E.g. transport
layer connection states)
* Re-work IP-config setter in a way that it works as follows:
1) If the old IP config is valid, let all local interfaces as well as remote
interfaces that depend on the IP config of the domain detach from the old
IP config.
2) Overwrite with new IP config
3) If the new IP config is valid, let all local interfaces as well as remote
interfaces that depend on the IP config of the domain attach to the new
IP config.
Issue #2815
The new attribute config.domain.label has effect only at the uplink
domain-tag. It determines which label the NIC router shall use when
requesting the NIC session for the uplink domain. If value of this
attribute changes at the uplink domain-tag, the NIC router closes and
re-requests the NIC session of the uplink with the new label.
Issue #2815
This tests the case that behind a NIC router domain there are not only
directly connected clients of the subnet but also Layer 2 indirections like
a switch or a bridge which might be interesting for example for testing the
NIC routers DHCP server implementation.
Fixes#2837
Set DHCP-DISCOVER retry timeout and DHCP-REQUEST retry timeout from 10
seconds to 2 seconds. This prevents problems with tests where the NIC
driver comes up slowly and the first packets of the DHCP client get
dropped.
Issue #2837
The Ethernet destination MAC address of a DHCP reply is not the same as the
DHCP client MAC address. The DHCP server of the NIC router did not take care
of this by now.
Issue #2837
Properly initialize and reset the _owner member, otherwise
correlating the unlock operation with the respective read/write
lock does not work.
Move locking the _nbr_mutex in the unlock operation after the
owner check. Otherwise, a reader holding that mutex and waiting
for the write lock would deadlock a writer trying to unlock the
_global_mutex.
Ref. Componolit/componolit#86
Ref. #2656Fixes#2832
When an environment session is provided by a async service such as a
sibling component, the session metadata must be preserved until end of
the lifetime of the session at the server has been acknowledged by the
server. Since the session meta data of env sessions are always part of
the 'Child' object, the destruction of this object must be deferred
until this point.
Merge the 'Packet_handle' into the 'Rom_root' and use an Id_space to
match File_system handles to session objects rather than a list. This
avoids the need to override 'Root_component::_destroy_session'.
Fix#2833
When exhausted of RAM quota while starting children, init used to throw
an uncaught 'Out_of_ram' exception as this condition was considered
fatal. However, this behavior is undesired when init is used in a highly
dynamic yet long-running fashion like sculpt's runtime subsystem. This
change keeps init running despite the error condition, giving the user
the chance to relieve the resource pressure.
If ACPI IRQs are received but no changes to the watched state for a specified
count can be observed, than generate nonetheless a Genode report.
Issue #2816
The 'View_stack::draw_rec' method limited the redraw to parts of the
view that were explicitly marked as dirty. This does not produce the
desired result when stacking multiple transparent views. Here, the
background views must be drawn regardless of whether they are marked as
dirty or not.
Rename LwIP library in preparation for removal of LwIP libc plugin. The
current LwIP library will be replaced with a new version stripped of its
synchronous socket support. The next version will be incompatible with
the current, so removing 'lwip.lib.so' completely for a period makes it
easy to identify legacy users.
Fix#2797
This patch makes the 'List_model' utility robust against duplicated
occurrences of node IDs in the supplied XML data. If two or more XML
nodes correspond to the same model element, the existing element is
updated with the information of the subsequent XML nodes.
This patch enhances the box layout such that child widgets are
equally stretched to the available size whenever the box layout's
size is larger than its min size. Furthermore, it corrects the
mixed-up use of the terms east and west in the float widget.
The file may also be changed by other components, so a open-close cycle
for write() is more robust. For example, Vim removes the original file
and recreates with the new content.
This component creates a GPT on a Block device. It supports the common
actions, as in adding, deleting and modifying entries in the GPT, while
considering alignment constraints. If needed it will round the length of
a partition down to meet those constraints. The component will not
perform layout checking, i.e., it does not care about overlapping
partitions. Only when apping a partition it will make sure that the
partition will fit.
Please read _repos/gems/src/app/gpt_write/README_ for more detailed
information on how to use the component and feel free to check out
_repos/gems/run/gpt_write.run_.
Fixes#2814.
The box-layout widget used to trigger the geometry animation of its
children immediately when updating the widget from the XML model (by
calling 'child->Widget::geometry'). This caused layout inconsistencies
in situations where the box layout is defined not by the constraints of
the child widgets but from the outside (the parent calls Widget::size).
Since the final layout is not known before the parent defines the actual
size, this patch moves the trigger point for the geometry animation to
'Widget::size'.
The new 'version' attribute can be used to explicitly distinguish
widgets that have the same name. E.g., if one widget is removed and
another with the same name is created somewhere else at the same time,
the menu view would normally interpret this change as a movement.
By attaching a distinct 'version' the new instance, menu view won't
attempt perform a smooth transition between the old and new widgets.
The '_active_mode' must not be changed at any time except when the
client asks for the 'Framebuffer::mode'. Otherwise, the dimensions of
dataspace used by the client is not always consistent with the mode
information as gathered by the client.
Unfortunately, some sites do not support the HTTP/1.1 range header and
just serve the whole file, which takes it's time and may result in a
timeout.
Fixes#2819
Generic code that operates over both UDP and TCP sockets might use
'sendto', but in the case of TCP the destination address ought to be
safely discarded. This seems to be the case for certain DNS software
that operates over both UDP and TCP.
Fix#2807
On real hardware, the tests expect an IPv4 subnet such that UDP requests
to 10.0.0.2 port 12345 get answered with an ICMP destination port unreachable.
Issue #2775
support USB NIC
Issue #2788
Set DHCP discover timeout to 1 second because, for some reason, the first
DHCP discover attempt of the NIC router on the PandaBoard times out with the
nightly test infrastructure.
Issue #2788
Adaption to mac-address allocation changes
Normally, the NIC sessions are independent from the domain tags.
However, by now the uplink session, in contrast to the sessions of the
other domains, is still not a server but a client. This means that only
the NIC router itself can decide when to open and close uplink sessions
and how many. Thus, with this commit, we break with the pattern that
session lifetime is independent from domains by letting the NIC router
create the uplink session when the uplink domain appears and close the
session when the domain disappears.
Fixes#2795
Since the router MAC is allocated like the donwlink MACs it can't happen
anymore that these MACs clash, for instance due to nested routers. Thus,
the range of the MAC allocators of nested routers must not be exclusive
anymore which deprecates the 'mac_first' configuration attribute.
Issue #2795
Allocate a virtual MAC address at runtime that is used as router
Ethernet-identity for all downlink domains. This makes the downlink
domains independent from the uplink session.
Issue #2795
The old MAC allocator had several drawbacks:
* the address base was a public static that could and must have been written
directly from outside the class
* the in-use-flag array was based on unsigned values consuming 4 bytes each
for only one bit of information
* it was a public header that we actually don't want to expose to all
components but only to the few networking components
* it used the not-so-safe bit notation for integer members of GCC
The new version fixes all these drawbacks.
Issue #2795
Instead of handing over the maximum available size to the packet data
accessors, hand over a size guard that keeps track of the packets
boundaries.
This commit also moves the size-guard utilitiy header of Ping and NIC
Router to the include/net directory making it a part of the net library.
It applies the new approach to all net-lib users in the basic repositories.
Ping looses its configurability regarding the ICMP data size as this would
require an additional method in the size guard which would be used only by
Ping.
The size guard was also re-worked to fit the fact that a packet can
bring a tail as well as a header (Ethernet).
Issue #2788
For now it is enough to differentiate the most commonly used file
system on Genode, e.g. Ext2 for the Genode partition and FAT32 for
(U)EFI partitions.
Issue #2803.
The component will now always try to parse the MBR as well as the GPT
(in this order). It will bail out if both are considered valid, using
GPT/MBR hybrid tables is not supported.
Fixes#2803.
Issue #2778
The "create_grub2" script functionality is moved to the g2fg contrib sources
and also the GRUB2 head image (tool/grub2-head.img). The head image is now
partitioned as GPT and bootable in BIOS legacy mode.
issue #2791
pthread_attr is not associated with any thread, the statistics must be
gathered at runtime, while 'pthread_attr_get_np' may retrieve attributes
by from any thread. Addtionally, the attributes given to
'pthread_create' will most likely be deleted after the creation call.
The sole existence of shared-object dependencies lead to fatal
static-constructor errors before. Now, ldso checks if the ctors section
of objects in the init list are non-empty before whining.
Issue #2759
This patch addresses the corner case where hovering changes while a
button is held, e.g., when accidentially moving the pointer out of a
application window's area during a drag-and-drop operation. The patch
makes the window manager aware of the drag/idle state. Only when idle,
the pointer position is propagated to the decorator now.
Socket_fs sockets are now created each time a 'new_socket' control file
is opened, not each time a 'new_socket' file is read. When a handle on a
'new_socket' file is closed the socket and its socket files are
destroyed. The accept control file on a listening socket reads "1" or
reads nothing to indicate a client connection is queued. Client sockets
are accepted by opening an 'accept_socket' file in the listen socket
directory. This file behaves like the aforementioned 'new_socket' file.
Ref #2707
The nic_bridge test is not suitable to be executed on hardware so it should,
in case, print an appropriate message and return without doing anything else.
Issue #2788
The Ethernet payload may be followed by padding of variable length and
the FCS (Frame Check Sequence). Thus, we should consider the value
"Ethernet-frame size minus Ethernet-header size" to be only the maximum
size of the encapsulated IP packet. But until now, we considered it to
be also the actual size of the encapsulated IP packet. This commit fixes
the problem for all affected components of the Genode base-repository.
Fixes#2775
This reduces the redundant implementations of checksum calculation to
one generic implementation, makes the checksum interface conform over
all protocols, and brings performance optimizations. For instance,
the checksum is now calculated directly in big endian which saves us
most of the previously done byte-re-ordering.
Issue #2775
When the former trace buffer implementation wrapped, the last entry
according to commit order couldn't be detected anymore. Now, the last
committed entry is always followed by an entry with length 0.
As a downside of this, there are now two meanings of "last" entry: It
means either that the entry marks the empty padding after the entry with
the highest memory address or that it actually marks the end of the
buffer according to commit order. This is an example state of the buffer
with the two types of "last" entry:
last last
+-------------+------------+---+---------+-------------+------------+---+-------+
| len3 data3 | len4 data4 | 0 | empty | len1 data1 | len2 data2 | 0 | empty |
+-------------+------------+---+---------+-------------+------------+---+-------+
If the entry with the highest memory address fits perfectly, the first
type of "last" entry is not needed:
last
+------------+--------------------+---+-------+-------------+-------------------+
| len3 data3 | len4 data4 | 0 | empty | len1 data1 | len2 data2 |
+------------+--------------------+---+-------+-------------+-------------------+
If the buffer didn't wrap so far, there is only one "last" entry that
has both meanings:
last
+--------------------------+------------+-------------+---+---------------------+
| len1 data1 | len2 data2 | len3 data3 | 0 | empty |
+--------------------------+------------+-------------+---+---------------------+
Issue #2735
Co-authored-by: Martin Stein <martin.stein@genode-labs.com>
Replace packet method 'T *data' by the new methods 'T &reinterpret_data'
for parsing or modifying existing sub-protocol packets and 'T
&construct_at_data' for composing a new sub-protocol packet. This has
the advantage that, when composing a new packet, the default constructor
that zero-fills the packet is always called first.
Fixes#2751
Our nightly did not detect the current stale hashes because only updated
(in the sense of a changed hash) ports are prepared. Others were left
untouched besides the check_port_source step. Now, check_hash also
checks for missing hash file updates.
This commit changes the 'Input::Event' type to be more safe and to
deliver symbolic character information along with press events.
Issue #2761Fixes#2786
By now, rump would query its available RAM quota to determine the
memory limit minus some RAM reserved for Genode meta-data. This
does not work when the VFS rump plugin is used as the available
quota belongs to the VFS server. In this case the memlimit should
be set by specifing the RAM in the plugin's config, e.g.:
! <vfs>
! <rump fs="ext2fs" ram="64M" writeabl="yes"/>
! </vfs>
Fixes#2783.
In Vm_space::map when allocating a new page-table-entry selector, the
allocator may throw an exception that there are no selecztors left which
was not caught by now. Now, we catch this exception, flush the mapping
cache to free all selectors again and retry to allocate.
Fixes#2781
On the Raspberry PI, the 2 seconds of round time in the polling test
were not sufficient to reach the goal of at least 1000 successful polls.
Thus, the commit sets the round time to 2.5 seconds which doesn't hurt to
much but allows the RPI to just make it.
Fixes#2779
SHA1 is susceptible to collision attacks and is generally deprecated.
Source code archives are particularly vulnerable because the hash digest
can be tweaked by hiding by arbitrary data in code comments and files
not processed during build.
With this in mind the 'prepare_port' tool now attempts to verify digests
as SHA256 with a fallback to SHA1. When CHECK_HASH=no is set the tool
will refuse to verify digests as SHA1. The use of SHA1 for creating
unique port versions is retained because the hashes are produced locally
from inputs stored in a git history.
Issue #2767
This patch largely reverts the feature of selecting parts of input nodes
from within the output node (as originally introduced by commit
7263cae5a18b4f1f2293d031f9bafcf05ba51146). The selection of content
should be consistently performed by input nodes instead. The principle
ability of copying input nodes verbatim into the output stays available.
Issue #2691
The new 'attribute' and 'value' attributes of input nodes
can be used to select input sub nodes that match the presence and value
of the specified attribute.
Issue #2691
By incorporating the sculpt version into the path where customizations
are stored, we can update and roll back sculpt versions without risking
configuration incompatibilities. By default, the sculpt version
corresponds to <genode-dir>/VERSION.
The condition must first check the io-buffer length and then check the
content. Otherwise, cat'ting a file that is padded with zeros up to
page size (io-buffer size) yields an out-of-range read access.
This patch replaces the terminal's formerly built-in fonts with the new
VFS-based font handling.
To avoid the copying of the terminal's font configuration across run
scripts, this patch adds the new terminal/pkg runtime package, which
includes everything needed for instantiating a terminal: the actual
terminal component, the library dependencies (vfs_ttf, which in turn
depends on the libc), a font (bitstream-vera), and a reasonable default
configuration.
Fixes#2758
The 'stat' method is called for all paths, not just the specific file
system node of the ROM module. The ROM update is needed only in the
latter case.
Otherwise, when always updating the ROM on stat, stat calls on the VFS
become very expensive in the presence of a mounted ROM module if the ROM
is obtained from fs_rom (which re-watches the file and all its
individual path elements whenever the 'update' RPC function is called).
This patch make the scenario independent from device drivers, which were
solely needed to display a graphical terminal. The output of the
scenario is now printed via the log_terminal component, which makes the
logging output of nightly tests more useful.
The pattern rule picked up the wrong platform_services.cc in the
depot-archive case only because the archive integrates generic and
sel4-specific source files into REP_DIR.
The Ada runtime can now be set with the ADA_RTS variable. The ada
library builds a (currently) minimal runtime from the gcc sources that
come with Genode (to stay consistent with the used compiler) and sets
the runtime path accordingly. It is build as a shared library ada.lib.so
which needs to be added to the build files.
I split the existing Ada test into program and library, and moved it
to libports as it depends on the runtime library residing in this
repository too.
Fixes#2748
VFS plugin to replicate from one file-system to another. Can be used to
seed a mutable file-system with an immutable file-system. The plugin is
configure with two paths, a read-only path, and a read-write path. This
is an initial implementation that copies files on open. It is not
optimized to perform actual copy-on-write, but the result is the same.
<vfs>
<dir name="immutable"> ... </dir>
<dir name="mutable"> ... </dir>
<dir name="cow">
<cow ro="/immutable" rw="/mutable"/>
</dir>
</vfs>
Fix#2745
Reduce the size and forward compatibility of VFS file-system
constructors by passing an object holding accessors for 'Genode::Env',
'Genode::Allocator', response handlers, and the root file-system.
Fix#2742
When working with GPIO interrupts on i.MX6SX for Ethernet PHYs
it became obvious that the GPIO driver repeatedly receives interrupts
for the same event, because it acknowledges the interrupt before a
client has handled the event.
Ref #2750
In other words: Loosen the former property that suspend can only be
called from the first user stack and, thus, enable additional user
stacks, e.g., in coroutine libraries.
Fix#2737
This driver component provides support for using consumer NVMe storage
devices, i.e. it omits name space managment and will always use the
first name space, on Genode. For now it defaults to a reasonable low
configuration:
- 1 I/O queue (completion/submission tuple)
- 128 entries in the I/O queue
- 4096 as the only I/O transaction memory page size
Fixes#2747.
The 'default' attribute is useful to change the default value for those
protocol attributes that are not explicitely set in the configuration of
the component.
Issue #2738
Each supported protocol now has an attribute with the name of the protocol in
the config tag. Each of these attributes accepts one of four possible values:
* no - do not print out this protocol
* name - print only the protocol name
* default - print a short summary of the most important header values
* all - print all available header values
Example:
! <config eth="name"
! arp="all"
! ipv4="default"
! dhcp="no"
! icmp="all"
! udp="no"
! tcp="default"
! ... />
Corresponding output example:
! ETH IPV4 10.0.2.212 > 10.0.2.55 time 7158 ms (Δ 11 ms)
! ETH IPV4 10.0.2.55 > 10.0.2.201 TCP 80 > 49154 flags ' time 6976 ms (Δ 5 ms)
! ETH ARP hw 1 prot 2048 hwsz 6 protsz 4 op 1 srcmac 02:02:02:02:02:01 srcip 10.0.2.212 dstmac 00:00:00:00:00:00 dstip 10.0.2.55 time 7074 ms (Δ 98 ms)
Issue #2738
Nitpicker's 'Session:focus' call used to trigger a one-off focus change
at call time. This focus change did not pass the same code paths as a
focus change triggered by a "focus" ROM update, which led to
inconsistencies.
This patch changes the implementation of 'Session::focus' such that the
relationship of the caller and the focused session is preserved after
call time. Whenever the calling session is focused in the future, the
specified session will receive the focus instead. So 'Session::focus'
represents no longer a single operation but propagates the information
about the inter-session relationship. This information is taken into
account whenever the focus is evaluated regardless of how the change is
triggered.
This makes the focus handling in scenarios like the window manager more
robust.
Issue #2746
Relative motion events with a motion vector of (0,0) should not exists.
They cause jittery movements of nitpicker's pointer position. This
patch filters out such events.
Our static okl4 system-integration configuration specifies a fixed RAM
range from 32 to 800 MiB, which must be satisfied by Qemu or strange
errors happen due to accesses beyond RAM. (Fixes current issues with
nic_router.run.)
This tests ping with simple IP forwarding, ping with NAPT as well as
forwarding of ICMP "Destination Unreachable" messages through the NIC
router.
Issue #2732
The 'ping' component continuously sends ICMP Echo requests to a given IP host
and waits for the corresponding ICMP Echo replies. For each successfull ICMP
Echo handshake it prints a short statistic. By now, it can be used only with a
static IP configuration. The size of the ICMP data field can be configured. It
gets filled with the letters of the alphabet ('a' to 'z') repeatedly.
Issue #2732
Originally, the timeout framework caused deadlocks when acquiring the same
lock from different timeout handlers. This use case is now tested in the
timeout test.
Fixes#2704
To handle all pending timeouts in the context of scheduling a timeout
was only necessary because the Timeout framework once made use of the
Alarm framework. The method Alarm_scheduler::schedule_absolute took an
absolute deadline as argument and we couldn't change this beause the
Alarm framework was also used without the Timeout framework. We had to
calculate this absolute deadline with the now time of the Timeout
framework but the Alarm framework has its own now time that is always a
bit behind the one of the Timeout framework. This lead to bad decisisons
when finding the right position for the new timeout. Now, we can call
schedule_absolute with a relative duration and thereby fix the problem.
When we schedule an absolute timeout without considering the small time
difference, the end-time for the timeout that is calculated using the
local time value is also smaller than the expected end-time. This can
also lead to directly triggering timeouts that should have triggered
with a certain delay.
As it is not trivial to update the local time value while scheduling a
timeout _without_ calling other timeout handlers, we simply raise the
duration of the new timeout by the age of the local time value.
Issue #2704
This fixes the problem that large timeouts, when rescheduled, are interpreted
to be from the last now_period instead of, what would be right, the next
now_period. This occured if there were multiple pending alarms at the head of
the queue and the reschedule of the first one was done with the other outdated
deadlines still in place.
Issue #2704
Instead of taking the absolute deadline of a timeout as argument from
outside (where it is calculated with a freshly requested now time), we
now take a relative duration as argument and calculate the deadline with
the scheduler-internal now time (which can be a little bit outdated).
This enables us to schedule timeouts without updating the internal now time
and thereby handle all pending timeouts.
Issue #2704
Integrate the code of the Alarm framework directly into the Timeout
framework. The former Alarm-framework methods are all private to the
corresponding classes of the Timeout framework and get prefixed with
'_alarm__'. The latter avoids name clashes and makes it easier to
simplify the code later.
Issue #2704
In the domain class there were several places where output was generated
not conforming to the typical output format of the router ("[domain]
event: parameters").
Issue #2670
When having an interface that yet is not attached to a domain, then a new
configuration comes in and the interface receives a domain name (via the
policy tag) but the corresponding domain doesn't exist, an exception
Domain_tree::No_match is thrown but was not caught and handled until now.
Issue #2670
This follows the guidelines in RFC 5508 to enable forwarding of ICMP
"Destination Unreachable" that correspond to an existing link state in
the NIC router. It also serves as blueprint for forwarding ICMP error
messages in general (They are merely not enabled because we don't test
them).
Issue #2732
By now, the 'verbose packets' output when sending packets was printed after
finish sending the packet. This makes following the packet flow harder if you
have multiple components that print such information.
Issue #2732
The mac_first attribute tells the MAC-address allocator of the router
from which MAC address to start allocating. This is useful, for
instance, if you have nested nic_routers. In this case, identical
MAC-allocator settings have led to name clashes in the past, so, you
want to be able to configure them differently.
Issue #2732
This follows the guidelines in RFC 5508 to enable ICMP echo through a NAPT
channel of the NIC router. It serves also as blueprint for ICMP queries in
general (they are merely not enabled because we don't test them by now).
Issue #2732
The 'verbose packets' output previously was not generated for Interfaces
without a domain. But this is desirable as the router nonetheless
receives packets at such interfaces. This is now fixed and such output
is simply prefixed with a "[?]" denoting that the interface has no
domain.
Issue #2732
We missed to zero-out the ECN field in IPv4 packets. We don't use the ECN
field but there might be old data left in the packet RAM allocated by the
NIC packet streams. If we don't zero-out ECN it might leak old data.
Issue #2732
Add a new 'Vfs_watch_handle' type to the VFS interface. This handle type
will pass a handle context up through the I/O handler to the application
when a notification event occurs.
Watch support implemented for RAM and File_system plugins, all other
file-systems return WATCH_ERR_STATIC by default.
Test at run/fs_rom_update_ram and run/fs_rom_update_fs.
Fix#1934
A ring buffer that uses a single dataspace mapped twice in consecutive
regions. This allows any operation that is less or equal to the size of
the buffer to be read or written in a single pass. The capacity of
Magic_ring_buffer is defined at runtime.
Fix#2725
This commit introduces a VFS plugin that exposes the glyphs and
metadata of a TrueType font as a pseudo file system. The TTF font data
is obtained from the VFS. The resulting pseudo file system is a
directory that contains the files 'glyphs', 'baseline', 'max_width',
and 'max_height'.
The counter part of the plugin is the 'Vfs_font' class that implements
the 'Text_painter::Font' interface by accessing the pseudo file system
as provided by the TTF VFS plugin.
Fixes#2740
This patch enhances the VFS access utilities of gems/vfs.h to be usable
with a prior created root directory. It also adds a
'File_content::bytes' method for operating of the raw content, which is
needed in situations where the data pointer is passed to a third-party
parser.
This patch improves the `Text_painter` utility that is commonly used by
native Genode components to render text:
- Support for subpixel positioning
- Generic interface for accessing font data
- Basic UTF-8 support
Since the change decouples the font format from the 'Text_painter' and
changes the API to use the sub-pixel accurate 'Text_painter::Position'
type, all users of the utility require an adaptation.
Fixes#2716
This file system is meant as a building block for pseudo file systems
that host a directory of several small files where each corresponds to
an attribute of the pseudo file system.
By letting the 'Dir_file_system' accept an arbitrary 'File_system'
as root directory, we can use the 'Dir_file_system' as a building
block for creating other file-system types.
This patch enables the use of the VFS from VFS plugins by passing a
reference of the root directory to the constructors of file-system
instances. Since it changes the signature of 'Vfs::Dir_file_system',
any code that uses the VFS directly requires an adaptation.
Fixes#2701
Aligning memory to page size will require at lead 8KB per allocation (even for 8
bytes). This should severely reduce memory requirements of all dde_linux
projects.
related to #2731
If the remote DNS server address value of a DHCP server changes, the affected
interfaces do a link down/up to inform all DHCP clients that they should
re-request their DHCP info.
Issue #2730
The dns_server_from attribute of the dhcp-server tag has effect only if
the dns_server attribute of the same tag is not set. If this is the
case, the dns_server_from attribute states the domain from whose IP
config to take the DNS server address. This is useful, for instance, if
the stated domain receives the address of a local DNS server via DHCP.
Whenever the IP config of the stated domain becomes invalid, the DHCP
server switches to a mode where it drops all requests unanswered until
the IP config becomes valid again.
Issue #2730
Until now, the DHCP server of a domain was re-constructed each time the
IP config changed. This is not necessary as a domain that acts as DHCP
server must have a static IP config as it would be senseless to act as
DHCP server and client at the same time. Now, a configured DHCP server
is constructed only when the Domain gets constructed and stays alive
until the domain gets destructed. Furthermore, we now throw Domain::Invalid
if there is no static IP config plus a DHCP server configured. However, by
now, this exception is not caught as it is not trivial to destruct the
domain at this point.
Issue #2730
The Interface constructor previously tried to attach to a domain. This
might include sending a DHCP request to get the domain a valid IP config.
But in order to achieve this, the constructor used a pure virtual method
of Interface which crashes due to the unfinished vtable. To fix this bug,
the attach attempt was moved to a new Interface::init method.
Issue #2730
Instead of Pointer<T>::set use assignment operator with implicit constructor
from T-reference. Instead of Pointer<T>::unset use assignment operator with
Pointer<T>(). Instead of Pointer<T>::deref provide () operator.
Issue #2730
A very basic test of the re-configurability. It overwrites the configuration
once without making any changes, once with removing all domains except
uplink, and a third time recovering to the initial configuration to see if
the clients keep going as soon as their domains are back.
Fixes#2670
The router reacts as follows to a configuration change:
1) Construct new internal configuration representation (the old one stays
in place to be able to do comparisons in the following steps)
2) Iterate through all user-dependent objects (interfaces, link states, ARP
information, DHCP information) and re-check which remain valid with the
new configuration and which must be dismissed.
3) Adapt the objects that remain valid to the new configuration (re-write
references) and remove or detach the dismissed objects.
4) Do a link state DOWN at each interface and a link state UP at each
interface that remains attached to a domain.
5) Replace the old internal configuration representation with the new one
This way, the router keeps as much user dependent states as possible
while going through a configuration change. Thus, overwriting the old
configuration with an exact copy of itself is (almost) transparent to
clients of the router. Almost, because there are things the router must
do on every configuration handling, like re-scheduling the expiration
timeouts of links.
Ref #2670
The for_each method of the List wrapper remembers the next list item
before calling the functor on the current one, so, the current one can
be destroyed during the functor.
Ref #2670
Clients can connect at any time to the NIC router. The interfaces (sessions)
get attached to the appropriate domain as soon as it appears. This implies
that interfaces can also be detached from a domain without beeing destructed
when the domain disappears. All user dependent states of an interface such as
the link states, DHCP allocations and ARP information get lost when the
interface gets detached.
Ref #2670
This separates the decision wether to log the received and sent packets
from the 'verbose' attribute. This information is now only logged if
'verbose_packets' is switched on. If 'verbose' is switched on, only
routing decisions and optional hints are printed.
Ref #2670
We disable super-page I/O mappings because our unmap code does not flush
local mappings from core and, thus, breaks later re-mappings of
different page size.
Issue #2547
Switch port I/O based PCI config space access to memory-mapped IO. The
base address of the PCI configuration space is acquired by mapping the
ACPI ROM and reading the first <bdf> node. An exception is thrown if the
first <bdf> node is not for PCI domain zero or if multiple <bdf> nodes
exist. This is to reduce complexity and also because multiple PCI
domains are rare.
The PCI configuration space is accessed via I/O mem dataspace which is
created in the platform_drv root and then passed on to the PCI session,
device components and finally to the actual PCI config access instances.
The memory access code is implemented in a way to make it work with Muen
subject monitor (SM) device emulation and also general x86 targets. On
Muen, the simplified device emulation code (which works also for Linux)
always returns 0xffff in EAX to indicate a non-existing device.
Therefore, EAX is enforced in the assembly templates.
Fixes#2547
The KIP address range resides in virtual memory while io_mem alloc
manages physical-address ranges.
The patch enables the use of ECAM/MMCONF for PCI configuration.
Issue #2547
When a pkg is missing, the user should create <arch>/pkg instead
of only the missing pkg. This way, all depending binaries are created in
one step. Otherwise the missing binaries are detected at the next time
the run script is executed. This patch relieves the user from iterating
manually.
Link the EGL library with Mesa. SDL's `GL_GetProcAddress` now calls
`eglGetProcAddress` rather than lookup procedures directly in the Mesa
library.
Components may still wish to list 'mesa_api' in LIBS to access OpenGL
headers.
Fix#2711
Adjust managed dataspace (== max memory provided to rump kernel) based
on 32/64 bit architecture. On 32bit is it 256M, on 64bit is 4G.
Additionally limit the actual announced memory to rump by the available RAM and
by the maximum size of the managed dataspace.
Fixes#2709
The visibility of the client's view is re-evaluated at each animation
step. However, when the client appears long after the initial
fade-in/out animation is completed, the initial visibility state
remaines unchanged. This happens when booting the Sculpt scenario in
Qemu where the the nit_fb instances of the leitzentrale could not be
started in time. This patch fixes the issue by re-evaluating the view
visibility also at the view-creation time.
This commit changes the semantic of run_boot_dir to link a core
binary with debug symbols only when the designated library is in place.
Follow-up fix refering to issues #2339 and #2700
The install_pxe_bootloader_to_run_dir procedure is required by the tftp
as well as the ipxe load script. Move it to a separate file which is
include by both.
This prevents diagnostic messages like
Error: partial write detected 0 vs 31
for writes into already released socket directories due to a still-open
handle to the socket data file.
We need to update the blueprint pkg path as well in case the start node
is changed. Otherwise the query tool will keep using the initially
configured pkg path.
In case the signature file is corrupt, e.g. it could not be downloaded
successfully, the gnupg code just prints an error message but will not
return the error to the user. So we patch the code to return the error
and check the value in the calling code.
The sinfo API now also exports PCI devices without logical IRQs.
Therefore, explicitly check interrupt count in get_msi_params() function
and ignore such devices.
- Use latest Muen version
- Sync VirtualBox Muen subject state
- Drop unneccessary subject IP patch
- Adapt Muen RUN_OPTs
- Update documentation
Note: the GPL 2017 toolchain is now required and as the debug output
format has changed the mulog-subject.py script must be updated on
autopilot instances.
Remove the dependency on the deprecated LwIP libary.
Remove the progress logging callback. Should a progress indicator be
desired, a progress report would be more appropriate.
Fix#2684
This patch improves the error handling for the case where the depot
lacks the content of the to-be-deployed pkg. Instead of infinitely
reattempting to obtain blueprints for such content, the deploy tool
prints a single message.
This patch adds two key remappings for the magic keys of the sculpt
scenario. KEY_DASHBOARD toggles the leitzentrale. KEY_RESTART resets
the noux-control subsystem of the leitzentrale.
Issue #2676
If only a single AHCI device is present, the block service provided by
the drivers subsystem allows the client to refer to this block device
via the label 'default'.
Issue #2676
This patch adds a safety check to nit_fb to ensures that nit_fb never
runs out of RAM. Should the available RAM not suffice for resizing the
virtual framebuffer to a new mode, it keeps the current mode.
The Dir_file_system uses static cast to convert handles from the
application to a plugin local type. For this reason, only the local
handle type may be returned from 'opendir' or 'open'. This fixes the
unexpected behavior when opening directories as files.
Fix#2533
This patch removes the notion of partial writes from the file-system
servers. Since write operations are asynchronously submitted, they are
expected to succeed completely, except for I/O errors. I/O errors are
propagated with the write acknowledgement but those are usually handled
out of band at the client side. Partial writes must never occur because
they would go undetected by clients, which usually don't wait for the
completion of each single write operation.
Until now, most file-system servers returned the number of written bytes
in the acknowledgement packet. If a server managed to write a part of
the request only, it issued the acknowledgement immediately where it
should have cared about writing the remaining part first.
The patch detects such misbehaving server-side code. If partial writes
unexpectedly occur, it prints a message and leaves the corresponding
request unacknowdleged.
Issue #2672
File_system clients may now watch files and directories for changes by
opening a 'Watch_handle' rather than submitting a 'CONTENT_CHANGED'
packet to the server. When a change happens at a node with an open
Watch_handle a CONTENT_CHANGED packet will be sent from the server to
the client. This serializes registration with other handle operations
and separates I/O handle state from notification handle state.
Test at run/fs_rom_update.
Ref #1934
Catch out of RAM and capability exceptions and return error values.
Abort opening a composite directory at Dir_file_system where an
opendir call on any child file-system returns an OUT_OF_RAM or
OUT_OF_CAPS error.
Ref #2642
The timestamp-based rules of make do not work well for the publish tool
because depot archives are often re-created with the same content but a
different modification time, in particular when creating archives via
'FORCE'. This way, those archives are re-published every time, which
becomes a time-consuming operation since all archives must be signed.
This patch filters the targets based on the content that is already
present in the public/ location. All existing archives are skipped.
This change enables the use of negative values for the 'initial_width'
and 'initial_height' attributes to specify values that are relative to
the screen size. This is consistent with the meaning of the 'width' and
'height' attributes.
This patch changes the 'depot_deploy' tool to spawn any number of
runtimes. In contrast to the original version, which merely consumed a
blueprint generated by a pre-configured 'depot_query' instance, the new
version actively generates queries as needed. So there is a feedback
loop between 'depot_deploy' and 'depot_query'. The instantiation of
subsystems is controlled by the '<start>' nodes of the 'depot_deploy'
configuration. For each start node, the tool tries to determine the
ingredients (provided by the depot) by asking the 'depot_query' tool.
Once the information is complete, a corresponding start node of the
dynamic init instance is generated.
This patch introduces the subnodes <provides>, <requires>, and
<content> to the <runtime> node. All <rom> sessions that are
expected from the depot appear within the <content> node, which
sets them nicely apart from <rom> sessions that may be required
as runtime arguments.
Note that the <requires> and <provides> nodes do not appear in the
patch because the existing depot_deploy tool does not interpret this
information (the pkg/test-fs_report runtime does not provide any
service, and the timer session is provided as a common route).
This patch adds the config attribute 'query'. If set to the value "rom",
the query information is obtained from a ROM session labeled "query".
Otherwise, the query information is expected to be part of the config.
This enables us to use the component in two different scenarios. In
one scenario, 'depot_query' is embedded in a managed dynamic init.
Here, taking the query from the config is easy. In the other scenario,
'depot_query' is running as a daemon with a once-configured VFS but
varying queries. The queries originate from a component that does not
control the 'depot_query' config.
The new 'Terminal_session::size_changed_sigh' RPC function registers a
signal handler that is triggered each time when the terminal size
changes. It enables the client to adjust itself to the new size by
subsequently calling the 'size' RPC function. Of all terminal servers,
only the graphical terminal triggers this signal.
- handle line wraps in 'ech()'
- take (1,1) origin into account in 'hpa()' and 'vpa()'
- unify handling of SGR escape sequences of different lengths
- accept the '[?2004h' and '[?2004l' escape sequences (used by midnight commander)
Fixes#2671
The 'Expanding_reporter' wrapper for the 'Reporter' eliminates
the burden of handling 'Xml_generator::Buffer_exceeded' exceptions
from components that generate reports.
Fixes#2655
Instead of having a lot of platform specific quirks in the run test,
and to also test it on platforms currently missing a NIC driver,
this commit removes hardware drivers from the nic_router and
nic_bridge run scripts, and uses the nic_loopback server instead.
AVL trees can't be copied with the default copy constructor as the
parent pointer of the first item of both of the resulting trees would
point to the original tree. Copying an AVL node, however, generally
violates the integrity of the corresponding tree. The copy constructor
of Avl_tree is used in some places but in those places it can be
replaced easily. So, this commit deletes the copy constructor of
Avl_node_base which makes Avl_node and Avl_tree non-copyable.
Issue #2654
On platforms without nic or audio driver support, the corresponding
functions to return the correct names should return a meaningful
name instead of an empty list. Otherwise, in an erroneous run-script
that calls those functions to append names to the boot modules
the whole 'bin' directory is appended instead, which leads to big
image files or errors when linking the boot modules to core.
This patch adds hooks for customizing the location of the configure
script within the package, the build target, as well as the install
step. This is useful for packages like tcl that deviate from the
usual layout of source packages.
Issue #2648
The 'trace_logger' component can be used to easily gather, process and export
different types of tracing data. Which subjects to select is configurable via
session label policies and thread names. Which data to collect from the
selected subjects can be configured for each subject individually, for groups
of subjects, or for all subjects. The gathered data can be exported as log
output.
This is an example configuration of the 'trace_logger' component which shows
the default value for each attribute except the policy.thread and
policy.label:
! <config verbose="no"
! session_ram="10M"
! session_arg_buffer="4K"
! session_parent_levels="0"
! period_sec="5"
! activity="no"
! affinity="no"
! default_policy="null"
! default_buffer="4K">
!
! <policy label="init -> timer" />
! <policy label_suffix=" -> ram_fs" />
! <policy label_prefix="init -> encryption -> "
! thread="worker"
! buffer="4K"
! policy="null" />
! </config>
For more details see os/src/app/trace_logger/README.
Fixes#2654
Building this policy was disabled by a REQUIRES = riscv_toolchain_bugfix
to prevent compiler crashes on nightly test builds. Since the latest
RISCV toolchain update, test builds for RISCV crash at much more places
which makes this single work-around senseless.
Issue #2654
Previously, base/trace/buffer.h included base/thread.h which includes
base/trace/logger.h which includes base/trace/buffer.h.
Removed the base/thread.h include in base/trace/buffer.h as it is not
needed.
Issue #2654
The 'Buffered_xml' utility is used by three components and a fourth is
on the way. To avoid another duplication of the code, this patch makes
it publicly available at 'os/buffered_xml.h'.
This patch replaces the 'Heap' by a 'Sliced_heap' to avoid the
allocation of a 16 KiB memory block when 'dummy' acts as a server. On
seL4, such an allocation would exceed the 1M quota as assigned by the
init.run script.
The 'initial_width' and 'initial_height' attributes were added to
accomodate the use-case to set the initial dimensions whenever 'nit_fb'
is used in a dynamic fashion, e.g, in combination with a window manager.
These attributes may not be mixed with the 'width' and 'height'
attributes, which are mostly used when a static size configuration is
desired.
When a NIC session is destructed at the router, we have to remove all ARP
cache entries that match the MAC address of that session. Otherwise the
outdated entries might be re-applied later, leading to wrong destination
MAC addresses in routed packets.
Fixes#2637
By specifying the 'config' of a '<runtime>' as an attribute, we can
distinguish the case where the config is obtained from a ROM session
from the case where the config is specified inline as a '<config>' node.
The new 'verify' component facilitates the code of GnuPG to verify
detached OpenPGP signatures against public keys.
Since GnuPG depends on libgcrypt and libgpg-error, the patch adds these
libraries to the libports repository.
Fixes#2640
This fix handles the case where the focused domain loses its focus
because the currently focused client vanishes. In this case, the focus
will be undefined and the non-focused views of the domain become
tinted again. The refresh should take effect immediately as soon as the
client vanishes.
With this patch, init responds to the exit of a child by closing all
sessions of the child. E.g., if a child is a GUI application, its
nitpicker session is closed at the time of exit, not at the time when
the start node disappears from init's configuration.
Since this change requires a modification of the 'Genode::Child' class,
it takes the chance to make the child-destruction less brutal. The
new version ensures that all threads of the destructed subsystem are
destructed before other sessions, in particular PD sessions. This
eliminates spurious page-fault warnings during the child destruction.
On Fiasco.OC, closing the CPU session of a thread while being called by
the thread causes a deadlock. Hence, we skip the eager destruction of
CPU sessions on this kernel.
Related to issue #2659
Adds two new netperf tests, netperf_lxip_router and netperf_lwip_router
who test the TCP throughput of the NIC router when routed with a tcp-forward
rule and NAT.
Issue #2624
which executed in the current measurement period but are now dead.
Keep the Entry object up to next period, where the recent_execution_time will
become 0 since it will not execute definitely.
Issue #2638
Previously, the dst_len value was not decreased after each character that was
written to the dst buffer. This way, if the content length was greater than
dst_len, decoded_content wrote to memory out of bounds.
Issue #2644
Do not leave space for a terminating '0' at the end of the dst buffer in
decoded_content as the method does not write this '0'. The caller of the
method shall take care of it instead.
Issue #2644
Until now, if we examined an EPT fault and the corresponding guest
physical memory was not allocated, we forwarded the faulting instruction
to the instruction emulator, which in turn handled the memory allocation
implicitly. This lead to long instruction emulation times on certain
instructions (e.g. 'rep mov' on large memory junks). Therefore, we now
allocate and map the corresponding guest physical memory immediately in
the EPT fault handler and directly return to the guest.
fixes#2645
Require x86_64 because memory/adress space limitations on x86_32
restrict the use-cases on such a platform anyway. Doing that,
we can also assume that memory adresses are always 64bit long and
do not have to handle 32bit adresses.
According to the creator of the net-stat lib, this lib was a mere debugging
tool that is not used anymore nor worth the work of updating the it to
modern Genode coding paradigms. Also, there exist no tests for the lib.
Instead of having a method validate_size in each packet class, check
sizes in the data accessor of the surrounding packet class. This packet
accessor is the one that casts the data pointer to the desired data type
so it is sensible that it also checks whether the desired type would
exceed the available RAM before doing the cast. This also fits nicely
the fact that for the top-level packet-class of a packet, the size must
not be checked (which was previously done).
Issue #465
The TCP window scaling is implemented for servers (like netperf's
netserver) only. The client implementation just uses the lower 16 bits
of the TCP_WND configuration value, which we therefore maximize to ~64K.
The '<dependencies>' attribute 'path' refers to a depot archive.
Depending on the attributes 'source="no"' and 'binary="no" (defaults
shown), the depot_query component determines the source/binary
dependencies of the given archive. The result has the form of a report
with a sequence of <missing> and <present> nodes, each equipped with the
'path' of the dependency.
Since the <query> node results in the generation of a "blueprint"
report, it should better be named <blueprint>. This also clears the way
for adding further query types such as <dependencies>, following the
same pattern of generating a report of the corresponding query name.
With this patch, it becomes possible to pass a 'Directory const &' to
the constructor of 'File_content', which is intuitive as the directory
content is not changed by reading a file.
The 'File_content::for_each_line' method did not correctly detect the
end of data for files without a trailing linebreak, thereby cutting the
last character from the last line.
This patch removes the former use of ram_fs, fs_rom, and fs_report from
the subsystem and uses a report_rom instead. The fs-based reporting was
introduced to accommodate automatically instantiated usb_block drivers,
which turned out to be impractical for the sculpt scenario.
This is a follow-up commit to "Increase default warning level", which
overrides Genode's new default warning level for targets contained in
higher-level repositories. By explicitly whitelisting all those targets,
we can selectively adjust them to the new strictness over time - by
looking out for 'CC_CXX_WARN_STRICT' in the target description files.
Issue #465
This patch enables the warnings -Wextra, -Weffc++, and -Werror for
compiling Genode components. It thereby helps us to detect bugs like
uninitialized member variables or missing virtual destructors at compile
time. The warning level is defined via the new 'CC_CXX_WARN_STRICT'
variable. For targets that compile 3rd-party code where this warning
level is not applicable, the variable may be explictly set to an empty
value in the corresponding build-description file.
Issue #465
The patch adjust the code of the base, base-<kernel>, and os repository.
To adapt existing components to fix violations of the best practices
suggested by "Effective C++" as reported by the -Weffc++ compiler
argument. The changes follow the patterns outlined below:
* A class with virtual functions can no longer publicly inherit base
classed without a vtable. The inherited object may either be moved
to a member variable, or inherited privately. The latter would be
used for classes that inherit 'List::Element' or 'Avl_node'. In order
to enable the 'List' and 'Avl_tree' to access the meta data, the
'List' must become a friend.
* Instead of adding a virtual destructor to abstract base classes,
we inherit the new 'Interface' class, which contains a virtual
destructor. This way, single-line abstract base classes can stay
as compact as they are now. The 'Interface' utility resides in
base/include/util/interface.h.
* With the new warnings enabled, all member variables must be explicitly
initialized. Basic types may be initialized with '='. All other types
are initialized with braces '{ ... }' or as class initializers. If
basic types and non-basic types appear in a row, it is nice to only
use the brace syntax (also for basic types) and align the braces.
* If a class contains pointers as members, it must now also provide a
copy constructor and assignment operator. In the most cases, one
would make them private, effectively disallowing the objects to be
copied. Unfortunately, this warning cannot be fixed be inheriting
our existing 'Noncopyable' class (the compiler fails to detect that
the inheriting class cannot be copied and still gives the error).
For now, we have to manually add declarations for both the copy
constructor and assignment operator as private class members. Those
declarations should be prepended with a comment like this:
/*
* Noncopyable
*/
Thread(Thread const &);
Thread &operator = (Thread const &);
In the future, we should revisit these places and try to replace
the pointers with references. In the presence of at least one
reference member, the compiler would no longer implicitly generate
a copy constructor. So we could remove the manual declaration.
Issue #465
The warning "no interface connected to domain" was introduced when only one NIC
session at a time could be connected to a domain. It should help to track
packet drops that were caused by startup timing issues between servers and
clients. However, a user should watch the "NIC sessions" value of a domain
(verbose_domain_state) instead when debugging packet loss. With support for
multiple sessions per domain, even a non-empty domain may still miss the
session that connects the desired server.
Fix#2629
Stdin, stdout, and stderr are mapped to descriptors 0, 1, and 2
respectively. If these first three descriptors are not allocated before
the application becomes active then normal files and sockets can be
opened under these numbers, potentially causing unexpected application
behavior.
Fix#2628
This patch makes the creation of the libc's timer session depend on
whether or not the 'rtc' attribute of the <libc> configuration is
defined. If not configured, 'clock_gettime' returns 0.
Fixes#2625
Previously, all packets that the router wanted to sent were first prepared to
their final state and then copied at once into the packet stream RAM. This is
fine for packets that the router only passes through with modifying merely
a few values. But for packets that the router writes from scratch on its own,
it is better to compose the packet directly in the packet stream RAM.
Fix#2626
Normally, Interface::send always takes the base and size of the RAM region
where a packet was composed and copies this finished packet at once into the
packet stream RAM. But we want to be able to also compose packets directly in
the packet stream RAM, so that no memcpy is needed. Thus, Interface::send now
takes a functor that describes how to compose the packet, then allocates the
packet stream RAM and applies the functor to this RAM. there is also a version
of Interface::send that provides the old behavior but with the new back end.
This way, we stay backwards-compatible.
Issue #2626
Apply the approach to join the argument list 'args' to pass a single
list argument to _collect_from_depot. Actually, this story teaches me to
shy away from {*} because of its special semantics, which are
{*} makes each item in a list an individual argument of the current
command (https://wiki.tcl.tk/17158)
This is a direct follow up to "run: let import_from_depot accept list
variables", which broke calling import_from_depot with a number of
individual arguments.
Issue #2619
When composing an ARP packet for sending, it's pointless to use the Arp_packet
constructor as the constructor only checks whether the packet is malformed.
Issue #2618
When doing something like this in a run script ...
lappend arg X
lappend arg Y
lappend arg Z
import_from_depot arg
... the internals of import_from_depot do not treat $arg as list but as one
string and interprets it as malformed depot path. We can handle this by
applying {*} to $arg inside the procedure.
Issue #2619
The NIC router can now be configured to periodically send reports.
Configuration example (shows default values):
<config>
<report interval_sec="5" bytes="yes" config="yes">
</config>
If the 'report' tag is not available, no reports are send.
The attributes of the 'report' tag:
'bytes' : Boolean : Whether to report sent bytes and received bytes per
domain
'config' : Boolean : Whether to report ipv4 interface and gateway per
domain
'interval_sec' : 1..3600 : Interval of sending reports in seconds
Issue #2614
Avoid that the user has to define the number of HTTP/UDP clients manually.
This count is used by the run scripts to generate the expected log output.
Fix#2609
In the context of link state objects we often used the term "close" were we
actually meant "dissolve". The term "close" originated from the TCP connection
state and is still used in TCP links in the correct manner.
Issue #2609
Act as hub for the interfaces at a domain. This also changes the roles of the
Domain and Interface classes. By now the Interface held the data structures for
the ARP cache, foreign ARP waiters, and the searchtrees for layer 3 links. All
these structures have moved to the Domain while the memory allocations and
lifetime management for the contents of these structures still come from from
the according Interface object. The mentioned data structures were also adapted
to fit the fact that they now may maintain objects of different interfaces.
Issue #2609
If an IPv4 packet targets an IP local to the domain it comes from and doesn't
target the routers IP of that domain, forward it to all other interfaces of
the domain without considering any other routing.
Issue #2609
Previously, the function that returned the XML config for a network test
client/server in the scripts formed the component name of the peer solely
by combining the protocol name, "client" or "server", and a suffix that
is given as argument. However, to group multiple clients together in one
domain via their session label at the NIC router we want peers with the same
name prefix. Thus, the function now simply takes the whole name as argument.
Issue #2609
Improve ARP handling code in general:
Make the several cases and their handling more clear by using a more
readable if/else statement structure. Drop gratuitous ARP requests.
Domain-local ARP:
Handle ARP packets that target local IPs other than the routers IP
(forward them to all other interfaces of the domain).
Issue #2609
IP allocations were renamed DHCP allocations without fixing the according
places in log messages and comments. This commit rectifies this omission.
Issue #2609
This is necessary because in contrast to the zynq boards (see specs in genode-world), only zynq_qemu uses UART_0.
These files should thus fall under the zynq_qemu spec.
Fixes#2615
In newer glibc versions, the '__sigword' and '__sigmask' macros are only
available in sigsetops.h which is not installed. These macros are not
system-specific, hence we implement them explicitly ourselves.
Fixes#2616
The new variable 'INSTALL_TAR_CONTENT' allows one to customize the
content of the generated tar archive instead of including the entire
install directory.
This patch makes service-announce messages depend on the configured
verbosity. It also omits "parent provides" title messages if no new
parent services are added during a config update.
Detect loops by walking hard-links at two different speeds and checking
for lapping. Tar link walking is no longer a recursive procedure.
Caught a loop created by GNU tar 1.29.
Fix#2611
This patch changes the depot layout such that each archive is
represented as a directory that contains the versions of the archive as
subdirectories.
Issue #2610
If a client decides to spontaneously send a DHCP DISCOVER again, even though
he has received a still valid IP config from the router, we don't want to
discard the DISCOVER like it was done before but discard the IP config
assignment and offer a new one.
Issue #2534
When this flag is set in the config tag, the NIC router will print a
short information to the log for each general state change of a domain.
This includes currently the IP-configuration state and the number of
connected NIC sessions. This a useful addition as the normal verbose
flag's purpose is a very deep insight into almost every activity in the
router, which is cool for debugging sophisticated problems but normally
floods the log and therefore discards this option for, e.g., desktop
systems. In such systems, the new verbosity is pretty discreet but
already gives a good hint on why packets may get dropped by the router
although the routing rules are correct.
Issue #2534
The run tool now by default checks configurations with target-specific
XML schemata. Each component may define a config schema file in its
target.mk via the CONFIG_XSD variable. When the run tool has checked an
configuration of an init instance, it additionally goes through the
start nodes of the config. For each start node it checks whether there
is an XSD file that matches. If so, the run tool also checks the config
of the start node (if existant). This is done recursively. I.e., also
the child configs of a sub-init of a sub-init of the top-level init
receive a config check.
Issue #2600
Channels, and therefore contexts, may be shared between children
causing corruption when a child is destroyed while another child still
uses the old context within the channel.
related to #2601
In the past, we had the lock of the context we found for the rest of the scope
of pending_signal. Now we use for_each_locked to find the context and the
lock is released as soon as we return from for_each_locked. Thus, we need to
lock the context again before returning it to avoid that the copy constructor
during the return reads values that are currently changing.
Fixes#2532
The missing dissolve of the dummy decorator input component resulted in
problems when using the themed_decorator when repeatedly opening and
closing windows. In contrast to the default decorator, the themed
decorator creates and destroys nitpicker sessions per window.
Added a new constructor that takes the entrypoint as constructor
argument. The original constructor retrieves the entrypoint from the
Genode environment. This does not allow to use a different entrypoint.
Replace former rtt_sec attribute of the <config> tag by more specific
(and still optional) attributes for timeouts used in the NIC router
(these are also the default values):
<config dhcp_discover_timeout_sec="10"
dhcp_request_timeout_sec="10"
dhcp_offer_timeout_sec="10"
udp_idle_timeout_sec="30"
tcp_idle_timeout_sec="600"
tcp_max_segm_lifetime_sec="30">
Details about the new attributes can be found in the README of the router.
Issue #2590
On x86 64 bit with SeL4, the test needs around 80MB that must be
completely composed of 4KB-pages due to current limitations of the SeL4
port. Thus, Core must flush the page table caches pretty often during
the test which is an expensive high-prior operation and makes it
impossible to provide a highly precise time.
Multi-wraps
-----------
Previously, on every new timeout, we programmed registers LR=timeout and
CMP=0. The counter than counted from LR down to 0, triggered the IRQ,
jumped back to LR, and counted down again. If one installed small
timeouts (< 1000 us), it was likely that the counter wrapped multiple
times before we were able to read it out. Initially, this was not a big
issue as the additional wraps were simply ignored and the amount of time
lost through this was not big. But when we want to do correct rate
limitation, multiple wraps cause an overflow in the additional
calculations, and this has a big effect on the resulting time value.
Thus, we now program the counter to start from ~0 and count down to 0.
We set CMP=~0-timeout so that the timer still triggers the IRQ at the right
time. The counter continues counting down after the IRQ has triggered until
we install a new timeout. We do not consider anymore that the counter wraps.
The maximum timeout is set to half the maximum counter value, so, we should
be able to install a new timeout before the counter wraps.
Rate limit for time updates
---------------------------
In the time span between two interrupts we have to remember how many ticks
we have already added to the time value. This is because at each call of
curr_time we can only see how many ticks have passed since the last call of
schedule_timeout and not since the last call of curr_time. But we want to
limit the rate of time updates in curr_time. With the member for ticks that
were already added since the last call to schedule_timeout we can then
calculate how many are yet to be added.
* integrate rump's contrib code into Genode's build system and build what is
required by Genode, only
* checkout needed NetBSD sources directly from CVS
fixes#2589
In case the video geometry (WxH) is larger than the current size of
the framebuffer, match its size and let libav do the scaling. This
enables the playback of 1080p movies on smaller screens.
Issue #2583.
This patch supplements the existing 'hover' report with the information
whether or not the user has recently moved the pointer. This works
analogously to how the 'focus' report features the information about
recent button/keyboard activity.
Together, the 'hover' and 'focus' reports may be combined to observe
prolonged user inactivity, e.g. to activate a lock screen.
This patch enables nitpicker to use an external focus policy instead of
the traditional builtin click-to-focus policy. The external focus policy
is obtained from a 'focus' ROM. The focus ROM is expected to have a
'label' attribute with the value set to the label of the to-be focused
client.
This patch revises the implementation of nitpicker in the following
respects:
- Split the implementation into smaller files,
- Consistently use the 'Nitpicker' namespace,
- Avoid the use of format strings,
- Retire old (and hackish) debug mode,
- Removal of unused timer connection,
- Merging 'Session' into 'Session_component',
- Merging 'Mode' into 'User_state',
- Adding the notions of 'View_owner' and 'Focus' as interfaces,
- Untangle 'User_state' and 'View_stack'
This patch adds a 'Color::print' method as counterpart to the 'ascii_to'
function. If the color is opaque (alpha is 255), its output has the form
"#rrggbb". If the color has a distinct alpha value, the output has the
form "#rrggbbaa". The new version of the 'ascii_to' overload for 'Color'
is able to deal with both forms.
This is a follup-up commit for "driver_manager: add fb_boot_drv
support". It refines the heuristics for selecting the most suitable
framebuffer driver be prevent boot_fb_drv from being preferred over
the VESA driver when running in Qemu.
The synchronization with the ACPI driver is not needed when starting
acpica at a later stage. It could already be disabled via the
'acpi_ready="yes"' config attribute. However, acpica still
unconditionally requests the so-called "Acpi" service, which is an
alias for the platform_drv's "Platform" service. This patch disables the
use of this alias when the 'acpi_ready' synchronization is disabled.
This patch supplements init's service-forwarding mechanism to propagate
the insufficient RAM/cap quota conditions from the server to the client.
Without it, the client's session request stays pending infinitely.
The debug version comes with an unwelcome libc dependency, which is
solely needed for the formatted output of error messages. Since the
distinction between the regular and the debug versions remained unused
in practice, this patch removes the debug version.
This is a follow-up patch to "init: periodic state updates if sensible".
In situations where the report rate is deliberately limited via the
'delay_ms' attribute while also reporting child-resource stats, we don't
want generate reports at a fixed rate of one second. This patch limits
the rate according to the 'delay_ms' value.
The input filter used to temporarily close all input sessions upon its
reconfiguration. In most cases, the same set of sessions is
re-established immediately afterwards. However, at the server (driver)
side, the closing of the session implicitly disables the input-event
queue. Hence events generated by the hardware while the session is
closed are dropped. This becomes a noticeable problem when using the
recently added <rom> modifier feature for handling capslock. The change
of the ROM always triggers the re-configuration of the input filter.
When pressing capslock and other keys at a high rate, press/release
events may get lost.
This patch solves this problem by maintaining all input sessions that
are defined in both the old and new configuration. It thereby removes
the short duration where the input event queues are temporarily disabled
at the drivers.
This makes '/' and the actual root of VFS distinguishable. A VFS root
may contain one ore more '/' entries for each file system. 'opendir' for
the VFS root opens all file systems via 'open_composite_dir', while
'opendir' for '/' only returns a VFS handle.
Fixes#2569
This patch adds a sanity check to the Event::type accessor. If the key
code of a given PRESS or RELEASE event is out of the valid range, it
reports an INVALID event. This way, client side code does not need to
deal with such edge cases. E.g., on Lenovo notebooks, the ps2 driver
reports strange key events when pressing shift-pageup/pagedown,
violating the general assumption that there is a release event for each
press event. By flagging these events as INVALID, the client-side logic
stays intact.
By now the file system gets mounted and unmounted on demand (whenever
the first clients comes along and whenever the last client leaves).
As a precaution we now also try to mount and unmounted the file system
in the init phase to prevent the first client from failing to its own
surprise.
Issue #2558.
Currently, LxIP peers need a lot of RAM (the simple test-client/server for the
nic_router test need at least 28 MB per component). As the nic_router test
previously used 6 instances of such components and a lot of other components,
it had issues with insufficient RAM on some platforms. By using two new
LwIP-based UDP tests instead, we save more than 100 MB.
Ref #2543
In general, make the message conform to the according message of the
common build system. Adds instruction how to fix the missing/outdated
port.
Fixes#2573
Check at the VFS server that the capability cost of sessions do not
exceed the session quota donation. Raise the default initial capability
donation for File_system connections.
Fix#2553
Instead of storing whether the first item in the timeout list was already
programmed using the timer service, just program the first timeout in the
list unconditionally. In the past we lost a timeout at least when using the
usb ethernet driver on hw/arndale sporadically.
Previously the destructors of classes derived from Source were not
called when destructing a Source because Source missed the declaration
of a virtual destructor. This caused at least problems when
reconstructing a Chargen_source with its Chargen_repeater that includes
a One_shot_timeout. In this case, the members of the Alarm behind the
timeout were not reset and the next time beeing used the Alarm appeared
to be still active which wasn't true.
Fixes#2570
Instead of changing the attributes (e.g., Xd bit) of the top-level page-tables,
set them to allow everything. Only leafs of the paging hierarchy are set
according to the paging attributes given by core. Otherwise, top-level page-
table attributes are changed during lifetime, which requires a TLB flush
operation (not intended in the semantic of the kernel/core).
This led to problems when using the non-executable features introduced by
issue #1723 in the recent past.
The dependency was added as a supposed work-around of a dysfunctional
fork when building bash as depot archive. However, it turned out that
the actual problem was related to the timestamps of 3rd-party source
file, which were discarded by the recipes/src/bash/content.mk.
A new configuration may implicitly change the domain color of the
currently focused session. We need to refresh the report to trigger an
update of the status bar.
This commit replaces the old xray_trigger component by a new component
called global_keys_handler. For details, please refer to the issue text
and the accompanied README file.
Fixes#2554
Without this patch, usb_drv would issue a resource request when
assigning a USB device to a VM in the sculpt scenario.
Furthermore, the patch adjusts the intel_fb quota to enable it on
devices where the driver allocates the framebuffer in many 4K pieces.
Linux does not do that in register_netdev() either. Some drivers set the
carrier flags on attach and never reenable it (as seen with rndis_host).
Consequently, the usbnet driver refuses to receive data as it checks the
carrier state before enqueuing new SKBs to its receive queue.
Apart from rndis_host, this change was tested with an ax88179_178a
device which worked as expected.
Whenever a childs is terminated the exit value is propagate through a
new state report. Thereby it becomes possibly for a managing component
to react upon the terminating condition of a child.
Issue #2558.
Until now the client called the Linux code directly through the EP
when sending ethernet frames and was not part of the driver's internal
task scheduling. This will lead to problems if the sending code needs
to grab a lock as those depend on running from within a Lx::Task.
Although this has only happend recently when using 8260 devices, this
is an issue that needs to be fix.
This commit addresses the issue by using a dedicated transmit task
in whose context the Linux code sends the ethernet frame or rather
newly allocated skb.
Fixes#2559.
As noted above the former enum for the local-attachment address we
discovered address clashes on current Linux installations, esp. 32-bit
runtime on 64-bit Linux. The local_attach_addr is now configurable in
the run script and the memory maps heuristics were removed.
Recent work related to issue 1723 showed that there is potential
to get rid of code duplication in MMU fault handling especially
with regard to ARM cpus.
If there is no debug/core-<kernel>.o library available, e.g., when
running a scenario in a fresh build directory where core is provided
via a depot package, the build_core_image step of the run tool was
canceled in the past, when trying to access the non-existing library.
This commit changes the semantic of build_core_image to link a core
binary with debug symbols only when the designated library is in place.
This fixup is related to issue #2339
If the attribute 'interface' is not set in a 'domain' tag, the router tries to
dynamically receive and maintain an IP configuration for that domain by using
DHCP in the client role at all interfaces that connect to the domain. In the
DHCP discover phase, the router simply chooses the first DHCP offer that
arrives. So, no comparison of different DHCP offers is done. In the DHCP
request phase, the server is expected to provide an IP address, a gateway, a
subnet mask, and an IP lease time to the router. If anything substantial goes
wrong during a DHCP exchange, the router discards the outcome of the exchange
and goes back to the DHCP discover phase. At any time where there is no valid
IP configuration present at a domain, the domain does only act as DHCP client
and all other router functionality is disabled for the domain. A domain cannot
act as DHCP client and DHCP server at once. So, a 'domain' tag must either
have an 'interface' attribute or must not contain a 'dhcp-server' tag.
Ref #2534
An IPv4 config (for a domain/interface of the router) consists of
an IPv4 address, a subnet prefix specifier, an optional gateway
IPv4 address, and some flags that declare whether these fields and
the config as a whole are valid. To make the handling of those
tightly connected values easier and less error prone, we encapsulate
them in a new class.
Ref #2534
Under certain circumstances we don't want inits state report to become too
outdated even if there is no change to its config or the sessions of its
children. This is the case if init is requested to provide a capability or RAM
info of it's children via its state report. Now, init automatically updates
the state report with each 1000 ms if the attribute 'child_caps' or
'child_ram' is positively set in the 'report' tag.
The tools.conf in base-fiasco/etc was obsolete and must therefore not
packaged.
This commit removes sporadic recipe hash changes due to missing or
existent etc/tools.conf.
Timing itself costs time. Thus, the stressfull timeout phase of the
test is not exactly as long as set but a little bit longer. This is why the
fast timeouts are able to trigger more often than they are expected to
(the timer has a static timeout-rate limit). Normally we consider this effect
through an error tolerance of 10%. But at least on foc x86_32 (PIT with very
low max timeout), timing is so expensive that 10% is not enough. We have to
raise it to 11%.
This patch propages the 'Service_denied' condition of forwarded sessions
to the parent. Without it, the invalid session request stays pending
infinitely, which leads to the problem described in issue #2542. It
turns out that suggested solution given in the issue text is actually
not needed when applying this fix.
Fixes#2542
The ROM filter did not handle the situation where the generated content
exceeds the size of the initially allocated dataspace for the target
buffer. This patch wraps the XML generation in a retry loop that
expands the buffer as needed.
This patch makes the specification of screen coordinates more flexible.
First, the 'origin' attribute allows one to refer to either of the four
screen corners without knowing the screen size. Second, the 'width'
and 'height' values now accept negative values, which are relative to
the screen size.
The 'File_system::Connection' already performs an on-demand session
upgrade should the server report an 'Out_of_caps' or 'Out_of_ram'
condition. So file-system clients are normally relieved from handling
those exceptions. However, the upgrade was limited to two attempts per
operation (which amounts to 16 KiB). When using the Rump VFS plugin in
the VFS server, this amount does not always suffice. So the exception is
reflected to the client. I observed this problem as a message "unhandled
error" printed by fs_rom. This patch removes the upgrade limit such that
a greedy file-system server becomes iteratively upgraded until it stops
arguing or the client's RAM is exhausted.
* Instead of always re-load page-tables when a thread context is switched
only do this when another user PD's thread is the next target,
core-threads are always executed within the last PD's page-table set
* remove the concept of the mode transition
* instead map the exception vector once in bootstrap code into kernel's
memory segment
* when a new page directory is constructed for a user PD, copy over the
top-level kernel segment entries on RISCV and X86, on ARM we use a designated
page directory register for the kernel segment
* transfer the current CPU id from bootstrap to core/kernel in a register
to ease first stack address calculation
* align cpu context member of threads and vms, because of x86 constraints
regarding the stack-pointer loading
* introduce Align_at template for members with alignment constraints
* let the x86 hardware do part of the context saving in ISS, by passing
the thread context into the TSS before leaving to user-land
* use one exception vector for all ARM platforms including Arm_v6
Fix#2091
* introduce new syscall (core-only) to create privileged threads
* take the privilege level of the thread into account
when doing a context switch
* map kernel segment as accessable for privileged code only
Ref #2091
Always switch to the "exception stack" instead of having a hardware initiated
stack switch during exceptions/interrupts when the privilege level changes only.
Moreover, this commit increases the exception stack slightly.
Ref #2091
* introduces central memory map for core/kernel
* on 32-bit platforms the kernel/core starts at 0x80000000
* on 64-bit platforms the kernel/core starts at 0xffffffc000000000
* mark kernel/core mappings as global ones (tagged TLB)
* move the exception vector to begin of core's binary,
thereby bootstrap knows from where to map it appropriately
* do not map boot modules into core anymore
* constrain core's virtual heap memory area
* differentiate in between user's and core's main thread's UTCB,
which now resides inside the kernel segment
Ref #2091
This was an error output-line for each affected packet previously but it
is pretty normal for the router to receive packets whose network layer
protocol it doesn't know . In the default case, these packets shall be
ignored silently.
Ref #2490
One can configure the NIC router to act as DHCP server at interfaces of a
domain by adding the <dhcp> tag to the configuration of the domain like
this:
<domain name="vbox" interface="10.0.1.1/24">
<dhcp-server ip_first="10.0.1.80"
ip_last="10.0.1.100"
ip_lease_time_sec="3600"
dns_server="10.0.0.2"/>
...
</domain>
The attributes ip_first and ip_last define the available IPv4 address
range while ip_lease_time_sec defines the lifetime of an IPv4 address
assignment in seconds. The IPv4 address range must be in the subnet
defined by the interface attribute of the domain tag and must not cover
the IPv4 address in this attribute. The dns_server attribute gives the
IPv4 address of the DNS server that might also be in another subnet.
The lifetime of an offered assignment is the configured round trip time of
the router while the ip_lease_time_sec is applied only if the offer is
requested by the client in time.
The ports/run/virtualbox_nic_router.run script is an example of how to
use the new DHCP server functionality.
Ref #2490
Previously, garbage collect was only done when an incoming packet passed the
Ethernet checks. Now it is really done first when receiving a packet at an
interface.
Ref #2490
If the router has no gateway attribute for a domain (means that the router
itself is the gateway), and it gets an ARP request for a foreign IP, it shall
answer with its own IP.
Ref #2490
Do not use two times the RTT for the lifetime of links but use it as
it is configured to simplify the usage of the router. Internally, use
Microseconds/Duration type instead of plain integers.
Ref #2490
The nic_dump uses a wrapper for all supported protocols that
takes a packet and a verbosity configuration. The wrapper object can
than be used as argument for a Genode log function and prints the
packet's contents according to the given configuration. The
configuration is a distinct class to enable the reuse of one instance
for different packets.
There are currently 4 possible configurations for each protocol:
* NONE (no output for this protocol)
* SHORT (only the protocol name)
* COMPACT (the most important information densely packed)
* COMPREHENSIVE (all header information of this protocol)
Ref #2490
Provide utilities for appending new options to an existing DHCP packet
and a utility for finding existing options that returns a typed option
object. Remove old version that return untyped options.
Ref #2490
Apply the style rule that an accessor is named similar to the the underlying
value. Provide read and write accessors for each mandatory header attribute.
Fix some incorrect structure in the headers like with the flags field
in Ipv4_packet.
Ref #2490
Encapsulate the enum into a struct so that it is named
Ethernet_frame::Type::Enum, give it the correct storage type
uint16_t, and remove those values that are (AFAIK) not used by
now (genode, world).
Ref #2490
Do not stop routing if the transport layer protocol is unknown but
continue with trying IP routing instead. The latter was already
done when no transport routing could be applied but for unknown transport
protocols we caught the exception at the wrong place.
Ref #2490
No starvation of timeout signals
--------------------------------
Add several timeouts < 1ms to the stress test and check that timeout
handling doesn't become significantly unfair (starvation) in this situation
where some timeouts trigger nmuch faster than they get handled.
Rate limiting for timeout handling in timer
-------------------------------------------
Ensure that the timer does not handle timeouts again within 1000
microseconds after the last handling of timeouts. This makes denial of
service attacks harder. This commit does not limit the rate of timeout
signals handled inside the timer but it causes the timer to do it less
often. If a client continuously installs a very small timeout at the
timer it still causes a signal to be submitted to the timer each time
and some extra CPU time to be spent in the internal handling method. But
only every 1000 microseconds this internal handling causes user timeouts
to trigger.
If we would want to limit also the call of the internal handling method
to ensure that CPU time is spent beside the RPCs only every 1000
microseconds, things would get more complex. For instance, on NOVA
Time_source::schedule_timeout(0) must be called each time a new timeout
gets installed and becomes head of the scheduling queue. We cannot
simply overwrite the already running timeout with the new one.
Ref #2490
In the past, a signal context, that was chosen for handling by
'Signal_receiver::pending_signal and always triggered again before
the next call of 'pending_signal', caused all other contexts behind
in the list to starve. This was the case because 'pending_signal'
always took the first pending context in its context list.
We avoid this problem now by handling pending signals in a round-robin
fashion instead.
Ref #2532
We did not set the correct now_period previously but it wasn't conspicuous
because the bug triggered not before a full period had passed which on most
platforms is a pretty long time.
Ref #2490
Ensure that the timer does not handle timeouts again within 1000
microseconds after the last handling of timeouts. This makes denial of
service attacks harder. This commit does not limit the rate of timeout
signals handled inside the timer but it causes the timer to do it less
often. If a client continuously installs a very small timeout at the
timer it still causes a signal to be submitted to the timer each time
and some extra CPU time to be spent in the internal handling method. But
only every 1000 microseconds this internal handling causes user timeouts
to trigger.
If we would want to limit also the call of the internal handling method
to ensure that CPU time is spent beside the RPCs only every 1000
microseconds, things would get more complex. For instance, on NOVA
Time_source::schedule_timeout(0) must be called each time a new timeout
gets installed and becomes head of the scheduling queue. We cannot
simply overwrite the already running timeout with the new one.
Ref #2490
The remote shell facilities are past deprecation and there is an
obligation to prevent their use rather than to support them. This patch
removes the related function definitions from 'unistd.h', which have not
been been included in the Genode libc ABI regardless.
Fix#2530
Remove getaddrinfo and freeaddrinfo from the Libc::Plugin and get rid of
the extra libc_resolv library. Remove getaddrinfo/freeaddrinfo symbol
hiding patch for FreeBSD sources. Remove libc_resolv from Makefiles and
run scenarios.
Fix#2273
Linux del_timer() and mod_timer() return if the timer was pending before
the modification. Additionally, these functions are potentially called
from handler function of the timer to modify and, therefore, checking
for timeout != INVALID_TIMEOUT is not sufficient as the timeout is
indeed valid when the handler is executed.
In the image.elf file, the very last boot module is followed
by arbitrary other core-local data. Since those boot modules are
exported as page-granular dataspace to the outside of core via core's
ROM service, we need to ensure that the last page is padded with zeros.
This patch fixes an aliasing problem of the 'close' method signature
that prevented the Input::Root_component::close method to be called.
This way, the event-queue state was not reset at session-close time,
which prevented a subsequent session-creation request to succeed. With
the patch, input servers like ps2_drv, usb_drv that rely on the
Input::Root_component support the dynamic re-opening of sessions. This
happens in particular when using a dynamically configured input filter.
We update the alarm-scheduler time with results of
Timer::Connection::curr_time when we schedule new timeouts but when
handling the signal from the Timer server we updated the alarm-scheduler
time with the result of Timer::Connection::elapsed_us. Mixing times
like this could cause a non-monotone time value in the alarm scheduler.
The alarm scheduler then thought that the time value wrapped and
triggered all timeouts immediately. The problem was fixed by always
using Timer::Connection::curr_time as time source.
Ref #2490
This recipe copies the entire stdcxx library into the API archive, which
is an interim solution until we introduce a proper ABI for stdcxx. With
this current version, every user of the stdcxx ABI will implicitly build
the stdcxx library.
This patch merges two similar rules, which create content at 'include'
into a single rule. This prevents a possible race condition when
creating archives in parallel.
We moved the stack-area segment 128 MiB behind text and data to comply
with assumptions in the kernel ELF loader.
This commit also reenables static binaries on linux and removes the
unused stack_area.stdlib.ld script.
Fixes#2521
This is a drivers subsystem that starts the most fundamental
(framebuffer, input, block) device drivers dynamically, depending on the
runtime-detected devices. The discovered block devices are reported
as a "block_devices" report.
This patch applies the handling of cursor keys, function keys, and page
up/down keys even if no keymap is defined. This is the case when using
the terminal with character events produced by the input filter.
This patch is a workaround for the apparent problem that noux
applications, which perform execve, implicitly use functionality from
the dynamic linker, not explicitly via the libc. If the binary lacks the
dependency information, noux will fail on the execve attempt. The latter
is the case when the noux package is built as a depot archive where
library dependencies are not traversed over multiple levels.
In nested scenarios like driver_manager.run, the initial session quota
for IO_PORT, IO_PORT, and IRQ sessions is expectedly insufficient.
However, the condition is properly handled by re-attemping the request
with a slightly increased quota. Still, core prints a warning each time
the request is denied for quota reasons, which spams the log. This patch
removes the non-critical message.
Create periodic and one-shot timeouts with the maximum duration
to see if triggers any corner-case bugs. They must not trigger during
the test.
Ref #2490
If we add an absolute timeout to the back-end alarm-scheduler we must first
call 'handle' at the scheduler to update its internal time value.
Otherwise, it might happen that we add a timeout who's deadline is so big that
it normally belongs to the next time-counter period but the scheduler thinks
that it belongs to the current period as its time is older than the one used
to calculate the deadline.
Ref #2490
When we have two time values of an unsigned integer type and we create
the difference and want to know wether it is positive or negative within
the same value we loose at least one half of the value range for casting
to signed integers. This was the case in the alarm scheduler when
checking wether an alarm already triggered. Even worse, we casted from
'unsigned long' to 'signed int' which caused further loss on at least
x86_64. Thus, big timeouts like ~0UL falsely triggered directly.
Now, we use an extra boolean value to remember in which period of the
time counter we are and to which period of the time counter the deadline
of an alarm belongs. This boolean switches its value each time the time
counter wraps. This way, we can avoid any casting by checking wether the
current time is of the same period as the deadline of the alarm that we
inspect. If so, the alarm is pending if "current time >= alarm
deadline", otherwise it is pending if "current time < alarm deadline".
Ref #2490
If the PIT timer driver gets activated too slow (e.g. because of a bad priority
configuration), it might miss counter wraps and would than produce sudden time
jumps. The driver now detects this problem dynamically, warns about it and
adapts the affected values to avoid time jumps.
Ref #2400
The cache directory content is slightly different on each prepare-port
run and fortunately not used at build time. So, we just remove it at the
end of port preparation.
When using the elfweaver to generate boot images, python stores
precompiled modules in the source directory besides the .py files. This
changed the contrib source tree with binary files specific to the build
host. As a result the depot create tool picked up the changed source
tree and produced strange new hashes. Now, the tool sources are copied
to the build directory where python can do its optimizations and the
depot stays clean.
The NIC router always reports the link state "Up" (true) because
the effective link state depends on the targeted remote interface
and thus on the individual routing for each packet. Consequently,
also the signal handler for state changes gets ignored.
Ref #2490
IP stacks may treat a network interface as "down" when it states a MAC
address with the I/G bit (bit 40) set to "Group" (value 0) instead of
"Individual" (value 1). This was observed with a TinyCore 8 inside a
Virtualbox VM. Thus, the previously choosen 03:03:03:03:03:00 as base
for the MAC address allocator is bad. Now we use the 02:02:02:02:02:00
instead. This also ensures that the MAC addresses are not marked as
"Universal" but as "Local" (bit 41, value 1) which is correct in general
as the router allocates MAC addresses only for virtual networks.
Ref #2490
The timer driver should always be of the highest priority to avoid
problem with timers that have low max-counter values like the PIT
with only 53 ms.
Ref #2400
The NIC dump component didn't support forwarding of link states and link-state
signals until now. Furthermore, it now prints MAC address and link state
on session creation and on every link state change.
Ref #2490
Previously, the uplink session was created on component startup while the
creation of the downlink session is timed by the client component. This
created a time span in which packets from the uplink were dropped at the
nic_dump. Now the uplink session-request is done by the session component
of the downlink.
Ref #2490
Add a "writeable" policy option to the ahci_drv and part_blk Block
servers and default from writeable to ready-only. Should a policy
permit write acesss the session request argument "writeable" may still
downgrade a session to ready-only.
Fix#2469
This should actually never happen. However if it happens, be a bit robuster
and don't provide the memory for re-use (which causes tons of other trouble
afterwards).
Issue #2505
Some x86 machines do have a LAPIC speed < 1000 ticks per millisecond
when configured to use the maximum divider (as it was always the case).
But we need microseconds precision for the timeout framework. Thus,
reduce the divider dynamically until the frequency fullfills our
requirements.
Ref #2400
There are hardware timers whose frequency can't be expressed as
ticks-per-microsecond integer-value because only a ticks-per-millisecond
integer-value is precise enough. We don't want to use expensive
floating-point values here but nonetheless want to translate from ticks
to time with microseconds precision. Thus, we split the input in two and
translate both parts separately. This way, we can raise precision by
shifting the values to their optimal bit position. Afterwards, the results
are shifted back and merged together again.
As this algorithm is not so trivial anymore and used by at least three
timer drivers (base-hw/x86_64, base-hw/cortex_a9, timer/pit), move it to a
generic header to avoid redundancy.
Ref #2400
Due to the simplicity of the algorithm that translated from timer ticks
to time, we lost microseconds precision although the timer allows for it.
Ref #2400
Due to the simplicity of the algorithm that translated from timer ticks
to time, we lost microseconds precision although the timer allows for it.
Ref #2400
When synchronizing with the remote time source, we have to take care that the
measured time difference cannot become null because its real value is smaller
than the measurement granularity. Since the granularity is one microsecond, we
simply go on polling timestamp and time until the microsecond has passed.
This busy waiting should be no problem for the system for two reasons. First,
it is limited to a relatively small amount of time and second, a busy lock
does not happen because the time source that is responsible for the limiting
factor is explicitely called on each poll.
Ref #2400
When building Genode on a Linux system running in a Xen Dom0, the 'xen'
run target can run a Genode scenario in a Xen DomU.
Usage: in build/x86_*/etc/build.conf, define:
RUN_OPT = --include boot_dir/$(KERNEL) --include image/iso --include power_on/xen --include log/xen --include power_off/xen
The Xen DomU runs in HVM mode and loads Genode from an ISO image. Serial
log output is printed to the console and graphical output is shown in an
SDL window.
The Xen DomU ist managed using the 'xl' command line tool and it is
possible to add configuration options in the 'xen_args' variable in a run
script. Common options are:
- disabling the graphical output:
append xen_args { sdl="0" }
- configuring a network device:
append xen_args { vif=\["model=e1000,mac=02:00:00:00:01:01,bridge=xenbr0"\] }
- configuring USB input devices:
append xen_args { usbdevice=\["mouse","keyboard"\] }
Note: the 'xl' tool requires super-user permissions and interactive
password input can be troublesome in combination with 'expect' and is not
practical for automatic tests. For this reason, the current implementation
assumes that no password input is needed when running 'sudo xl', which can
be achieved by creating a file '/etc/sudoers.d/xl' with the content
'user ALL=(root) NOPASSWD: /usr/sbin/xl'
(where 'user' is the Linux user name).
Fixes#2504
When running core as the kernel inside every component, a separate
stack area for core is needed that is different from the user-land
component's one.
Ref #2091
Acquire Signal_context objects locks via Object_pool::apply() in the
context of the entrpyoint thread, instead in the context of the calling
thread.
Fixes#2485
The files are generated via flex and bison. Until now, this step was
performed when preparing the libc port. Unfortunately, the generated
files have subtle differences depending on the flex/bison versions
installed in the host. For example, the bison version number appears in
the generated code. This, in turn, breaks the hash mechanism of the
depot where a src/libc archive ends up being slightly different when
created on different hosts.
By moving the code generation to the build stage, the src/libc archive
merely contains the nslexer.l and nsparser.y source files but not the
generated files.
- Fix fatal exception handling so that stack traces are dumped
- Add 'include/nim' directories to Nim module search path
- Enable release optimizations for release builds
Fix#2493
This patch removes the assertion about the unexpected call of
'block_for_signal' within core. On Linux, this call is actually
expected because of the handling of SIGCHLD signals by core.
When idle, menu_view de-schedules timer events to save processing time.
Once reactivated by a dialog update, it computes the passed time and
applies the result to the animator. However, the animation was most likely
started by the update not during the sleep. So the passed time must not
be applied to the animation in this case. Otherwise, many animation steps
are computed at once within a single visible frame.
Furthermore, the patch adjusts the REDRAW_PERIOD to 2, which is a better
value for geometric movements as opposed to mere color-blending effects
where the frame rate does not matter so much.
It also refines the nitpicker-buffer relocation in a way that extends
the buffer but does not shrink it. This lowers the interaction with
nitpicker in situations where the dialog size changes a lot.
By applying the text output to the alpha buffer in addition to the pixel
buffer, labels can now appear without the need for an underlying frame
or button.
The new widget allows one to align a child widget within a larger parent
widget by specifying the boolean attributes 'north', 'south', 'east',
and 'west'. If none is specified, the child is centered. If opposite
attributes are specified, the child is stretched.
This improves the output quality of antialiased lines onto a transparent
nitpicker buffer. For antialiased graphics operations, the initial color
leaks through. Leaking 50% gray is better than leaking black, in
particular when drawing white lines.
This patch makes the use of 'List' invisible at the 'Animator'
interface. This allows users of the utility to keep 'Animator::Items' in
a custom 'List' with no aliasing problems.
The VFS library can be used in single-threaded or multi-threaded
environments and depending on that, signals are handled by the same thread
which uses the VFS library or possibly by a different thread. If a VFS
plugin needs to block to wait for a signal, there is currently no way
which works reliably in both environments.
For this reason, this commit makes the interface of the VFS library
nonblocking, similar to the File_system session interface.
The most important changes are:
- Directories are created and opened with the 'opendir()' function and the
directory entries are read with the recently introduced 'queue_read()'
and 'complete_read()' functions.
- Symbolic links are created and opened with the 'openlink()' function and
the link target is read with the 'queue_read()' and 'complete_read()'
functions and written with the 'write()' function.
- The 'write()' function does not wait for signals anymore. This can have
the effect that data written by a VFS library user has not been
processed by a file system server yet when the library user asks for the
size of the file or closes it (both done with RPC functions at the file
system server). For this reason, a user of the VFS library should
request synchronization before calling 'stat()' or 'close()'. To make
sure that a file system server has processed all write request packets
which a client submitted before the synchronization request,
synchronization is now requested at the file system server with a
synchronization packet instead of an RPC function. Because of this
change, the synchronization interface of the VFS library is now split
into 'queue_sync()' and 'complete_sync()' functions.
Fixes#2399
This patch enables one to supply a list of arguments to
'install_config'. The arguments appear concatenated in the resulting
config file. This is useful for embedding dynamically generated content
into an otherwise static configuration. For example, in the following
config, the 'pkg' attribute of the '<query>' config node is defined by
the return value of the 'query_pkg' function:
install_config {
<config>
...
<start name="depot_query">
...
<config>
<query pkg="genodelabs/pkg/} [query_pkg] {"/>
</config>
</start>
</config>}
This patch changes init's service forwarding such that pending requests
are kept unanswered as long as the requested service is not present
(yet). In dynamic-init scenarios, this is needed in situtions where the
dynamic init is known to eventually provide the service but the internal
subsystem is not ready yet. Previously, a client that attempted to
request a session in this early phase would get a 'Service_denied'
exception. By deferring the forwarding in this situation, the behaviour
becomes deterministic.
If a matching '<service>' exists but there is no matching policy sub
node, the request is answered with 'Service_denied' - as expected.
A boot module with size 0 previously made Core crash with a page fault in
Region_map_component::attach. This patch prevents the creation of ROM-FS
entries for such modules.
Ref #2490
For most base platforms (except linux and sel4), the initialization of
boot modules is the same. Thus, merge this default implementation in the
new unit base/src/core/platform_rom_modules.cc.
Ref #2490
In Region_map_component::attach, storing the metadata for a region may
throw an exception. Catch it and throw an Invalid_dataspace exception.
Ref #2490
Currently, init does not test wether a service is abandoned on a new
configuration if the service was routed via an any-child route. Trigger
this behaviour in the init test.
Ref #2483
We used a hardware timer locally in the RPI USB driver because a timer
connection was not precise enough to fullfill the host controllers
requirements.
With the modern timer connection interface, however, reading out time at
a connection is microseconds precise and we can remove the local timer.
But we cannot use the same timer connection for doing legacy-interface
stuff like usleep (currently used in LX kit) and modern-interface stuff
like curr_time. Thus, we open two connections for now.
Ref #2400
The calibration of the interpolation parameters was previously only done
periodically every 500 ms. Together with the fact that the parameters
had to be stable for at least 3 calibration steps to enable
interpolation, it took at least 1.5 seconds after establishing a
connection to get microseconds-precise time values.
This is a problem for some drivers that directly start to poll time.
Thus, the timer connection now does a calibration burst as soon as it
switches to the modern mode (the mode with microseconds precision).
During this phase it does several (currently 9) calibration steps
without a delay inbetween. It is assumed that this is fast enough to not
get interrupted by scheduling. Thus, despite being small, the measured
values should be very stable which is why the burst should in most cases
be sufficient to get the interpolation initialized.
Ref #2400
When in modern mode (with local time interpolation), the timer
connection used to maximize the left shifting of its
timestamp-to-microseconds factor. The higher the shift the more precise
is the translation from timestamps to microseconds. If the timestamp
values used for determining the best shift were small - i.e. the delay
between the calibration steps were small - we may got a pretty big
shift. If we then used the shift with bigger timestamp values - i.e.
called curr_time seldom or raised calibration delays - the big shift
value became a problem. The framework had to scale down all measured
timestamps and time values temporarily to stay operative until the next
calibration step.
Thus, we now raise the shift only that much that the resulting factor
fullfills a given minimum. This keeps it as low as possible according
to the precision requirement. Currently, this requirement is set to 8
meaning that the shifted factor shall be at least 2^8 = 256.
Ref #2400
The kernel timer on RPI is able to measure time microseconds-precise.
Howeer, due to a bug, we dropped precision during the ticks-to-time
translation and return only milliseconds-precise time.
Ref #2400
As the timer session now provides a method 'elapsed_us', there is no more need
for doing any internal calculations with values of milliseconds.
Ref #2400
As timer sessions are not expected to be microseconds precise (because
of RPC latency and scheduling), the session interface provided only a
method 'elapsed_ms' although the back end of this method in the timer
driver works with microseconds.
However, in some cases it makes sense to have a method 'elapsed_us'. The
values it returns might be milliseconds away from the "real" time but it
allows you to work with delays smaller than a millisecond without
getting a zero delta value.
This commit is motivated by the need for fast bursts of calibration
steps for the time interpolation in the new timer connection.
Ref #2400
The filename buffer of a dataspace in base-linux is limited to
40 bytes. When using file names longer than this, the remainder
gets dropped silently. Add an error message to aid debugging this
case.
This is helpful for disabling messages in etc/tools.conf by
setting it to e.g.
MSG_LINK = @true ""
This results in much shorter and less cluttered logs in automatic
builds.
- factor out Rm_client::pager lambda code into utility
Region_map_component::create_map_item
- use utility to find/lookup physical addresses to be mapped eagerly
Issue #2209
The launcher.run scenario was last updated mid-may of the recently
developed cap-quota accounting (before all cap types were covered).
Hence, the quotas used in the scenario are too low. This patch adjusts
the values such that the scenario can be started on NOVA on Qemu. It
also fixes a warning about a deprecated way of configuring the
report_rom component.
Thanks to Jörg-Christian Böhme for reporting!
- Update FatFS port from 0.07e to 0.13
- Multi-device support
- Basic test at run/fatfs
- Adaption of existing components
Note, ffat is now consistently renamed to fatfs.
Ref #2410
rm_fault.run triggers write on read-only ROM provided by core, which
fails without this patch:
arm - "raised unhandled data abort"
x86 - (silent/invisible) busy loop because write fault gets never resolved
The run script did not consider the routing for the environment ROM
sessions for the test-iso component. It routed all ROM sessions -
including the ones for the executable and the dynamic linker - to
fs_rom. The patch also adds the cap quota definitions required since
version 17.05 and fixes a whitespace inconsistency between the test
program and the run script.
Thanks to Steven Harp for reporting!
This is expected by hardware terminals, ie., terminal programs connected
to null-modem serial connections. Otherwise, the next line starts at the
column right after the last line.
Platform_pd "_pd" uses a allocator for, which relies on the mapped RAM
dataspace within core. Unfortunately the RAM dataspaces are already freed up
during _ram_ds_factory destruction, which may lead to trouble if accessed
afterwards.
Issue #2451
relocation is required, to avoid overlapping phdr in the elf binaries, but
sel4 will fail to boot if bender relocates the images at the end of physical
memory. Limit the physical relocation address to a fixed 256M value, so that
sel4 will work.
Issue #2451
The new version of the test exercises the combination of fs_report with
ram_fs and fs_rom as a more flexible alternative to report_rom.
It covers two corner cases that remained unaddressed by fs_rom and
ram_fs so far: First, the late installation of a ROM-update signal
handler at fs_rom right before the content of the file is modified.
Second, the case where the requested file is not present on the file
system at the creation time of the ROM session. Here, the ram_fs missed
to inform listeners for the compound directory about the later created
file.
This patch ensures that fs_rom delivers a ROM-update notification in the
case where the underlying file was changed in-between requesting the
initial ROM content and registering the signal handler.
With the introduction of the CONTENT_CHANGED notifications delivered via
the packet stream, the assumption that no more than one READ packet is
in flight at all times does no longer hold. If the fs server responds
to a CONTENT_CHANGED packet while the fs_rom expects the completion of a
read request, the '_update_dataspace' method would prematurely return,
leaving the dataspace unpopulated. This patch solves the problem by
specifically waiting for the completion of the read request.
Session_requester inherits from Dynamic_rom_session::Content_producer
which specifies the Buffer_capacity_exceeded exception which is thrown
on insufficient buffer space.
The former use of 'arm_v7' as architecture was too unspecific. Depot
binary archives for Cortex-A8/A9 platforms should be generated for
the 'arm_v7a' architecture to define the required compile flags
(i.e., -march).
This patch sets the -march complile flag in spec/arm_v7a.mk, which
enables us to build depot archives for the 'arm_v7a' architecture.
It also removes copy-pasted comments that offer no valuable insights but
contain grammar errors.
On platforms that use the PIT timer driver, 'elapsed_ms' is pretty
inprecise/unsteady (up to 3 ms deviation) for a reason that is not
clearly determined yet. On Fiasco and Fiasco.OC, that use kernel timing,
it is the same. So, on these platforms, our locally interpolated time
seems to be fine but the reference time is bad. Until this is fixed, we
raise the error tolerance for these platforms in the run script.
Ref #2400
Appending a suffix to report filenames was behavior inherited from
fs_log, it prevents creating files where directories need to be created
later. But unlike logs, only a subset of the hierarchy will report and
those that do append a component-local label, so the risk of collision
is low.
By removing the suffix fs_rom can serve reports back as ROM just as
report_rom does.
Ref #2422
When building with multiple jobs, the 'Makefile' rule may be executed
before any of its sibling rules, which implicitly create the target
directory. In this case, the attempt to create the symlink for
'Makefile' fails and the 'build_bin_archive' aborts. Analogously to the
sibling rules, this fix creates the target directory as a side effect of
the 'Makefile' rule.
This patch makes the build step of the create tool conditional. If
merely creating api, src, pkg, or raw archives, the invocation of the
'build' tool can be skipped. Otherwise, the heap message for the 'build'
tool is displayed (because it is called w/o any arguments), which is
misleading to the user.
A bug in the timer-ticks-to-microseconds translation of the kernel timer
caused the user time to periodically get stuck for about 32 milliseconds
and then jump forward to the normal level again.
Ref #2400
In the timeout framework, we maintain a translation factor value to
translate between time and timestamps. To raise precision we scale-up
the factor when we calculate it and scale-down the result of its
appliance later again. This up and down scaling is achieved through
left and right shifting. Until now, the shift width was statically
choosen. However, some platforms need a big shift width and others a
smaller one. The one static shift width couldn't cover all platforms
which caused overflows or precision problems.
Now, the shift width is choosen optimally for the actual translation
factor each time it gets re-calculated. This way, we can take care that
the shift always renders the best precision level without the risk for
overflows.
Ref #2400
The result-buffer related members of the fast polling test are
the same for each buffered result type. Thus, we can make the
code easier by providing them through a struct.
Ref #2400
This patch increases init's preserved RAM and capability quota to
account for a current limitation of init with respect to the creation of
sessions to parent services:
In contrast to regular routed services, sessions to parent services are
created via 'Env::session'. The implementation of 'Env::session'
automatically upgrades session quotas on demand, which is the desired
behavior for regular 'Connection' objects. However, for sessions
established on the behalf of init's children, we would need to reflect
the error condition to the child instead of resolving it locally within
init (by subsidizing the session with init's quota). This patch leaves
this issue unresolved but fixes the symptom for the bomb test. It is
meant as an interim solution until the handling of parent sessions is
revised.
This patch decouples the error handling of the quota transfers
and the actual session creation. In the previous version, an error in
the 'initiate_request' phase would leave the local scope via an
exception without disarming the transfer guard objects. This way,
the guard destructors would attempt the returning of session quota in
addition to the explicit call of '_revert_quota_and_destroy' as done in
the error handling of the 'initiate_request' operation.
In the presence of a session-creation error in the 'initiate_request'
phase, session quota would eventually be returned twice. This patch
removes the intertwined error handling of both phases in a way that the
guards of the first phase (quota transfer) are no longer present in the
second phase (initiate_request).
This patch makes sure that the initial PD session limit (as defined by
the client-provided session quota) is preserved over the entire lifetime
of the PD session. That means, it cannot be transferred to other PD
sessions. Otherwise, it may be impossive to hand back all the static
session quota to the PD-session client at session-destruction time
because parts of the initial quota would no longer belong to the
session.
Note that the initial limit can still be used for allocations within the
PD session as those allocations are automatically reverted at
session-destruction time.
The implementations of the lock and C++ guards tests depend on
thread-execution priorities, which produces false negatives of the whole
thread test on platforms without priority support.
On QEMU, NOVA uses the pretty unstable TSC emulation as primary time
source. Thus, timeouts do not trigger with the common precision (< 50
ms). Use an error tolerance of 200 ms for this platform constellation.
Ref #2400
Apparently this construct leads to a compiler errors like
error: second operand to the conditional operator is of type ‘void’, but
the third operand is neither a throw-expression nor of type ‘void’
The fast polling test uses one timer session for raw 'elapsed_ms' calls
and another one for potentially interpolated 'curr_time' calls. It then
compares the two results against each other. However, until now, the
test did not consider that the duration of the session construction may
create a remarkable shift between the local times of the two sessions.
This shift is now determined and compensated before doing any
comparison.
Ref #2400
The multiple-handlers test was checking if handlers at one signal were
activated in a fair manner. But on Qemu, the error tolerance of one was
too small in rare cases (2 of 100 runs). However, having multiple
handlers for the same signal context can be considered deprecated
anyway. With the recommended Signal_handler wrapper for signal sessions,
you can't use this feature. Thus, we removed the multiple-handlers test.
Fixes#2450
The recently implemented capability resource trading scheme unfortunately
broke the automated capability memory upgrade mechanism needed by base-hw
kernel/core. This commit splits the capability memory upgrade mechanism
from the PD session ram_quota upgrade, and moves that functionality
into a separate Pd_session::Native_pd interface.
Ref #2398
The depot tool did not consistently distinct libraries from regular
targets when handling binary archives. The binary archive of a regular
target is located at <user>/<bin>/<arch>/<name> whereas a library is
located at <user>/<bin>/<arch>/<api>/<name>.
Fixes#2438
We incorrectly used 'unsigned long' (which is 32 or 64 bit depending on
the CPU architecture) for a timestamp (which is always 64 bit) in the
timer-connection implementation.
Ref #2435
On platforms were we do not have local time interpolation we can simply
skip the first test stage in the timeout test. This way, we can at least
test the rest.
Fixes#2435
On ARM, we do not have a component-local hardware time-source. The ARM
performance counter has no reliable frequency as the ARM idle command
halts the counter. Thus, we do not do local time interpolation on ARM.
Except we're on the HW kernel. In this case we can read out the kernel
time instead.
Ref #2435
This patch replaces the toy downloader (that merely copied files
locally, for testing) with the mechanics needed to download files from a
www server.
It also changes the use of GPG to use detached signatures.
Issue #2339
VM-exit interruption info was dropped and Vbox only needs guest CR3
value for guest-physical memory translation but does not actually change
it since the VM is running in unrestricted guest mode.
The explicit relative location of the file instructed both target builds
to generate ../main.o which gloriously fails with parallel builds. The
produced range of error messages was astonishing ranging from "file
truncated" to "TLS reference in ../main.o mismatches non-TLS reference
in ../main.o".
E.g., the script manually tried to configure lighttpd and used the old
porting directory structure that was integrated in the repos. For the
same reason it produced compile errors with noux packages.
Ref #2398
We do not have debug symbols in the bin/ binaries anymore. Thus, use the
debug/ binaries instead. We now have kernel specific binary names for
ld.lib.so and some others. Adapt, to this fact as well. For doing so
without unnecessary output, provide a new parameter "silent" at the
"kernel_specific_binary" procedure.
Ref #2398
A dataspace capability request to a ROM service may invalidate any
previously issued dataspace. Therefor no requests should be made while a
session dataspace is mapped. Reducing calls to the session also improves
performance where servicing a ROM request has a significant cost.
Fix#2418
There are programs, e.g. curl, that check if a connection was
established successfully by looking at SO_ERROR. Pretend that
the getsockopt() call was executed to keep them happy. If they
try to use a broken connection, the other socket functions will
bail.
This patch changes the noux build rules to produce a tar archive in
'bin/', alleviating the need for this step from the run scripts.
This way, the visible result of a built noux package is a single (tar)
file in '<build-dir>bin/', which is suited for the use as a ROM module.
The 'Stack_area_ram_session' is now a 'Stack_area_ram_allocator', which
simplifies the code and remove a dependency from the 'Ram_session'
interface, which we want to remove after all.
Issue #2407
By supplying a statically allocated initial block to the slab allocator
for signal contexts, we become able to construct a 'Signal_broker' (the
back end for the PD's signalling API) without any dynamic memory
allocation. This is a precondition for using the PD as meta-data
allocator for its contained signal broker (meta data allocations must
not happen before the PD construction is complete).
Issue #2407
If a child is allowed to constrain physical memory allocations but left
the 'phys_start' and 'phys_size' session arguments blank, init applies
builtin constraints for allocating DMA buffers.
The only component that makes use of the physical-memory constraint
feature is the platform driver. Since the built-in heuristics are
applied to the platform driver's environment RAM session, all
allocations performed by the platform driver satisfy the DMA
constraints.
To justify building-in these heuristics into init as opposed to
supplying the values as configuration arguments, the values differ
between 32 and 64 bit. The configuration approach would raise the need
to differentiate init configurations for both cases, which are
completely identical otherwise.
Issue #2407
This commit removes support for limitation of RAM allocations from the
platform_drv. A subsequent commit adds this feature to init.
Issue #2398
Issue #2407
By separating the session-interface concerns from the mechanics of the
dataspace creation, the code becomes simpler to follow, and the RAM
session can be more easily merged with the PD session in a subsequent
step.
Issue #2407
This patch allows core's 'Signal_transmitter' implementation to sidestep
the 'Env::Pd' interface and thereby adhere to a stricter layering within
core. The 'Signal_transmitter' now uses - on kernels that depend on it -
a dedicated (and fairly freestanding) RPC proxy mechanism for signal
deliver, instead of channeling signals through the 'Pd_session::submit'
RPC function.
With the capability-quota mechanism, the terminal-session won't always
be constructed completely on the first try (we may run out of caps in
the middle of the construction). Therefore, all members of the object
must be properly destructable. Furthermore, the patch replaces the
sliced heap by a heap to avoid allocating a new dataspace for each line
of the cell array.
Previously, the Genode::Timer::curr_time always used the
Timer_session::elapsed_ms RPC as back end. Now, Genode::Timer reads
this remote time only in a periodic fashion independently from the calls
to Genode::Timer::curr_time. If now one calls Genode::Timer::curr_time,
the function takes the last read remote time value and adapts it using
the timestamp difference since the remote-time read. The conversion
factor from timestamps to time is estimated on every remote-time read
using the last read remote-time value and the timestamp difference since
the last remote time read.
This commit also re-works the timeout test. The test now has two stages.
In the first stage, it tests fast polling of the
Genode::Timer::curr_time. This stage checks the error between locally
interpolated and timer-driver time as well as wether the locally
interpolated time is monotone and sufficiently homogeneous. In the
second stage several periodic and one-shot timeouts are scheduled at
once. This stage checks if the timeouts trigger sufficiently precise.
This commit adds the new Kernel::time syscall to base-hw. The syscall is
solely used by the Genode::Timer on base-hw as substitute for the
timestamp. This is because on ARM, the timestamp function uses the ARM
performance counter that stops counting when the WFI (wait for
interrupt) instruction is active. This instruction, however is used by
the base-hw idle contexts that get active when no user thread needs to
be scheduled. Thus, the ARM performance counter is not a good choice for
time interpolation and we use the kernel internal time instead.
With this commit, the timeout library becomes a basic library. That means
that it is linked against the LDSO which then provides it to the program it
serves. Furthermore, you can't use the timeout library anymore without the
LDSO because through the kernel-dependent LDSO make-files we can achieve a
kernel-dependent timeout implementation.
This commit introduces a structured Duration type that shall successively
replace the use of Microseconds, Milliseconds, and integer types for duration
values.
Open issues:
* The timeout test fails on Raspberry PI because of precision errors in the
first stage. However, this does not render the framework unusable in general
on the RPI but merely is an issue when speaking of microseconds precision.
* If we run on ARM with another Kernel than HW the timestamp speed may
continuously vary from almost 0 up to CPU speed. The Timer, however,
only uses interpolation if the timestamp speed remained stable (12.5%
tolerance) for at least 3 observation periods. Currently, one period is
100ms, so its 300ms. As long as this is not the case,
Timer_session::elapsed_ms is called instead.
Anyway, it might happen that the CPU load was stable for some time so
interpolation becomes active and now the timestamp speed drops. In the
worst case, we would now have 100ms of slowed down time. The bad thing
about it would be, that this also affects the timeout of the period.
Thus, it might "freeze" the local time for more than 100ms.
On the other hand, if the timestamp speed suddenly raises after some
stable time, interpolated time can get too fast. This would shorten the
period but nonetheless may result in drifting away into the far future.
Now we would have the problem that we can't deliver the real time
anymore until it has caught up because the output of Timer::curr_time
shall be monotone. So, effectively local time might "freeze" again for
more than 100ms.
It would be a solution to not use the Trace::timestamp on ARM w/o HW but
a function whose return value causes the Timer to never use
interpolation because of its stability policy.
Fixes#2400
This patch make sure that a once managed parent RPC object will always be
dissolved if an exception during the remaining child construction
occurs. The original version would miss the dissolve call if one of the
subsequent members throws an exception at construction time.
With this, we get rid of platform specific timer interfaces. The new
Timer class does the same as the old Clock class and has a generic
interface. The old Timer class was merely used by the old Clock class.
Also, we get rid of having only one timer instance which we tell with
each method call for which CPU it shall be done. Instead now each Cpu
object has its own Timer member that knows the CPU it works for.
Also, rename all "tics" to "ticks".
Fixes#2347
Removes the following Fiasco.OC specific features:
* GDB extensions for Fiasco.OC
* i.MX53 support for Fiasco.OC
* Kernel debugger terminal driver
* Obsolete interface Native_pd
* Obsolete function of interface Native_cpu
Previously we did write the SPSR via an MSR instruction without
additional flags. Unfortunately, this tells the CPU to write the
register only partially. This often isn't a problem as the users PSR
reset value normally is conform to our expectations but in some cases
(e.g. PSR endianess bit on WandBoard core #4) the reset value is bad.
Thus, we have to add the CXSF flags (access Control + eXtension + Status
+ Flags) so the CPU overwrites the entire register.
Fixes#2254
Previously, the debugging version of the core image
(<build_dir>/var/run/<run_name>.core) was created by the run tool from
the common core object file
(<build_dir>/var/run/<run_name>/core-<kernel>.o). This object file,
however, was already stripped by the build system and thus didn't
contain debug info anymore. The build system also creates an unstripped
version in <build_dir>/debug/core-<kernel>.o, so we now use this one
for <build_dir>/var/run/<run_name>.core.
Ref #2254
This patch eases the debugging of situations where a session-object
constructor wrongly throws an exception type not specified in the
'Local_service::Factory' interface.
This patch reduces the number of exception types by facilitating
globally defined exceptions for common usage patterns shared by most
services. In particular, RPC functions that demand a session-resource
upgrade not longer reflect this condition via a session-specific
exception but via the 'Out_of_ram' or 'Out_of_caps' types.
Furthermore, the 'Parent::Service_denied', 'Parent::Unavailable',
'Root::Invalid_args', 'Root::Unavailable', 'Service::Invalid_args',
'Service::Unavailable', and 'Local_service::Factory::Denied' types have
been replaced by the single 'Service_denied' exception type defined in
'session/session.h'.
This consolidation eases the error handling (there are fewer exceptions
to handle), alleviates the need to convert exceptions along the
session-creation call chain, and avoids possible aliasing problems
(catching the wrong type with the same name but living in a different
scope).
This patch mirrors the accounting and trading scheme that Genode employs
for physical memory to the accounting of capability allocations.
Capability quotas must now be explicitly assigned to subsystems by
specifying a 'caps=<amount>' attribute to init's start nodes.
Analogously to RAM quotas, cap quotas can be traded between clients and
servers as part of the session protocol. The capability budget of each
component is maintained by the component's corresponding PD session at
core.
At the current stage, the accounting is applied to RPC capabilities,
signal-context capabilities, and dataspace capabilities. Capabilities
that are dynamically allocated via core's CPU and TRACE service are not
yet covered. Also, the capabilities allocated by resource multiplexers
outside of core (like nitpicker) must be accounted by the respective
servers, which is not covered yet.
If a component runs out of capabilities, core's PD service prints a
warning to the log. To observe the consumption of capabilities per
component in detail, the PD service is equipped with a diagnostic
mode, which can be enabled via the 'diag' attribute in the target
node of init's routing rules. E.g., the following route enables the
diagnostic mode for the PD session of the "timer" component:
<default-route>
<service name="PD" unscoped_label="timer">
<parent diag="yes"/>
</service>
...
</default-route>
For subsystems based on a sub-init instance, init can be configured
to report the capability-quota information of its subsystems by
adding the attribute 'child_caps="yes"' to init's '<report>'
config node. Init's own capability quota can be reported by adding
the attribute 'init_caps="yes"'.
Fixes#2398
This patch reworks the implementation of core's RAM service to make use
of the 'Session_object' and to remove the distinction between the
"metadata" quota and the managed RAM quota. With the new implementation,
the session implicitly allocates its metadata from its own account. So
there is not need to handle 'Out_of_metadata' and 'Quota_exceeded' via
different exceptions. Instead, the new version solely uses the
'Out_of_ram' exception.
Furthermore, the 'Allocator::Out_of_memory' exception has become an alias
for 'Out_of_ram', which simplifies the error handling.
Issue #2398
The 'Session_object' unifies several aspects of server-component
implementations:
* It keeps track of session quotas and is equipped with standardized
interfaces (Quota_guard) to upgrade (and in the future potentially
downgrade) session quotas in a uniform way.
* It follows the pattern of modern RPC objects / signal handlers that
manage/dissolve themselves at the entrypoint given as constructor
argument. Thereby, the relationship with its entrypoint is always
coupled with the lifetime of the session-component object.
* It stores the session label, which was previously done manually by
most but not all server-component implementations.
* It stores the session 'diag' flag.
* It is equipped with output methods 'diag', 'error', and 'warning'.
All messages printed from the context of a session component is
automatically prefixed with the session type and client label.
Messages passed via 'diag' are only printed if the 'diag' flag of
the session is set.
Issue #2398
The 'diag' flag can be defined by a target node of a route in init's
configuration. It is propagated as session argument to the server, which
may evaluate the flag to enable diagnostic output for the corresponding
session.
Issue #2398
This patch makes use of the new 'Quota_transfer::Account' by the service
types in base/service.h and uses 'Quota_transfer' objects in
base/child.cc and init/server.cc.
Furthermore, it decouples the notion of an 'Async_service' from
'Child_service'. Init's 'Routed_service' is no longer a 'Child_service'
but is based on the new 'Async_service' instead.
With this patch in place, quota transfers do no longer implicitly use
'Ram_session_client' objects. So transfers can in principle originate
from component-local 'Ram_session_component' objects, e.g., as used by
noux. Therefore, this patch removes a strumbling block for turning noux
into a single threaded component in the future.
Issue #2398
The 'Quota_transfer' helper facilitated the implementation of quota
transfers between components in a transactional manner. It is designated
for framework-internal use (replacing the 'Transfer' class in child.h).
However, since it is also useful for init, we make it publicly
available.
The 'Quota_transfer::Account' class serves as an interface representing
the donor or receiver of quotas (parent, service, client).
Issue #2398
This patch replaces the 'Parent::Quota_exceeded',
'Service::Quota_exceeded', and 'Root::Quota_exceeded' exceptions
by the single 'Insufficient_ram_quota' exception type.
Furthermore, the 'Parent' interface distinguished now between
'Out_of_ram' (the child's RAM is exhausted) from
'Insufficient_ram_quota' (the child's RAM donation does not suffice to
establish the session).
This eliminates ambiguities and removes the need to convert exception
types along the path of the session creation.
Issue #2398
This patch adds sanity checks to the RPC entrypoint that detect attempts
to manage or dissolve the same RPC object twice. This is not always a
bug. I.e., if RPC objects are implemented in the modern way where the
object manages/dissolves itself. As the generic framework code (in
particular root/component.h) cannot rely on this pattern, it has to
call manage/dissolve for session objects anyway. For modern session
objects, this double attempt would result in a serious error (double
insertion into the object pool's AVL tree).
Issue #2398
This patch replaces the former use of size_t with the use of the
'Ram_quota' type to improve type safety (in particular to avoid
accidentally mixing up RAM quotas with cap quotas).
Issue #2398
The 'Ram_allocator' interface contains the subset of the RAM session
interface that is needed to satisfy the needs of the 'Heap' and
'Sliced_heap'. Its small size makes it ideal for intercepting memory
allocations as done by the new 'Constrained_ram_allocator' wrapper
class, which is meant to replace the existing 'base/allocator_guard.h'
and 'os/ram_session_guard.h'.
Issue #2398
This patch augments the existing session/session.h with useful types for
the session creation:
* The new 'Insufficient_ram_quota' and 'Insufficient_cap_quota'
exceptions are meant to supersede the old 'Quota_exceeded' exception
of the 'Parent' and 'Root' interfaces.
* The 'Session::Resources' struct subsumes the information about the
session quota provided by the client.
* The boolean 'Session::Diag' type will allow sessions to operate in a
diagnostic mode.
* The existing 'Session_label' is not also available under the alias
'Session::Label'.
* A few helper functions ease the extraction of typed session arguments
from the session-argument string.
Issue #2398
This patch upgrades the cap-space slab only if the kernel runs out of
entries, instead of consuming as much PD-session quota as possible.
Until now, the behavior worked well because the cap-space slab was the
only consumer of PD-session quota. However, once we start accounting all
PD session meta data - and eventually merging the PD and RAM services -
the aggressive scheme stands in the way.
Issue #2398
This accessor is useful to eagerly expand the slab with new slab blocks,
side stepping the slab's built-in policy for the allocation of new slab
blocks.
This is particularly important when using the slab for allocating the
cap space meta-data for the base-hw kernel. To guarantee that the slab
gets never exhausted in the kernel, it is expanded before entering the
kernel.
With the introduction of the 'Out_of_caps' exception type, the slab
needs to consider exceptions during the call of '_new_slab_block' by
reverting the 'nested' state.
The old download location is very shaky resp. currently unavailable and
also other projects (e.g., Gentoo and Linux From Scratch) use this
location. Note, the archive hash does _not_ change.
By building the posix library as shared object with an ABI, we
effectively decouple posix-using programs from the library
implementation (which happens to depend on several os-level APIs such as
the VFS).
This commit moves the headers residing in `repos/base/include/spec/*/drivers`
to `repos/base/include/drivers/defs` or repos/base/include/drivers/uart`
respectively. The first one contains definitions about board-specific MMIO
iand RAM addresses, or IRQ lines. While the latter contains device driver
code for UART devices. Those definitions are used by driver implementations
in `repos/base-hw`, `repos/os`, and `repos/dde-linux`, which now need to
include them more explicitely.
This work is a step in the direction of reducing 'SPEC' identifiers overall.
Ref #2403
causes the rem timer callback pending check to run more often (every 1 ms
instead 10 ms). This is essential to met the timeout requirements of the
audio backend, which must be checked&run every 5ms.
This patch adjusts the interactive scenarios of the gems repository to
use the depot. This has three immediate benefits. First, once the depot
is populated with binary archives, the start time of the scenarios
becomes very quick because most dependency checks and build steps are
side-stepped. Second, the run scripts become more versatile. In
particular, run scripts that were formerly supported on base-linux only
(nit_fader, decorator, menu_view) have become usable on all base
platforms that have a 'drivers_interactive' package defined. Finally,
the run scripts have become much shorter.
Issue #2339
This way, files copied from the depot are incorporated in addition to
the files explicitly specified as boot modules.
The patch also adds an automatic check for the validity of the XML
syntax of boot modules ending with '.config'.
Issue #2339
Run scripts can use the new 'import_from_depot' function to incorporate
archive content from the depot into a scenario. The function must be
called after the 'create_boot_directory' function and takes any number
of pkg, src, or raw archives as arguments. An archive is specified as
depot-relative path of the form <user>/<type>/name. Run scripts may
call 'import_from_depot' repeatedly.
An argument can refer to a specific version of an archive or just the
version-less archive name. In the latter case, the current version (as
defined by a corresponding archive recipe in the source tree) is used.
If a 'src' archive is specified, the run tool integrates the content of
the corrsponding binary archive into the scenario. The binary archives
are selected according the spec values as defined for the build directory.
As of now, only x86_32 and x86_64 are supported by the 'depot_spec'
function.
Issue #2339
In order to deliver base-hw as a binary archive, we need to install the
bootstap.o file to bin/. Since bin/ is a global name space shared by all
kernels, this patch renames the object file to bootstap-hw.o and thereby
clarifies the association of the file with base-hw.
This patch replaces the set-defaults command by a reset command, which
is needed to use the Lenovo x250 trackpoint. (original patch by
Christian Prochaska)
For asynchronously provided sessions, the parent has to maintain the
session state as long as the server hasn't explicitly responded to a
close request. For this reason, the lifetime of such session states is
bound to the server, not the client.
When the server responds to a close request, the session state gets
freed. The 'session_response' implementation does not immediately
destroy the session state but delegates the destruction to a client-side
callback, which thereby also notifies the client. However, the code did
not consider the case where the client has completely vanished at
session-response time. In this case, we need to drop the session state
immediately.
Fixes#2391
Originally, the spec files for less specific SPEC values were include
via the 'select_from_repositories' function. This implies that BASE_DIR
must always be present in the list of 'REPOSITORIES'. Otherwise the
spec files won't be found. By explicitly including sub specs from
'$(BASE_DIR)/mk', we lift this restriction.
This patch is required to build the OKL4 version of core from a source
archive. It avoids fetching source codes from BASE_DIR, and moves the
vpath wildcard for %.cc after all specific vpath definitins, in
particular those that are x86-specific. Without the latter change, core
would always end up using the generic version of 'platform_services.cc',
omitting the IO_PORT service from core.
The <build-dir>/bin/ directory used to contain symbolic links to the
unstripped build results. However, since the upcoming depot tool
extracts the content of binary archives from bin/, the resulting
archives would contain overly large unstripped binaries, which is
undesired. On the other hand, always stripping the build results is not
a good option either because we rely of symbol information during
debugging.
This patch changes the installation of build results such that a new
'debug/' directory is populated besides the existing 'bin/' directory.
The debug directory contains symbolic links to the unstripped build
results whereas the bin directory contains stripped binaries that are
palatable for packaging (depot tool) and for assembling boot images (run
tool).
By installing the core object to bin/, we follow the same convention as
for regular binaries. This, in turn, enables us to ship core in a
regular binary archive. The patch also adjusts the run tool to pick up
the core object from bin/ for the final linking stage.
When creating a source archive for the USB driver, both the contrib and
Genode-specific source codes are merged into a single directory
structure. In this case, the original way of determining the Linux
source code to scan for #include directives would apply the scanning to
Genode-specific source codes too. This patch tightens the search
criterion such that only Linux source codes are processed.
This macro is implicitly pulled in by libc-setjmp (via the libc's
cdefs.h). However, apparently not all sources include <setjmp.h>.
Unfortunately, for sources that do, this change produces a
double-definition warning. We should fix it by removing the dependency
from the libc's setjmp.
File_system servers shall deny clients not matching a defined policy.
Servers shall also apply session root offset policy followed by a client
offset.
Fix#2365
Init's service forwarding functionality did not take the service type
into account when forwarding a session request. If a server provides
multiple services, e.g. fb_sdl that provides both "Input" and
"Framebuffer", the type of the forwarded session request did not always
correspond to the actually requested type.
'unzip' can uncompress and load raw multiboot images and ELF files.
Usage together with the PXE bootloader ease life running the muen hypervisor
together with a Genode/x86_64 VM, where the raw boot image is typically quite
large.
Ref #2358
The information log file contains a list of all log files that are
expected to exist after the autopilot has finished its execution.
By using the '-i' option the default filename of 'autopilot.log'
can be overriden.
Debian has dropped mkisofs long time ago, hence hardcoding it prevents
Genode from being built on Debian easily. This patch makes the tool
configurable (defaulting to mkisofs). Building on Debian can then be
done by something like:
ISOTOOL=genisoimage make run/foobar
Fixes#2234Fixes#2235
The size of the whole table and table entries were exchanged for PML4,
leading to out-of-bound accesses for addesses >= 2^39. Some constants
were lacking type suffixes causing integer overflows.
Added assertions to catch out-of-bound accesses early on.
Fixes#2210Fixes#2211
If we do the tics-to-us translation with one division and multiplication
over the whole argument, like before, we loose microseconds granularity
although the timer frequency allows for such granularity. Thus, we treat
the most significant half and the least significant half of the tics
value separate. Each half is shifted to the best bit position for the
translation, then translated, and then shifted back.
Ref #2347
The use of 'select_from_repositories' for locating the linker script for
dynamically-linked executables only works if 'BASE_DIR' appears in the
list of 'REPOSITORIES'. This is the case when using the build system in
the traditional way but it is not desired when building binary archives
of individual components.
This patch adjusts the run script in two ways:
It removes the reliance on init's formerly built-in resource-request
handling by increasing the RAM quota for the backdrop instances. Since
commit "init: explicit response to resource requests", init no longer
hands out slack memory automatically.
Second, it makes sure that the backdrop appears under the precise label
"backdrop" at nitpicker by facilitating init's label-rewriting feature.
Without explicitly setting the label to "backdrop", nitpicker observes
the label "backdrop -> backdrop" (the first part comes from init, the
second part comes from the nitpicker-session argument specified by
backdrop itself). However, the client is only considered as default
background if labeled as "backdrop" (see nitpicker's '_create_session')
implementation.
Issue #2352
The base class of Registered must provide a virtual destructor to enable
safe deletion with just a base class pointer. This requirement can be
lifted by using Registered_no_delete in places where the deletion
property is not needed.
Fixes#2331
Ldso now does not automatically execute static constructors of the
binary and shared libraries the binary depends on. If static
construction is required (e.g., if a shared library with constructor is
used or a compilation unit contains global statics) the component needs
to execute the constructors explicitly in Component::construct() via
Genode::Env::exec_static_constructors().
In the case of libc components this is done by the libc startup code
(i.e., the Component::construct() implementation in the libc).
The loading of shared objects at runtime is not affected by this change
and constructors of those objects are executed immediately.
Fixes#2332
With the current implementation resource requests are not automically
satisfied with slack quota by init. Therefore, this commit adapts RAM
quotas of autopilot scenarios to the actual demands.
An inline attribute mismatch in the gcc-4.9.2 source causes its
compilation to fail on modern gcc versions (verified with gcc 6.3.1,
but probably since gcc 5)
The patch is courtesy of the gcc-patches mailing list:
https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2015-08/msg00375.htmlFixes#2341
The test used to rely on init's formerly built-in policy of answering
resource requests with slack memory, if available. Since init no longer
responds to resource requests in an autonomous way, we use a dynamically
configured sub-init instance as runtime for the test. This instance, in
turn, is monitored and controlled such that resource requests are
result in quota upgrades. The monitoring component is implemented in
the same test-resource_request program as the test. Both roles are
distinguished by the "role" config attribute.
This is a follow-up to "init: explicit response to resource requests".
- use more upstream hm code
- add call to memory check as done in vbox4
- add in principle all vbox devices and drivers
- avoid null pointer during VM startup (patch reported to vbox-devel list)
- avoid endless loop in usb root hub
Issue #2338
This patch equips init with the ability to act as a server that forwards
session requests to its children. Session requests can be routed
depending of the requested service type and the session label
originating from init's parent.
The feature is configured by one or multiple <service> nodes hosted in
init's <config> node. The routing policy is selected by via the regular
server-side policy-selection mechanism, for example:
<config>
...
<service name="LOG">
<policy label="noux">
<child name="terminal_log" label="important"/>
</policy>
<default-policy> <child name="nitlog"/> </default-policy>
</service>
...
</config>
Each policy node must have a <child> sub node, which denotes name of the
server with the 'name' attribute. The optional 'label' attribute defines
the session label presented to the server, analogous to how the
rewriting of session labels works in session routes. If not specified,
the client-provided label is presented to the server as is.
Fixes#2247
This patch removes the formerly built-in policy of responding to
resource requests with handing out slack quota. Instead, resource
requests have to be answered by an update of the init configuration with
adjusted quota values.
Note that this patch may break run scripts that depend on init's
original policy. Those run scripts may be adjusted by increasing the
quota for the components that use to inflate their RAM usage during
runtime such that the specified quota suffices for the entire lifetime
of the component.
This patch destructs the environment sessions for the binary and the
dynamic linker along with the other environment sessions to avoid a
warning about reverting quota that occurs when attempting to close
these sessions too late.
This patch improves init's dynamic reconfigurability with respect to
adjustments of the RAM quota assigned to the children.
If the RAM quota is decreased, init withdraws as much quota from the
child's RAM session as possible. If the child's RAM session does not
have enough available quota, a resource-yield request is issued to
the child. Cooparative children may respond to such a request by
releasing memory.
If the RAM quota is increased, the child's RAM session is upgraded.
If the configuration exceeds init's available RAM, init re-attempts
the upgrade whenever new slack memory becomes available (e.g., by
disappearing other children).
Since init no longer provides public headers, we have to adjust the
existing users of this headers. The 'init/child_config.h' is used only
by GDB monitor. So the patch moves the header there as an interim fix.
The 'init/child_policy.h' is still used by a few components, so we have
to keep a trimmed-down version of it for now.
This patch enables init to apply changes of any server's <provides>
declarations in a differential way. Servers can in principle be extended
by new services without re-starting them. Of course, changes of the
<provides> declarations may affect clients or would-be clients as this
information is taken into account for the session routing.
This patch addresses the corner cases where an environment session
could not be routed, i.e., if an environment LOG log session is
routed to a non-existing child.
The optional 'version' attribute allows for the forced restart of a
child with an otherwise unmodified start node. The specified value is
also reflected in the state report.
This patch covers the resolution of the ROM route for child binaries
via the generic label-rewriting mechanics. Now, the <binary> node has
become merely sytactic sugar for a route like the following:
<start name="test"/>
<route>
<service name="ROM" unscoped_label="test">
<parent label="test-binary-name"/> </service>
...
</route>
...
</start>
A change of the binary name has an effect on the child's ROM route to
the binary and thereby implicitly triggers a child restart due to the
existing re-validation of the routing.
This patch extends the constructor of 'Local_connection' with an
optional 'label' argument, which was previously passed implicitly as
part of the 'args' argument. Keeping the label separate from 'args'
enables us to distinguish the client-specified label from a label that
resulted from a server-side label as it is used when rewriting a label
of an environment session (i.e., the binary name) in init's routing
policy. In principle, this patch eliminates the need for init's
explicite handling of the binary name via the '<binary>' node, or
at least allows us to simplity the binary-node handling.
With this check in place, one can safely construct an 'Xml_generator'
even if the report is disabled. This relieves the user of the reporter
from the need to distinguish enabled from disabled reports.
The initial ROMs (program and linker) are already attached to the region
map of a forked process and don't need to be obtained again from an
external ROM service when the 'Child' class asks for them. For the program
image, the local Noux ROM service already returned an invalid dataspace
capability, but not for the linker.
Instead of adding another 'magic' ROM name for the local ROM service,
this commit implements an 'empty' ROM service, which returns an
invalid dataspace for the initial ROMs.
Fixes#2272
The race may happen when element objects get destructed by another thread then
the thread handling the for_each loop. In this case it may happen that the
object is already destructed (left the ~Element destructor) but the thread
handling the loop touches the invalid memory afterwards (the Element lock).
detected during issue #2299Fixes#2320
Under certain timing conditions, the test would end up flushing the
input from the input filter in a nested way, which ultimately resulted
in lost input events of the outer nesting level. This patch eliminates
this corner case and thereby stabilizes the key-repeat test.
Transfer quota to the session local RAM session to react to the
Quota_exceeded exception properly.
The platform driver keeps a session local RAM session for each of its
clients that is used to allocate DMA memory. A client needs to transfer
some of its quota to the platform driver, which in return transfers this
quota to the session local RAM session. As it happens allocating memory
from a RAM session involves book keeping and in this case, where the
available quota in the session did not suffice and the request was only
a few KiB, the platform driver handled the exception wrongly and did not
transfer the quota.
This problem did not surface up to now because all drivers allocate DMA
memory in larger chunks and the book keeping overhead was of no
consequence as the initial quota transfer probably covered the overhead.
Fixes#2316.
This enables to use append_if like the append command in the following
situation.
proc optional_binary {} {...}
append_if $optional config {
<start name="} [optional_binary] {">
...
}
Due to rounding in the timeout calculation it may happen that the timeout
stored in ms becomes 0, but actually some time (us or ns) are left to wait.
With threads on various priorities (vbox) this may end up in endless loops.
Fixes#2311
The file space demand for the object files when compiling core has grown.
Therefore, the ram_fs component runs out of memory and requests additional
memory from init. On OKL4, where the physical memory is limited by the
elfweaver bootstrap tool, there is no more slack memory after the donation
of 1G to noux.
* Increase test-thread count to trigger quota exceeding on all platforms
* Synchronize test-thread destruction, otherwise an half-destructed thread
object can lead to an error message of the thread to be destructed,
which causes a deadlock, when the destructed thread still holds the log lock
* Limit SMP settings for QEMU to x86 (Ref #2307)
The signal_1/2/3 objects (which are threads) are in destruction, but still
signals are send to them. When the signal arrive and the memory for the
signal_1/2/3 object is already invalid we operate on stale memory and all
the locking infrastructure of the Thread don't work anymore.
Be more robust, explicitly wait for the termination of the thread.
Issue #2284
Otherwise it may happend that the Guest tries to set the last stored
resolution from another run, which maybe is too large.
Up to now, everthing is fine, beside the fact that output changes are not
visible - which is odd and one things the VM came not up.
Issue #2306
that happened during early bootup.
The signal about input events may arrive before keyboard and mouse is set
(due wait_and_dispatch_one_signal called from a started pthread and ep still
not done with the initialisation)
Issue #2306
Previously we had configured the timer for the Panda ES with 700 MHz
CPU clock. But the Panda A6 that we use as reference now runs with
800 MHz.
Fixes#2308
Previously, on X86, the timer driver used the PIT with a maximum timeout
of 54 ms. Thus, the driver frequently interrupted the counters with
highest priority to update the timer. This is why we needed a higher
error tolerance as for ARM where the driver, once configured, can sleep
for the whole test timeout. Now, we use the kernel timer and the problem
seems to be exits no longer.
Ref #2304
Previously we pre-calculated the translation errors for the session
quota to make a discret check in the test. But since the order, in which
init childs get their CPU quota isn't always the same anymore (we should
have never made assumptions about that) the translation errors differ
from trial to trial. However, the errors are below 0.01% of the super
period. We now tolerate them in the run script.
Ref #2304
We call curl a second time if the first check fails. This gives download
sites time to reconsider their response and helps, for example, to check
the qemu-usb port.
By separating the plain MMIO access implementation from the generic bit
and offset logic of registers, we can now use the latter also with other
types of register access like I2C. The register and MMIO front-ends have
not changed due to the separation.
Ref #2196
* Acknowledge receive of page-fault signal with ack_signal,
but restart thread execution separately
* use kill_signal_context when disolving a pager_object to prevent race
* Remove bureaucracy in form of Thread_event and Signal_ack_handler
* remove dead code in riscv, namely Thread_base definition
* translation_table_insertions function for ARM drops out,
which was overcautious
The MIN_PSK_LENGTH constant was not adjusted to accommodate for the
semcantic change when switching from using the raw char array to using
the Genode::String class. The Genode::String::length() method includes
the terminating NUL byte while strlen() does not.
Fixes#2296.
With the commit "init: session-label rewriting", the stack usage
increased due to the handling of session-label strings as local
variables. The stack overrun occurred in the vmm scenario on
base-hw.
There was a race when the component entrypoint wanted to do
'wait_and_dispatch_one_signal'. In this function it raises a flag for
the signal proxy thread to notice that the entrypoint also wants to
block for signals. When the flag is set and the signal proxy wakes up
with a new signal, it tried to cancel the blocking of the entrypoint.
However, if the entrypoint had not reached the signal blocking at this
point, the cancel blocking failed without a solution. Now, the new
Kernel::cancel_next_signal_blocking call solves the problem by storing a
request to cancel the next signal blocking of a thread immediately
without blocking itself.
Ref #2284
To select a different keyboard layout than the default 'en_us', override the
'language_chargen' function in your run script (after including
qt5_common.inc):
proc language_chargen { } { return "de" }
where "de" refers to the character map file
'repos/os/src/server/input_filter/de.chargen'
Issue #2264
This patch improves the accuracy of init's quota-saturation feature
(handing out all slack quota to a child by specifying an overly high RAM
quota for the child) and makes the RAM preserved by init configurable.
The preservation is specified as follows:
! <config>
! ...
! <resource name="RAM" preserve="1M"/>
! ...
! </config>
If not specified, init has a reasonable default of 160K (on 32 bit) and
320K (on 64 bit).
It seems that our buildbot has a problem with the TCL command 'string
cat'. In most cases it is not necessary anyway as we can use the ""
enclosure instead. It unfolds inline procedure calls and variables
automatically. We don't want to use "" only in cases where the literal
shall contain many " characters itself as it is the case for XML
configs. Then we use the 'append' command and a helper variable instead.
Ref #2193
It can happen that when Cpu_free_component is constructed the insertion
of the object through 'manage' succeeds for the EP put not for the pager
EP, which in turn raises an Out_of_meta_data exception. Because we are
within the constructor, the descstructor is not called, leading to a
dangling object pool entry for the EP.
issue #2289
This patch lets init apply configuration changes to a running scenario
in a differential way. Children are restarted if any of their session
routes change, new children can be added to a running scenario, or
children can deliberately be removed.
Furthermore, the new version of init is able to propagate configuration
changes (modifications of <config> nodes) to its children without
restarting them.
If 'close' does not call 'unlink' like 'shutdown', the Lxip_socket_dir
never gets destroyed and thus the socket server leaks resources like
RAM and ports.
Ref #2285
Our 'shutdown' implementation handles only the case that 'how' is 'RDWR'.
Thus, print an error and continue if a user calls it with another value.
Fixes#2285
If not dissolved in ~Entrypoint, the signal proxy is found within NOVA's
and FOC's object pool upon Rpc_entrypoint destruction. This leads to a
deadlock because the signal proxy is destructed before the RPC EP.
issue #2284
This patch ensures that the POLICY::release is called whenever the
session creation aborted with an exception. In the original version, an
exception like 'Quota_exceeded' caused a single-session root interface
to deny subsequent session requests.
If 'Libc::Kernel::resume:all()' is called from a non-main thread, send a
signal to unblock the main thread from 'wait_and_dispatch_one_signal()'.
Fixes#2283
Change metadata before submitting a packet. If the submitting thread is a
pthread, the metadata may be immediately change by the signal handler running
in the context of the entrypoint thread.
This patch enhances the 'Child' and 'Child_policy' with the ability to
separate the different steps of bootstrapping children. If the
'Child_policy::initiate_env_sessions()' returns false, the child's
environment sessions remain unrouted at construction time. This way,
child objects for many children can be initialized to a state that
allows the children to represent services for other children. Therefore,
session routing can be applied before any child executes.
At this stage, the environment RAM sessions of all children can be
created. Note that this step still has the limitation that RAM sessions
are generally expected to be provided by either the parent or a local
service.
Once all children are equipped with RAM, they can in principle receive
session-quota donations. Hence, all other environment sessions can now
be arbitrarily routed and initiated.
Once the environment of a child is complete, the child's process and
initial thread is created.
This patch improves the accounting for the backing store of
session-state meta data. Originally, the session state used to be
allocated by a child-local heap partition fed from the child's RAM
session. However, whereas this approach was somehow practical from a
runtime's (parent's) point of view, the child component could not count
on the quota in its own RAM session. I.e., if the Child::heap grew at
the parent side, the child's RAM session would magically diminish. This
caused two problems. First, it violates assumptions of components like
init that carefully manage their RAM resources (and giving most of them
away their children). Second, if a child transfers most of its RAM
session quota to another RAM session (like init does), the child's RAM
session may actually not allow the parent's heap to grow, which is a
very difficult error condition to deal with.
In the new version, there is no Child::heap anymore. Instead, session
states are allocated from the runtime's RAM session. In order to let
children pay for these costs, the parent withdraws the local session
costs from the session quota donated from the child when the child
initiates a new session. Hence, in principle, all components on the
route of the session request take a small bite from the session quota to
pay for their local book keeping
Consequently, the session quota that ends up at the server may become
depleted more or less, depending on the route. In the case where the
remaining quota is insufficient for the server, the server responds with
'QUOTA_EXCEEDED'. Since this behavior must generally be expected, this
patch equips the client-side 'Env::session' implementation with the
ability to re-issue session requests with successively growing quota
donations.
For several of core's services (ROM, IO_MEM, IRQ), the default session
quota has now increased by 2 KiB, which should suffice for session
requests to up to 3 hops as is the common case for most run scripts. For
longer routes, the retry mechanism as described above comes into effect.
For the time being, we give a warning whenever the server-side quota
check triggers the retry mechanism. The warning may eventually be
removed at a later stage.
This patch equips init with the ability to report its internal state in
the form of a "state" report. This feature can be enabled by placing a
'<report>' node in init's configuration.
The report node accepts the following arguments (with their default
values):
'delay_ms="100"': specifies the number of milliseconds to wait before
producing a new report. This way, many consecutive state changes -
like they occur during the startup - do not result in an overly
large number of reports but are merged into one final report.
'buffer="4K"': the maximum size of the report in bytes. The attribute
accepts the use of K/M/G as units.
'init_ram="no"': if enabled, the report will contain a '<ram>' node
with the memory stats of init.
'ids="no"': supplement the children in the report with unique IDs, which
may be used to infer the lifetime of children accross configuration
updates in the future;
'requested="no"': if enabled, the report will contain information about
all session requests initiated by the children.
'provided="no"': if enabled, the report will contain information about
all sessions provided by all servers.
'session_args="no"': level of detail of the session information
generated via 'requested' or 'provided'.
'child_ram="no"': if enabled, the report will contain a '<ram>' node
for each child based on the information obtained from the child's RAM
session.
Issue #2246
This method is a hook to enable a runtime to respond to state changes.
In particular, in init this hook is used to trigger the generation of a
new state report, if configured.
Furthermore, the patch introduces the 'generate_client_side_info' and
'generate_server_side_info' methods to the 'Session_state', which
generates an XML representation of the session states to appear in
reports produced by init.
Issue #2246
Normally, the platform driver helpers adapt the global run variables directly
via append. But the introduction of a more elegant run script style, that
incorporates dependent strings inline may be a good idea. Thus, we need the
backends of the helpers available as functions that return their string rather
than appending it.
The old interface still exists and uses the new interface as backend.
Ref #2193
The 'server_ip' and 'server_port' attributes for 'lxip/udp_client' and
'lwip/http_clnt' as well as the 'port' attribute for 'lxip/udp_echo' and
'lwip/http_srv_static' are not directly libc-related so they should not
live in the libc tag but in the config tag of the component.
Ref #2193
This patch enhances init with the support for rewriting session labels
in the target node of a matching session route. For example, a Noux
instance may have the following session route for the "home" file
system:
<route>
<service name="File_system" label="home">
<child name="rump_fs"/>
</service>
...
</route>
At the rump_fs file-system server, the label of the file-system session
will appear as "noux -> home". This information may be evaluated by
rump_fs's server-side policy. However, when renaming the noux instance,
we'd need to update this server-side policy.
With the new mechanism, the client's identity can be hidden from the
server. The label could instead represent the role of the client, or a
name of a physical resource. For example, the Noux route could be
changed to this:
<route>
<service name="File_system" label="home">
<child name="rump_fs" label="primary_user"/>
</service>
...
</route>
When the rump_fs receives the session request, it is presented with the
label "primary_user". The fact that the client is "noux" is not taken
into account for the server-side policy selection.
Issue #2248
The new return value of 'resolve_session_request' allows the child
policy to define the label used as the policy selector at the server.
Because this patch introduces the distinction of the child-provided
label from the label as presented to the server along with the session
request, the latter is now handled as a dedicated 'Session_state'
argument.
Issue #2248
This commit includes changes to the Nic::Session_component interface.
We now pass the entire env to the component instead of only ram, rm and
the ep because we need the env to open connections from within the
Session_component implemenation. So far only the cadence_gem driver
needs this, though.
Issue #2280.
Libc components cannot use regular calls to select() as this may suspend
their execution. In this case incoming RPCs will be deferred until
select() returns and the component returns to the entrypoint dispatch
loop. The Libc::Signal_handler solves this problem with a its select()
that either returns the currently ready file descriptors immediately or
calls the registered handler function during libc resume.
Now, the libc kernel supports to execute application code from all RPC
functions not only Component::construct(). This is enabled by the
Libc::with_libc() scope function.
This commit extends an easy-to-use mechanism to allow Genode component
code to enter/leave the libc application context. This is needed
whenever low-level component code (like signal handlers or RPC
functions) need to interact with potentially blocking libc I/O
functions.
Please note that this commit contains the API-level design only. The
actual context switching code 'execute_in_application_context' is
missing.
The socket file system can be configured in the "socket" attribute of
the libc config node like follows.
<vfs> <dir name="socket"> <fs/> </dir> </vfs>
<libc ... socket="/socket"/>
This configures the socket file system libc backend to access files in
"/socket" for socket operations.
There existed a race when 'wait_and_dispatch_one_signal' is called form
a RPC context, because the 'signal_proxy' or 'main' will block and the
signal semaphore, when the EP then calls 'wait_and_dispatch_one_signal',
the signal proxy is woken up ands sends an RPC to the EP, leading to a
dead lock if no further signal arrive, because the EP will then remain
blocked in the signal semaphore.
Therefore, for this case, the signal proxy will now perform a semaphore
up operation and does not perform an RPC if the EP is within
'wait_and_dispatch_one_signal'.
This patch enhances init with the ability to route individual
environment sessions. Prior this patch, environment sessions could be
routed only by an all-encompassing '<service>' node that would match
both child-initiated and environment sessions.
In contrast to the existing 'label', 'label_prefix', and 'label_suffix'
attributes of '<service>' nodes, which are always scoped with ther name
of the corresponding child, the 'unscoped_label' allows the definition
of routing rules for all session requests, including init's requests for
the child's environment sessions. For example, to route the ROM session
requests for a child's dynamic linker, the following route would match:
<route>
<service name="ROM" unscoped_label="ld.lib.so"> ... </service>
</route>
Issue #2215
When a directory gets destructed it dissolves the handles of each contained file
but the acknowledgement might be still in-flight. If we finally receive it,
it leads to an Unknown_id exception on the Handles ID Space in 'handle_ack'.
Now we catch it, print a warning, and go on.
This patch adds the handling of 'CHARACTER' events as emitted by the
input-filter's character generator (<chargen>). To avoid interpreting
press/release events twice (at the input filter and by the terminal's
built-in scancode tracker), the terminal's scancode tracker can be
explicitly disabled via <config> <keyboard layout="none"/> </config>.
In the future, the terminal's built-in scancode tracker will be
removed.
The use of the terminal with the input filter is illustrated by the
'terminal_echo.run' script.
Issue #2264
The input_filter is the successor of the input_merger. In addition to
merging input streams, the component applies several forms of input
transformations such as the application of keyboard layouts.
Issue #2264
Character events are created via a dedicated 'Event' constructor that
takes an 'Event:Utf8' object as argument. Internally, the character is
kept in the '_code' member. The 'Utf8' value can by retrieved by the
recipient via the new 'utf8' method.
Issue #2264
A binary file may be a temporary Vim .swp file when examining contrib
sources. The commit prevents build errors like
.../repos/dde_linux/lib/mk/lxip_include.mk:29:
target '.../x86_64/var/libcache/lxip_include/include/include/include/Binary'
given more than once in the same rule
.../repos/dde_linux/lib/mk/lxip_include.mk:29:
target '.../x86_64/var/libcache/lxip_include/include/include/include/file'
given more than once in the same rule
...
A Signal_handler may schedule a hook function that is executed after the
signal handler returned. This can be used if the hook function may
trigger a (nested) signal handler by means of
wait_and_dispatch_one_signal(). Otherwise, an occurrence of the same
signal that triggered the original signal handler results in a dead lock
just before calling the nested handler (due to the Signal_context
destruction lock).
The read-ready packet informs the server that the client wants to be
notified if a handle becomes readable. When becoming readable, the
server acknowledges packet and the client may queue a read requests
accordingly.
The i.MX53 Framebuffer driver doesn't come up on on Fiasco.OC because the Platform
driver isn't allowed to access essential devises like the SRC or the Fuses. This is
most likely due to the kernel not configuring the CSU appropriately.
Ref #2268
broken due to changes of
libc: API transition
Issue #1987
For now provide a initial memory buffer for allocation of static
constructors and of malloc calls out of the libc during early
libc initialization until actual vbox code is executed having the Env
pointer.
This change introduces a Genode specific init function, which sets the
backend allocator used by jent_zalloc/zfree(). As consequence the
library can solely be used by native Genode components, direct libc
usage is not supported.
Fixes#2274.
Put the initialization of the cpu cores, setup of page-tables, enabling of
MMU and caches into a separate component that is only used to bootstrap
the kernel resp. core.
Ref #2092
Instead of implicitly asking for core's link address when linking
core within the run tool, deliver it explicitly to the build_core
routine. Thereby we gain the freedom to use the build_core tool for
different targets like core, and bootstrap.
Ref #2092
This hook allows the export of the allocator's state by a derrived
class. I.e., the final state of the allocator used for bootstrapping
core.
Ref #2092
This patch eliminates the need for a global allocator by passing the
parent-service registry as argument to the 'Slave::Policy' constructor.
Fixes#2269
The support has two parts. First, a VFS plugin now gets passed an
I/O-response handler callback on construction, which informs users of the
VFS that an I/O event occurred. This enables, for example, the libC to
check if blocking read can be completed. Further, the VFS file I/O
interface provides now functions for suspendable reads, i.e.,
queue_read() and complete_read().
Replacing the node lookup table with an Id_space removes the
limit on open handles per session and allows mutal associativity
between File_system handles and local VFS handles.
Fix#2221
The test now forks twice - the parent forks a child and the child itself
forks a grand child. Both, parent and child, wait for termination of
their forked process with waitpid(). Additionally, the run script now
checks for exit of the parent (not any noux process).
First, calls to manage and dissolve signal contexts now check if the
signal receiver was constructed. There is a small window during suspend
where it is destructed before reconstructed again.
Last, we ensure that processing of incoming signal was deblocked by the
suspend signal before entering the suspend operation. This way we ensure
already queued signal are handled.
The block file system wrongly modified the seek offset during a
read-modify-write operation that is required for sub-block-size
requests. This led to problems whenever such write requests spanned
multiple blocks and thereby were handled in multiple iterations.
Fixes#2262
This test reproduces an issue of the VFS block file system when the
underlying block device has a coarser granularity than the block
requests issued by the VFS client. I.e., if the underlying block device
has a block size of 4K, writing a sequence of (non-4K-aligned) 512 blocks
that crosss a 4K boundary corrupts the data on the block device.
Issue #2262
The new utility at 'os/static_parent_services.h' allows the creation of
a registry of parent services at compile time and thereby eliminates the need
for dynamic memory allocations whenever the set of services is known at
compile time as is the case for most uses of 'Slave::Policy'. The commit
showcases the utility in the bomb test.
This commit enables compile-time warnings displayed whenever a deprecated
API header is included, and adjusts the existing #include directives
accordingly.
Issue #1987
On Odroid XU the SD card driver comes up and finds a card but for card
access it seems that we would need a platform driver like on Arndale.
On imx_53, the first SDHCI MMIO access faults. This is likely due to the
AIPSTZ memory bridge. On HW, we initialize the AIPSTZ in the kernel, but
when I tried doing that in the platform driver instead, the first AIPSTZ
MMIO access faults ^^ So I gave up for now and removed support.
Fixes#2259
Parse ``<env key="..." value=".."/>`` nodes from the config ROM and
populate a list at the 'genode_envp' and 'environ' symbols.
Test script at run/libc_getenv.
Fix#2236
In combination with run/image/uboot, run/boot_dir/foc expected a file link it
created itself to be a directory by trying to create another file link inside
it.
Ref #1987
For all tests
* use Component::construct instead of main
* use new connection constructors with env argument
* use log instead of printf
For some tests
* replace signal receivers with signal handlers
* replace global static variables with Main class members
* remove unnecessary multithreading
* model test steps as classes that are independent from each other and managed
by Main as constructibles
* use references instead of pointers and exceptions instead of error codes
* use Attached_* helpers intead of doing attach/detach manually
* use helpers like String, Id_space, Registry instead of arrays and lists
* make the run script suitable for automated execution and conclusion
Ref #1987
In the past, the Genode::destroy, that is called by the RAM-FS-chunk destructors,
issued Allocator::free instead of the C++ delete. Therefore it was possible to
use the size argument of Allocator::free for the allocation tracker in the
RAM-FS-chunk test. Nowadays, we have to keep track of the allocation sizes
ourselves because delete doesn't hand over the size.
Ref #1987
The FB Block Adapter in os/src/test visualizes a block session via a
Framebuffer session. As far as I can see, it is not a test but rather
the base for a bump-in-the-wire component. However, for this role it
currently lacks a Block back-end. As it also would have to be updated to
use the new base API I removed it instead, leaving only its git
history as inspiration if someone needs such a component in the future.
Fixes#2245
Ref #1987
lesskey and lessecho missed the declaration of ${LIBS} on the compiler
command line, which ended up in unusable programs.
> file noux-pkg/less/lesskey.broken
noux-pkg/less/lesskey.broken: ELF 32-bit LSB executable, Intel 80386, version 1 (SYSV), dynamically linked, interpreter *empty*, not stripped
> file noux-pkg/less/lesskey
noux-pkg/less/lesskey: ELF 32-bit LSB executable, Intel 80386, version 1 (SYSV), dynamically linked, interpreter ld.lib.so, not stripped
The issue was identified because -O0 builds broke with
ld: lesskey: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section
Unfortunately, this simple fix renders both tools also dependent to libm
and ncurses which they don't use.
This streamlines the Genode-specific interface for both 32-bit and
64-bit architectures and fixes dynamic-linking issue with the rump
VFS due to differing size_t types.
This function returns the information whether the used platform relies
on USB HID for interactive scenarios by default as is the case for most
ARM platforms. In contrast, for x86 the USB driver can be omitted because
we can use the PS/2 driver (that is readily available in repos/os/).
If the detach address is not the beginning of the region, one gets:
"virtual void Genode::Allocator_avl_base::free(void*): given
address (0x180e0) is not the block start address (0x18000)"
Instead, print an explicit warning in front of the detach call.
Cleaning up LWIP when returning from the main function sporadically
leads to endless errors "Error: sys_arch_mbox_fetch: unknown exception
occured!". We let the client sleep forever at the end of its main function
to prevent tests from failing due to a flooded log.
Reg #2193
* get rid of printf
* use exceptions instead of error codes
* use Id_space instead of the individual block device registry
* use Cstring instead of char const*
* move method definitions > 1 line to .cc files
* rename Block Block_driver and Serial Serial_driver to avoid name clashes
with the Genode namespace and thereby simplify the code
* use lambdas for Block device lookup and apply
* switch to the Component framework
* don't use env(), config(), ... and hand over env to each connection
* use Attached_mmio and Attached_rom/ram_dataspace instead of manual
solutions
Fixes#2223
The init component used to create the CPU/RAM/PD/ROM sessions (the child
environment) for its children by issuing session requests to its parent,
which is typically core. This policy was hard-wired. This patch enables
the routing of the environment sessions of the children of init
according to the configured routing policy.
Because there is no hard-wired policy regarding the environment sessions
anymore, routes to respective services must be explicitly declared in
the init configuration. For this reason, the patch adjusts several run
scripts in this respect.
This patch removes the outdated '<if-args>' special handling of session
labels. The '<if-args>' feature will eventually be removed completely
(ref #2250)
Issue #2197
Issue #2215
Issue #2233
Issue #2250
This patch changes the 'Xml_node_label_score' to regard an empty
label_prefix or label_suffix as a match instead of a conflict. Until
now, there was no use case for an empty label_prefix. But with init's
new ability to route environment sessions, an empty prefix denotes any
child-initiated session (as oposed to an parent-initiated environment
session).
Issue #2215
Issue #2233
This patch fixes a problem that unsurfaced by the commit "menu_view: API
transition", which changed the class layout of the 'Png_image' so that
the 'Read_struct' pointer is no longer equal to the 'Png_image' pointer.
This commit addresses the situation where an environment session
outlives the session-providing service. In this case, the env session
got already invaidated at the destruction time of the server. However,
the underlying session-state structure continues to exist until the
client is destructed. During the eventual destruction of such a dangling
environment session, we have to be careful not to interact with the
no-longer existing service.
Ref #2197
This patch addresses the corner case of destructing a child that
provides an enviroment session to another child. Before this patch,
this situation could result in an infinite loop.
The problem was introduced as a side effect of issue #2197 "base: apply
routing policy to environment sessions".
This patch re-enables the launchpad to start multiple instances of the
same program. Without it, launchpad wrongly requests the binary ROM with
the child's unique name as label. The lookup of the first instance
solely succeeds because the unique name equals the binary name.
To better support non-blocking terminal components, let the
'Terminal::Session::write()' function return the number of bytes
actually written.
Fixes#2240
The session-control mechanism is based on the way how sessions are
labeled. In #2171, we changed the labeling to be more strict. In
particular, label-less sessions do no longer exist.
Unfortunately, nitpicker and the window manager still handled the former
weaker labeling, which ultimately led to a situation where any
session-control argument would mismatch. The behavior could be observed
in the launcher.run script where a click on the subsystem button would
not focus the clicked-on subsystem. With the patch, the scenario works
again as expected.
This patch enables warnings if one of the deprecate functions that rely
in the implicit use of the global Genode::env() accessor are called.
For the time being, some places within the base framework continue
to rely on the global function while omitting the warning by calling
'env_deprecated' instead of 'env'.
Issue #1987
This patch removes the dependency of the deprecated Genode API,
fixes the coding style, and removes the "random" file system
(superseded by the VFS plugin mechanism).
Ref #1987
Merge the platform-specific files and classes (they merely aggregated
themselves) so that each platform provides merely one class
Sd_card::Driver. Also, the Sd_card::Driver_base class is introduced for
the generic parts of Sd_card::Driver.
Ref #2206
Most implementations use a Signal_handler now to acknowledge the packet
instead of waiting for the transfer completion. The exceptions to that are
the non-DMA implementations for RPI and PL180
Ref #2206
In addition to that we now busy wait, i.e. poll, for interrupts
instead of using the IRQ session. That is fine because interrupts
were only used while configuring the HDMI over I2C and are not used
while normal operation.
Issue #1987.
Libc::Env is the Genode::Env interface extended to cover access
to the XML content of the 'config' ROM and a VFS instance. This
deduplicates the burden of components to attain and manage
these resources.
Fix#2217
Ref #1987
This aspect was always enabled when creating a build directory for hw,
but is not enabled anymore due to recent build directory unifications.
On the other hand it is needed for jitter entropy anyway.
Ref #2190
This commit mostly removes the globally visible NR_OF_CPUS define
from the global makefile specifiers defined in the base-hw repository.
Whereever necessary it adds platform specific makefiles to the base
repository when they were missing.
Ref #2190
This patch make the ABI mechanism available to shared libraries other
than Genode's dynamic linker. It thereby allows us to introduce
intermediate ABIs at the granularity of shared libraries. This is useful
for slow-moving ABIs such as the libc's interface but it will also
become handy for the package management.
To implement the feature, the build system had to be streamlined a bit.
In particular, archive dependencies and shared-lib dependencies are now
handled separately, and the global list of 'SHARED_LIBS' is no more.
Now, the variable with the same name holds the per-target list of shared
libraries used by the target.
Ubuntu provides position independent shared objects for libraries, e.g.,
libsdl1.2-dev. To appropriatly link it to Genode, the linker flag
'-no-pie' has to be added to the make file.
This patch removes the component_entry_point library, which used to
proved a hook for the libc to intercept the call of the
'Component::construct' function. The mechansim has several shortcomings
(see the discussion in the associated issue) and was complex. So we
eventually discarded the approach in favor of the explicit handling of
the startup.
A regular Genode component provides a 'Component::construct' function,
which is determined by the dynamic linker via a symbol lookup.
For the time being, the dynamic linker falls back to looking up a 'main'
function if no 'Component::construct' function could be found.
The libc provides an implementation of 'Component::construct', which
sets up the libc's task handling and finally call the function
'Libc::Component::construct' from the context of the appllication task.
This function is expected to be provided by the libc-using application.
Consequently, Genode components that use the libc have to implement the
'Libc::Component::construct' function.
The new 'posix' library provides an implementation of
'Libc::Component::construct' that calls a main function. Hence, POSIX
programs that merely use the POSIX API merely have to add 'posix' to the
'LIBS' declaration in their 'target.mk' file. Their execution starts at
'main'.
Issue #2199
On a 64-bit system, enabling the OpenSSL NIST 64-bit optimization should
result in considerable speed improvements when using curves: NIST-P224,
NIST-P256, and NIST-P521. Additionally it avoids that Tor complains
about having an OpenSSL that lacks this feature.
Ref #2193
These functions are marked as always inline through the 'SELF_RELOC' macro. This
became necessary because on riscv functions calls are performed through the
global offset table, which is not initialized at this point.
Fixes#2203
This commit adds support for testing multiple kernels within the same
build directory. In addition to the existing -p arguments, the new
version expects one or more -k arguments that denote the kernels to be
used for executing the specified run scripts.
Consequently, the autopilot executes the 3-dimensional matrix of
platforms x kernels x run scripts, e.g.,
autopilot --force -p x86_32 -k nova -k okl4 -k sel4 -k linux -r log
Issue #2190
This patch makes the benefit of the recently introduced unified Genode
ABI available to developers by enabling the use of multiple kernels from
within a single build directory. The create_builddir tool has gained a
new set of kernel-agnostic platform arguments such as x86_32, or panda.
Most build targets within directories are in principle compatible with
all kernels that support the selected hardware platform. To execute a
scenario via the run tool, one has to select the kernel to use by
setting the 'KERNEL' argument in the build configuration
(etc/build.conf). Alternatively, the 'KERNEL' can be specified as
command-line argument of the Genode build system, e.g.:
make run/log KERNEL=nova
This allows us to easily switch from one kernel to another without
rebuilding any Genode component except for the very few kernel-specific
ones.
The new version of the 'create_builddir' tool is still compatible with
the old version. The old kernel-specific build directories can still be
created. However, those variants will eventually be removed.
Note that the commit removes the 'ports-foc' repository from the
generated 'build.conf' files. As this is only meaningful for 'foc',
I did not want to include it in the list of regular repositories (as
visible in a 'x86_32' build directory). Hence, the repository must
now be manually added in order to use L4Linux.
Issue #2190
This patch removes the manually maintained symbol map from the dynamic
linker. This way, the symbol map stays in sync with the ABI and - more
importantly - no longer uses wildcards. So the symbols exported by the
dynamic linker are strictly limited by the ABI.
Issue #2190
Previously, if a packet should be routed to a domain that had no interface
connected, the NIC router only printed "Unroutable packet". Technically,
this was wrong as an unavailable interface doesn't mean that the routing
failed. Now it gives an error "no interface connected to domain".
Ref #2193
The main window must be visible before avplay or a framebuffer filter
requests the framebuffer session which goes to Nitpicker, because the
parent view of the new Nitpicker view is part of the
QNitpickerPlatformWindow object, which is created when the main window
becomes visible. If this object does not exist yet, a page fault occurs.
Fixes#2187
This patch changes the child-construction procedure to allow the routing
of environment sessions to arbitrary servers, not only to the parent.
In particular, it restores the ability to route the LOG session of the
child to a LOG service provided by a child of init. In principle, it
becomes possible to also route the immediate child's PD, CPU, and RAM
environment sessions in arbitrary ways, which simplifies scenarios that
intercept those sessions, e.g., the CPU sampler.
Note that the latter ability should be used with great caution because
init needs to interact with these sessions to create/destruct the child.
Normally, the sessions are provided by the parent. So init is safe at
all times. If they are routed to a child however, init will naturally
become dependent on this particular child. For the LOG session, this is
actually not a problem because even though the parent creates the LOG
session as part of the child's environment, it never interacts with the
session directly.
Fixes#2197
This patch removes possible ambiguities with respect to the naming of
kernel-dependent binaries and libraries. It also removes the use of
kernel-specific global side effects from the build system. The reach of
kernel-specific peculiarities has thereby become limited to the actual
users of the respective 'syscall-<kernel>' libraries.
Kernel-specific build artifacts are no longer generated at magic places
within the build directory (like okl4's includes, or the L4 build
directories of L4/Fiasco and Fiasco.OC, or the build directories of
various kernels). Instead, such artifacts have been largely moved to the
libcache. E.g., the former '<build-dir>/l4/' build directory for the L4
build system resides at '<build-dir>/var/libcache/syscall-foc/build/'.
This way, the location is unique to the kernel. Note that various tools
are still generated somewhat arbitrarily under '<build-dir>/tool/' as
there is no proper formalism for building host tools yet.
As the result of this work, it has become possible to use a joint Genode
build directory that is usable with all kernels of a given hardware
platform. E.g., on x86_32, one can now seamlessly switch between linux,
nova, sel4, okl4, fiasco, foc, and pistachio without rebuilding any
components except for core, the kernel, the dynamic linker, and the timer
driver. At the current stage, such a build directory must still be
created manually. A change of the 'create_builddir' tool will follow to
make this feature easily available.
This patch also simplifies various 'run/boot_dir' plugins by removing
the option for an externally hosted kernel. This option remained unused
for many years now.
Issue #2190
The header is foc-specific. It used to shadow the generic one provided
by the base repository, which contradicts with the kernel-agnostic
Genode API. Hence, it had to be moved to a foc-specific location.
This patch decouples the kernel-specific implementation of the dynamic
linker from its kernel-agnostic binary interface. The name of the
kernel-specific dynamic linker binary now corresponds to the kernel,
e.g., 'ld-linux.lib.so' or 'ld-nova.lib.so'. Applications are no longer
linked directly against a concrete instance of the dynamic linker but
against a shallow stub called 'ld.lib.so'. This stub contains nothing
but the symbols provided by the dynamic linker. It thereby represents
the Genode ABI.
At system-integration time, the kernel-specific run/boot_dir back ends
integrate the matching the kernel-specific variant of the dynamic linker
as 'ld.lib.so' into the boot image.
The ABI symbol file for the dynamic linker is located at
'base/lib/symbols/ld'. It contains the joint ABI of all supported
architectures. The new utility 'tool/abi_symbols' eases the creation of
such an ABI symbol file for a given shared library. Its result should be
manually inspected and edited as needed.
The patch removes the 'syscall' library from 'base_libs.mk' to avoid
polluting the kernel-agnostic ABI with kernel-specific interfaces.
Issue #2190
Issue #2195
By not placing the sysio buffer (16 KiB) on the stack, we can call
'noux_syscall' from the initial thread. This is needed to issue fork
from the suspend callback, which is executed by the initial thread.
This cleans up the syscalls that are mainly used to control the
scheduling readiness of a thread. The different use cases and
requirements were somehow mixed together in the previous interface. The
new syscall set is:
1) pause_thread and resume_thread
They don't affect the state of the thread (IPC, signalling, etc.) but
merely decide wether the thread is allowed for scheduling or not, the
so-called pause state. The pause state is orthogonal to the thread state
and masks it when it comes to scheduling. In contrast to the stopped
state, which is described in "stop_thread and restart_thread", the
thread state and the UTCB content of a thread may change while in the
paused state. However, the register state of a thread doesn't change
while paused. The "pause" and "resume" syscalls are both core-restricted
and may target any thread. They are used as back end for the CPU session
calls "pause" and "resume". The "pause/resume" feature is made for
applications like the GDB monitor that transparently want to stop and
continue the execution of a thread no matter what state the thread is
in.
2) stop_thread and restart_thread
The stop syscall can only be used on a thread in the non-blocking
("active") thread state. The thread then switches to the "stopped"
thread state in wich it explicitely waits for a restart. The restart
syscall can only be used on a thread in the "stopped" or the "active"
thread state. The thread then switches back to the "active" thread state
and the syscall returns whether the thread was stopped. Both syscalls
are not core-restricted. "Stop" always targets the calling thread while
"restart" may target any thread in the same PD as the caller. Thread
state and UTCB content of a thread don't change while in the stopped
state. The "stop/restart" feature is used when an active thread wants to
wait for an event that is not known to the kernel. Actually the syscalls
are used when waiting for locks and on thread exit.
3) cancel_thread_blocking
Does cleanly cancel a cancelable blocking thread state (IPC, signalling,
stopped). The thread whose blocking was cancelled goes back to the
"active" thread state. It may receive a syscall return value that
reflects the cancellation. This syscall doesn't affect the pause state
of the thread which means that it may still not get scheduled. The
syscall is core-restricted and may target any thread.
4) yield_thread
Does its best that a thread is scheduled as few as possible in the
current scheduling super-period without touching the thread or pause
state. In the next superperiod, however, the thread is scheduled
"normal" again. The syscall is not core-restricted and always targets
the caller.
Fixes#2104
The main thread does no longer execute application code. It is solely
responsible for the initialization of the component's entrypoint and for
retrieving asynchronous notifications. Since the stack usage is no
longer dependent on application-specific code, we can significantly
shrink it to reduce the memory footprint of components. In the worst
case - should the stack overrun - we would observe a page fault because
the stack is placed in the stack area, surrounded by guard pages.
This patch replaces the former machine-word-dependent default stack size
by the fixed value of 64 KiB which should suffice for components on both
32 and 64 bit. Previously, the default stack size on 64 bit was 128 KiB,
which is wasteful. If a component needs more stack than 64 KiB, it can
specify a custon stack size by implementing 'Component::stack_size'.
The initial stack is solely used to initialize the Genode environment
along with the application stack located in the stack area. It never
executes application code. Hence, we can make it small. To check that it
is not dimensioned too small, the patch introduces a sanity check right
before switching to the application stack.
At least on foc_x86_64, nic_router refused to create sessions for the
test clients as the session object's size exceeds the old quota
donation.
Ref #2139
Both methods are now available for Ipv4_address as well as for
Ipv4_address_prefix. An IPv4 address is invalid if it contains zeros only.
An IPv4 address prefix is invalid if its address is invalid and its
prefix is 32.
Ref #2139
Instead of creating one socket and re-using it each test run because the
client shall also test the termination of pseudo-connections at components that
implement hole punching for UDP.
Ref #2139
This patch unconditionally applies the labeling of sessions and thereby
removes the most common use case of 'Child_policy::filter_session_args'.
Furthermore, the patch removes an ambiguity of the session labels of
sessions created by the parent of behalf of its child, e.g., the PD
session created as part of 'Child' now has the label "<child-name>"
whereas an unlabeled PD-session request originating from the child
has the label "<child-name> -> ". This way, the routing-policy of
'Child_policy::resolve_session_request' can differentiate both cases.
As a consequence, the stricter labeling must now be considered wherever
a precise label was specified as a key for a session route or a server-
side policy selection. The simplest way to adapt those cases is to use a
'label_prefix' instead of the 'label' attribute. Alternatively, the
'label' attribute may used by appending " -> " (note the whitespace).
Fixes#2171
The log plugin can now be configured to request a log session with the
specified label like follows.
<log label="..."/>
Per default, no new log session is requested but the existing log
session of the component's environment is used.
The heap typically first tries to allocate larger chunks than necessary, and
if it fails the actual minimal one. The first attempt already triggers warnings
which are not critical at all. If the second (critical) allocation fails,
then there are additionally checks and warnings already in place.
Issue #1039
Trace_control dataspace gets destroyed implicitly when the cpu session is
closed. Remove the trace control dataspace from the internal noux dataspace
registry before cpu session destruction.
The code in Core's Cpu_session_component::create_thread might throw a
capability refernce-count overflow if one creates many threads, which would
kill core if not handled.
Ref #2120
This patch adjusts the various users of the 'Child' API to the changes
on the account of the new non-blocking parent interface. It also removes
the use of the no-longer-available 'Connection::KEEP_OPEN' feature.
With the adjustment, we took the opportunity to redesign several
components to fit the non-blocking execution model much better, in
particular the demo applications.
Issue #2120
This is a redesign of the root and parent interfaces to eliminate
blocking RPC calls.
- New session representation at the parent (base/session_state.h)
- base-internal root proxy mechanism as migration path
- Redesign of base/service.h
- Removes ancient 'Connection::KEEP_OPEN' feature
- Interface change of 'Child', 'Child_policy', 'Slave', 'Slave_policy'
- New 'Slave::Connection'
- Changed child-construction procedure to be compatible with the
non-blocking parent interface and to be easier to use
- The child's initial LOG session, its binary ROM session, and the
linker ROM session have become part of the child's envirenment.
- Session upgrading must now be performed via 'env.upgrade' instead
of performing a sole RPC call the parent. To make RAM upgrades
easier, the 'Connection' provides a new 'upgrade_ram' method.
Issue #2120
This data structure is meant as a safe alternative for a list wherever
the list is solely used to remember objects and iterate through them in
an unspecified order. One use case is the 'Service_registry'.
This data structure allows the association of objects with IDs. IDs are
kept in an AVL tree. So in contrast to a bit allocator, the ID space can be
sparsely populated and does not need to be dimensioned. The lifetime of
an ID is bound to an 'Element' object, which relieves the programmer
from manually allocating/deallocating IDs for objects.
Issue #2120
We preserve lower RAM for device drivers with physical memory
constraints. If no physical RAM constraint exists, the allocations above
3G (32-bit) or 4G (64-bit) are preferred.
Limit the number of generations to 4 to prevent hitting the
socket-descriptor limit on Linux. Also, all possible configuration
parameters for bomb our now customizable in the run script and the
current config is logged by bomb master.
The 'connected_scan_interval' config attribute specifies the scan
interval in seconds. The commit also removes the deprecated ram_fs
component from the test run script.
VirtualBox mainly derives the initial link-state for its device models
from checking the <Adapter ... cable="true"/> attribute. Our backend
only propagates the current state of the Nic session if it receives a
link-state signal. This may lead to problems if a guest detects a link
up state when it is actually down and wants to use the interface. The
backend now queries the Nic session and sets the link-state accordingly
when it is constructed.
In case there is no link do not attempt to submit a packet to the packet
stream but return with an error so that upper layers can handle it.
Enable signals for network on poweron and not already during
construction. The network model may be not yet ready to process incoming
signals and data.
Fixes#2117.
This fixes a regression on Ubuntu 16.04 (resp. Linux systems with recent
kernel versions) and address-space randomization originating from an
uninitialized relocation base of 0.
This patch is a preparation of the forthcoming async parent interface.
Note that this patch increases the size of connection objects.
Furthermore it adds a diagnostic message whenever a connection fails.
Issue #2166
Because of the session-argument buffering added to 'Connection' objects
when changing the parent interface to be non-blocking, the
'Device_component' has grown in size from 1.5 KiB to 5 KiB. The slab
allocator was configured with a block size of 4 KiB. So it does not work
with the grown 'Device_component' size.
Once the transition to the new API is completed (when we can remove the
buffering of session arguments from the 'Connection' objects), we may
revert this change.
Issue #2120
Unfortunately, the volatile object does not inherit the noncopyable
attribute of the enclosed object. By making all volatile objects
noncopyable, we prevent the accidental copying of a noncopyable object
wrapped in a volatile object.
This feature is not compatible with the forthcoming nonblocking parent
interface. The patch removes the use of feature in all places except for
the components of the demo repository, which will under go a redesign
anyway.
Issue #2120
Issue #2165
Replace 'dump()' debug utilities within Allocator_avl with Output::print
equivalents, and use the new Avl_tree::for_each utility to simplify
the implementation.
Ref #2159
Instead of using a somewhat incomplete module_param_named() macro,
which will influence other drivers, patch the driver that requires
this treatment.
Fixes#2169Fixes#2155
This overload covers the common case for initializing a string from a
literal without employing the 'Output' mechanism. This way, such
strings can by constructed without calling virtual functions, which in
turn makes the 'String' usable for the 'init_rtld' phase of the dynamic
linker.
This patch fixes a race condition triggered by the thread test running
on Linux inside VirtualBox. The 'test_stack_alloc' sporadically produced
one of two errors: A segfault in the 'Thread::deinit_platform_thread' on
the attempt to access the 'native_thread' of the to-be-destructed thread
(this data structure is located on the thread's stack). Or, an error
message about a region conflict within the stack area.
The problem was that two instances of 'Region_map_mmap' issued a
sequence of munmap and mmap each. Even though each instance locked the
attach/detach operations, the lock was held per instance. In a situation
where two instances performed attach/detach operations in parallel, the
syscall sequences could interfere with each other.
In the test scenario, the two region-map instances are the test's
address space and the stack area. When creating a thread, the thread's
trace-control dataspace is attached at an arbitrary place (picked by
the Linux kernel) within the address space whereas the stack is attached
at the stack area. The problem is the following sequence:
Thread A wants to destruct a thread:
1. Remove stack from stack area
(issue unmap syscall)
2. Preserve virtual address range that was occupied from the stack
so that Linux won't use it
(issue mmap syscall)
Thread B wants to construct a thread:
1. Request trace-control dataspace from CPU session
2. Attach trace-control dataspace to address space at a location
picked by the Linux kernel
(issue mmap syscall)
The problem occurs when thread B's second step is executed in between
the steps 1 and 2 of thread A and the Linux kernel picks the
just-unmapped address as the location for the new trace-control mapping.
Now, the trace control dataspace is mapped at the virtual address that
was designated for the stack of the to-be-created thread, and the
attempt to map the real stack fails.
The patch fixes the problem by replacing the former region-map-local
locks by a component-global lock.
Furthermore, it cleans up core's implementation of the support function
for the region-map-mmap implementation, eliminating the temporary
unlocking of the region-map lock during RPC.
Prepared for internal test machine, which has 8 logical cores.
6 Win7 64bit VMs are started, each having 2 vCPUs, using the same image and
different overlays. Changes to the VM are written to the overlays of ram_fs
and dropped after the test.
lCPU 0 : Genode base system and drivers
lCPU 1-2: VM1 2 vCPUs
lCPU 2-3: VM2 "
lCPU 3-4: VM3 "
lCPU 4-5: VM4 "
lCPU 5-6: VM5 "
lCPU 6-7: VM6 "
Fixes#2143
drm_framebuffer_remove takes care of references to CRTC pointers before
freeing up framebuffer object. Directly calling the destroy function may cause
dangling CRTC pointers pointing inside the framebuffer object.
Fixes#2140
Instead of solving the problem to deliver ROM modules to core while booting
differently for the several kernels (multi-boot, elfweaver, core re-linking),
this commit unifies the approaches. It always builds core as a library, and
after all binaries are built from a run-script, the run-tool will link an
ELF image out of the core-library and all boot modules. Thereby, core can
access its ROM modules directly.
This approach now works for all kernels except Linux.
With this solution, there is no [build_dir]/bin/core binary available anymore.
For debugging purposes you will find a core binary without boot modules, but
with debug symbols under [run_dir].core.
Fix#2095
The usb_drv must always check the device pointer in all session facing.
methods. A errorneous client can otherwise trigger a page-fault in the
driver.
Fixes#2133.
- use the correct memory free functions on errors
- report packet submit errors
- rename 'Usb::Packet_descriptor::transfer.timeout' as
'Usb::Packet_descriptor::transfer.polling_interval'
Fixes#2135
base generic code:
* Remove unused verbosity code from mmio framework
* Remove escape sequence end heuristic from LOG
* replace Core_console with Core_log (no format specifiers)
* move test/printf to test/log
* remove `printf()` tests from the log test
* check for exact match of the log test output
base-fiasco:
* remove unused Fiasco::print_l4_threadid function
base-nova:
* remove unused hexdump utility from core
base-hw:
* remove unused Kernel::Thread::_print_* debug utilities
* always print resource summary of core during startup
* remove Kernel::Ipc_node::pd_label (not used anymore)
base*:
* Turn `printf`,`PWRN`, etc. calls into their log equivalents
Ref #1987Fix#2119
The 11n mode can forcefully be disabled by setting the 'disable_11n'
attribute to 'true'. This is workaround for certain 6200 ABG cards
that apparently do not support this mode.
Fixes#2124.
Implementing this macro provides easy access to module parameters from
outside the contrib code, i.e. the driver frontend. For now it will be
solely used by the wifi_drv.
Issue #2124.
The default iPXE settings of 8 (RXD) and 16 (TXD) lead to issues when
AMT is enabled. In most other OS drivers those descriptors are set
to 256, let us do the same. This should fix all observed issues wrt.
AMT.
Fixes#2108.
* Supply Env to Input::Session_component
* Attach input event dataspace at Input::Client
* Process input events by lambda rather than pointer
* Supply Env and a label to Input::Connection
* Wm serves valid input_session to decorator
* Per-source signal handling at input_merger
* Base API update for dummy_input_drv, test_input
* Input API update for launcher, menu_view, terminal,
mupdf, sdl, seoul, virtualbox
Ref #1987
This patch makes the build-system integration of noux packages usable
for non-Noux targets. It moves the GNU build system wrapper to
ports/mk/gnu_build.mk, which is now included by noux.mk. This way,
non-noux applications can use the same build-system wrapper. So the
porting of individual applications becomes easier.
This change removes the 'NOUX_' prefix use the various build variables
used by the noux-pkg's target.mk files to steer the behaviour of the GNU
build system. E.g., NOUX_CONFIGURE_ARGS is now called CONFIGURE_ARGS.
Note that there is a single exception to this pattern: The formerly
named NOUX_LIBS is now called LDLIBS because the plain LIBS variable is
used by the Genode build system.
Fixes#2094
* Remove 'test' routine from kernel/core
* Move 'cpu_scheduler' and 'double_list' test to user-land
* Remove 'hw_info' target at all (can be recycled in a topic branch)
Kernel fails to lookup a capability it just got delegated, if
the backing store for the destination capability was before backed by a
zero-page. Triggers if PCID (64bit) is in use or in SMP setups.
Fixes#2101
When run with the '--autopilot' run option, the 'usb_hid.run' script tests
the input events generated by a 'Pro Micro' microcontroller board. Setup
instructions for the Pro Micro can be found in the run script.
Fixes#2087
The nic_router component can be used to individually route IPv4 packets
between multiple NIC sessions. Thereby, it can translate between
different IP subnets. The component supports port forwarding, as well as
the partitioning of the TCP and UDP port spaces.
Fixes#114
A run script to demonstrate the combination of the cpu_sampler, fs_log,
ram_fs and noux components for saving the sampled data in files and
accessing these in a Noux environment. When the script is run by the
autopilot, it will check if one of the generated sample data files
contains the correct instruction pointer. When the script is run
interactively, the generated files can be accessed from a Noux Bash shell.
Fixes#2078
In other contexts (IPv4) 'calc_checksum' merely returns a new checksum that is
then installed via 'checksum'. Thus, the UDP 'calc_checksum' that calculates AND
installs a new checksum is misleading.
Ref #114
Both, client and server now read their IP config from their Genode config.
Furthermore, the client now waits 4 instead of 2 seconds before sending the
first request to prevent connection fails in tests with a slow startup. The
client truncates its packet dump for better readability.
Ref #114
This patch adds the missing exception handling for depleted RM session
quotas. If core runs out of session quota while creating a new region
map, it now reflects this condition as a Region_map::Out_of_metadata
exception to the RM client. Thanks to Denis Huber for reporting the
issue!
The '--autopilot' option makes it possible for a run script to detect if
it is being executed by the autopilot by
if { [get_cmd_switch --autopilot] } { ... }
In that case, the run script could do an automated test, whereas the
test could be interactive when run without this option.
Fixes#2076
The new parameter specifies the additional timeout duration in seconds
which is incurred by AMT log processing, e.g. time spent waiting for the
system to boot.
Although the driver makes no use of interrupts it references Irq_handler
for unknown reasons. Moreover, this commit eliminates the lock that is
not necessary anymore, because the driver now runs single-threaded.
Ref #2072
* Unify uart drivers of different hardware drivers
* Remove deprecated IRQ activations
* Remove additional timer thread in Fiasco* KDB driver
* Move more generic UART definitions to specific supported
platforms (e.g.: pl011 -> pbxa9)
* Move internal definitions from global to local headers
Ref #1987Fix#2071
Use a seperate handle at each session.
Use SEEK_TAIL to append messages to files.
Increase packet buffer.
Refactor to component framework.
Fixes#1777
Issue #2060
This patch revives our ds_ownership test from 2012, which just revealed
a regression in core where the dataspace-free operation of the RAM
service would unconditionally destroy dataspace objects from foreign
sessions. The patch fixes the bug and adds an updated version of the
test to the autopilot.
Fixes#2065
The main feature for this version upgrade is the use of the instruction
emulator (IEM) to speed up execution and less often the slow recompiler.
issue #2059
Besides adapting the components to the use of base/log.h, the patch
cleans up a few base headers, i.e., it removes unused includes from
root/component.h, specifically base/heap.h and
ram_session/ram_session.h. Hence, components that relied on the implicit
inclusion of those headers have to manually include those headers now.
While adjusting the log messages, I repeatedly stumbled over the problem
that printing char * arguments is ambiguous. It is unclear whether to
print the argument as pointer or null-terminated string. To overcome
this problem, the patch introduces a new type 'Cstring' that allows the
caller to express that the argument should be handled as null-terminated
string. As a nice side effect, with this type in place, the optional len
argument of the 'String' class could be removed. Instead of supplying a
pair of (char const *, size_t), the constructor accepts a 'Cstring'.
This, in turn, clears the way let the 'String' constructor use the new
output mechanism to assemble a string from multiple arguments (and
thereby getting rid of snprintf within Genode in the near future).
To enforce the explicit resolution of the char * ambiguity, the 'char *'
overload of the 'print' function is marked as deleted.
Issue #1987
Core on seL4 is configured to run on native hardware, so some static
allocators are bit over dimensioned. Some run scripts fail on qemu because
solely 64M are available in the system - adjust the affected scripts.
Issue #2044
The initial support reports TouchPointPressed, TouchPointMoved, and
TouchPointReleased for multiple touch points, but is currently only
tested with widgets not leveraging multi-touch events. In other words, I
made sure synthetic mouse events are generated properly when using touch
screens.
We now always run the input_merger as Input service provider and
configure backends suitable for the used platform. On x86 hardware, we
enable both, PS/2 and USB HID.
Required to boot on hardware. The fragmentation is such unfortunate with the
old allocator that alloc() will throw an exception during very early core boot
phase.
Issue #2044
- disable iommu
- increase root_cnode further for native boot
- support vesa driver on native hardware
- don't mask edge triggered ioapic irqs
- increase various allocators to get noux_tool_chain_* booting natively
Issue #2044
That seems nowadays the right place in order to tell the caller that the
thread couldn't be completely constructed. The return value false of
bind_thread causes in Cpu_thread_component the throwing of
Thread_creation_failed.
thread.run now passes
pthread.run now passes
Issue #2044
Additionally, exclude boot-module from page_table_registry. Core does not use
the boot-modules inside core.
Adding it otherwise to the registry will use up the meta data allocator of
the page_table_registry in core in scenarios with lot of boot modules,
e.g. noux and friends.
Issue #2044
- adjust syscall bindings to support -fPIC
- read serial i/o ports from BIOS data area
- use autoconf.h provided by sel4
-- to avoid ambiguity between sel4 kernel and user libraries
-- remove manual set defines
- remove debug messages
- increase user virtual area to 3GB
Issue #1720
Issue #2044
and show some message about. On sel4 sometimes exceptions are thrown and no
message is shown, it just seems to hang. With this patch at least you get
an idea that something bad happened.
Issue #2044
- remove special handling from base-nova
- add to rpc_server where it actually should be applied to
- required to work for sel4 cancel_blocking
Issue #2044
Now, we support multi-touch devices generating multi-touch events and
absolute-pointer devices simultaneously with multitouch="yes". Still,
multitouch="no" generates emulated absolute-pointer events for
multi-touch devices.
Add option to load the initial overlay*.vdi from disk, but keep the changes
in a ram_fs.
Used with AHCI model for vbox_auto_win7. Currently we have no way to tell
rump_fs to unmount and write back data to disk before resetting the machine.
On MVM only the initial scanning of APs works. If wpa_supplicant changes
from triggered scans to the scheduled-scanning hardware feature no
further scan results are reported. Therefore, we disable the
scheduled-scanning hardware feature until the issue is fixed.
Issue #2046
When running the same kernel in a VM as on the host system and the
kernel boot message from the VM appears on the log output, the run tool
assumes that the host machine has rebooted unexpectedly. With this
commit, an unexpected reboot is assumed only if the kernel boot message
appears at the beginning of a line. On base-hw, we enforce a line feed
at the beginning of the boot message as the SPIKE emulator log starts
with the first message of the kernel lacking a line feed.
Fixes#2041
Thread stacks with less than 4K usable space are insufficient for our
implementation of Linux exception signal handling. If such a unusually
small stack overflows the SIGSEGV handler will not be able to print the
diagnostic message leaving no hint of the cause of the stuck process.
The linker scripts are known to reside in BASE_DIR. By using them
directly from this location instead of searching them in the
REPOSITORIES, we don't need to specify the repos/base as a repository in
order to link.
This patch handles x86_32 and x86_64 separately since this is the SPEC
value directly supplied to the package build tool. This way, we achieve
that a CROSS_DEV_PREFIX is defined for each supported argument.
This patch equips the build system with the feature of building an
individual library with its dependencies by specifying the library
as 'LIB' argument. E.g., 'make LIB=libc' builds the libc.
This patch adds the methods 'sigh_ack_avail()' and
'sigh_ready_to_submit()', which are needed to build asynchronously
operating file-system clients.
Fixes#2023
Those headers implement a platform-specific mechanism. They are never
used by components directly.
This patch also cleans up a few other remaining platform-specific
artifact such as the Fiasco.OC-specific assert.h.
Issue #1993
Conveying the ROM filename as the final label element simplifies
routing policy and session construction.
Annotations by nfeske:
This commit also changes the ROM session to use base/log.h instead of
base/printf.h, which produced build error of VirtualBox because the
vbox headers have a '#define Log', which collides with the content of
base/log.h. Hence, this commit has to take precautions to resolve this
conflict.
The commit alse refines the previous session-label change by adding a
new 'Session_label::prefix' method and removing the use of 'char const *'
from this part of the API.
Fixes#1787
Session_label constructor now takes a bare string rather than a
serialized argument buffer.
Replace all instances of previous constructor with 'label_from_args'
function.
Issue #1787
This patch establishes the sole use of generic headers across all
kernels. The common 'native_capability.h' is based on the version of
base-sel4. All traditional L4 kernels and Linux use the same
implementation of the capability-lifetime management. On base-hw, NOVA,
Fiasco.OC, and seL4, custom implementations (based on their original
mechanisms) are used, with the potential to unify them further in the
future.
This change achieves binary compatibility of dynamically linked programs
across all kernels.
Furthermore, the patch introduces a Native_capability::print method,
which allows the easy output of the kernel-specific capability
representation using the base/log.h API.
Issue #1993
This patch alleviates the need for a Native_capability::Dst at the API
level. The former use case of this type as argument to
Deprecated_env::reinit uses the opaque Native_capability::Raw type
instead. The 'Raw' type contains the portion of the capability that is
transferred as-is when delegating the capability (i.e., when installing
the parent capability into a new component, or when installing a new
parent capability into a new forked Noux process). This information can
be retrieved via the new Native_capability::raw method.
Furthermore, this patch moves the functions for retriving the parent
capability to base/internal/parent_cap.h, which is meant to be
implemented in platform-specific ways. It replaces the former set of
startup/internal/_main_parent_cap.h headers.
Issue #1993
The static 'Thread::mystack()' function returns the stack boundaries of
the calling thread. It is useful when a thread uses a diffent stack than
the primary one.
Fixes#2037
When calling 'connect()' in nonblocking mode and the connection has been
established, don't call 'tcp_connect()' again, which would trigger an
assertion with the message 'tcp_connect: can only connect from state
CLOSED'.
Fixes#2039
In addition to modernizing the component now also supports using
empty RAM dataspace as backing store.
For example to use an ISO file the component has to be configured
as follows:
! <config file="image.iso" block_size="2048"/>
To use a empty RAM dataspace that is 256MiB large and has a block
size of 4KiB the configuration looks like this:
! <config size="256M" block_size="4096"/>
Either 'size' or 'file' has to specified. If both are declared the
'file' attribute is soley evaluated.
Issue #1987.
Fixes#2031.
Use quota large enough so that the USB driver does not attempt to
request further memory. On the Raspberry Pi, init has no slack memory
to respond to such a request.
Pass both paths, absolute path to the mount point and the relative path
from the mount point to the file, along with an open handle rather than
just an absolute path. Otherwise, fstat fails if the addressed file is
implemented by another VFS plugin.
Fixes#1789
Move Genode/vbox memory configuration check to separate
genode_check_memory_config() function and call it in platform-specific
setup machine hook of accloff/nova.
The rationale for this change is to omit the check on Muen since the
guest memory is separate and not allocated from base-hw memory.
Issue #2016
Write tick count of next kernel timer to the guest timed events page if
present. This causes the guest VM to be preempted at the requested tick
count and ensures that the guest VM can not monopolize the CPU if no
traps occur.
The base-hw kernel expects a configured switch-event from the guest VM
to base-hw with ID 30 and target vector 32 to be present in the system
policy.
Issue #2016
Switch kernel timer driver to timed event interface. The base-hw kernel
expects a configured self-event with ID 31 and target vector 32 to be
present in the system policy.
ssue #2016
Add call to genode_setup_machine prior to machine registration in
frontend machine setup code. This enables platform-specific adjustments
to the machine instance.
The new function is used on hw_x86_64_muen to clamp the processor count
to 1 as multiple virtual CPUs are not supported on this platform.
Issue #2016
* Implement VMMR0_DO_VMMR0_INIT operation for Muen
- Indicate VT-x support
- Enable unrestricted guest mode
- Set CR[0|4] mask to enable masking of guest CR0.[NE,NW,CD] and
CR4.VMXE bits.
* Implement VMMR0_DO_GVMM_CREATE_VM on Muen
Return error if trying to create SMP VM as VMs with multiple CPUs are
currently not supported on hw_x86_64_muen.
* Add Muen-specific Mem_region type
On hw_x86_64_muen the guest memory layout is static, thus regions are
handed out from an array of memory regions.
Use sinfo API to calculate the base address of the VM RAM physical
0x0 region. This allows to dynamically modify the VM RAM size by
adjusting the Muen policy and Genode vbox files accordingly.
Zeroize all memory regions apart from VM Ram since Virtualbox expects
these regions to be cleared.
* Add Muen subject state struct
The subject state encompasses the guest VM machine state that is
transfered between Virtualbox and hardware accelerated execution on
Muen.
* Add Muen-specific Vm_handler class
* Use Vm_handler to run VM
* Instruct recompiler to flush its code cache
* Copy the Muen subject state to/from the Vbox PCPUMCTX.
* Use the VM interruptibility state to inform the recompiler whether
interrupts are currently inhibited.
* Explicitly handle control register access
If a VM-exit occurs due to a control register access, handle it and
directly continue hardware accelerated execution of guest VM.
Note: On NOVA control register accesses are handled by the kernel [1].
[1] - https://github.com/alex-ab/NOVA/blob/master/src/ec_vmx.cpp#L106
* Reset guest interruptibility state
Assert that interrupts are not inhibited in the Virtualbox machine
state and clear Blocking-by-[STI|MOV to SS] guest interruptibility
flags prior to running a guest VM in hwaccel mode.
* Set return code depending on exit reason
Do not unconditionally emulate the next instruction on VM exit. This
makes sharing the VM FPU state with Virtualbox unnecessary, as FPU
instructions are not emulated by the recompiler any longer.
Also, assert that the FPU has not been used by the recompiler
* Inject pending guest VM interrupts on Muen
Use mapped subject pending interrupts page of guest VM to perform
interrupt injection. IRQs are transferred from the Virtualbox trap
manager state to the pending interrupts region for injection. If an
IRQ remains pending upon returning to the recompiler, it is copied
back to the trap manager state and cleared in the subject interrupts
region.
* Inform recompiler about changed SYSENTER_[CS|EIP|ESP] values,
otherwise values set while running the guest VM hardware accelerated
may get lost.
* Implement genode_cpu_hz() on Muen
Determine the CPU frequency dynamically using the sinfo API.
Issue #2016
* The Vm thread is always paused and on exception to make sure that guest VM
execution is suspended whenever we handle an interrupt. Also signal the Vm
session to poke waiting threads (e.g. Virtualbox EMT).
* Implement Vm::proceed
Switch to the mode transition assembly code declared at the _vt_vm_entry
label.
Issue #2016
The entry enables interrupts and initiates a handover to the guest VM by
invoking event number one. The sti instruction is placed at the start to
allow exits to Muen before handing off to the VM if window exiting is
requested.
Issue #2016
The virtual PCI model delivers IRQs to the PIC by default and to the
IOAPIC only if the guest operating system selected the IOAPIC with the
'_PIC' ACPI method and if it called the '_PRT' ACPI method afterwards.
When running a guest operating system which uses the IOAPIC, but does
not call these ACPI methods (for example Genode/NOVA), the new
configuration option
<config force_ioapic="yes">
enforces the delivery of PCI IRQs to the IOAPIC.
Fixes#2029
The alternate stack must use the stack area as, e.g., Thread::myself()
depends on this property. Hybrid components do not depend on this
property and, therefore, use a static stack buffer.
Fixes#1935
* Align pitch value to 64 byte (thanks to cnuke for investigation)
* Get rid of extra dataspace retrival and attachment, now that we always buffer
* Consistently name all lx_emul helpers: lx_* (get rid of dde*)
* Add missing file headers
Fix#1997
Instead of providing a buffer to the client and blitting from that
to the "real" framebuffer as an option, with this commit we always do so.
Thereby its possible to immediately destroy the old framebuffer used by
hardware when a configuration change is done, and a new framebuffer
is used. This also simplifies the modesetting.
Moreover, this commit fixes an issue when not using the connector reporting.
Until now the initial mode detection of connectors was only done when
the report was created. this is a regression that entered the driver
when upgrading to the recent Linux kernel version.
Ref #1997
Use new env, component and logging frameworks.
Sync file system and block device on component entrypoint.
Support for 'root' session argument.
Increase Rump open file descriptor limit.
Issue #1987Fixes#2011
* remove all 'Genode::env()' calls
* use attached roms to read configuration
* use compoenent framework
* remove all PDBG, PINF, PWRN macros
Issue #1987Fixes#2019
* use Component::* instead of Server::*
* do not use old printf format anymore
* do not use old Genode::env()->heap() anymore
* avoid pointers where possible, and use references instead
* throw away the thread-safe variants of list and AVL tree,
nic_bridge became single-threaded in the past
* introduce Ram_session_guard instead of Allocator_guard
Issue #1987
- platform_drv announces a separate "Acpi" session
- platform_drv waits for ROM "system" to change state to "acpi_ready"
- acpica waits for "Acpi" announcement
- acpica uses the platform driver via "Acpi" to reconfigure PCI devices
- acpica changes "system" state to "acpi_ready" after it ready with initialization
- platform_drv reacts on "system" state change to "acpi_ready" by announcing "Platform" session
- drivers start to operate as usual
Issue #2009
This patch introduces the Genode::raw function that prints output
directly via a low-level kernel mechanism, if available.
On base-linux, it replaces the former 'raw_write_str' function.
On base-hw, it replaces the former kernel/log.h interface.
Fixes#2012
This is a follow-up commit to "slab: throw exception if initial
allocation fails". It is needed because on seL4, the PD session quota is
used as backing store for the meta data of the PD's virtual memory. For
this reason, PD sessions on seL4 require more session quota compared to
the other kernels. Apparently, the default quota is too scarce to
complete the PD-session construction. By shrinking the number of
supported page-table entries, we reduce the size of the PD session
component so that the creation succeeds.
Issue #1983
Replace 'attribute(...).has_value("yes")`
with 'attribute_value(..., false)'.
This allows for boolean configuration to be set with values such as
"true", "false", "yes", "no", or "1", "0".
Fixes#2002
A configuration policy must match against a policy node label,
label_prefix, or label_suffix atttribute. A fallback to
<default-policy/> is provided as a label wildcard.
Fixes#1901
The sinfo function declared in sinfo_instance.h creates a static sinfo
object instance and returns a pointer to the caller.
- kernel timer and platform support to use sinfo() function to
instantiate sinfo object
- address and size of the base-hw RAM region via the sinfo API
- log_status() function in sinfo API
To circumvent problems on platforms with shaky hotplug interrupt notification
introduce a "poll" configuration option to the driver, which enables
polling for connector changes.
Fix#2004
The whole XML comment has to be parsed as one XML tag to support strange
but valid combinations like
<!---->
<!--invisible-tag></invisible-tag-->
Fixes#1424
The vanilla 'schedule_timeout()' Linux function expects a relative
timeout value. The first implementation of the wifi_drv, however, used
an absolute timeout value. This mismatch was overlooked when the
lx_kit, which adheres to the vanilla Linux semantics, was incoporated
in the driver.
Fixes#1990.
Instead of introducing a $(BASE_HW_DIR) variable that has to be defined in each
core makefile for the different base-hw targets, this commit replaces the
$(REP_DIR) variable usage in core.inc files with $(BASE_DIR)/../base-hw.
Ref #1955
Quota_exceeded message are of no use during session construction, since
the arguments of the ram_quota are used and no upgrade can take place (the
session construction failed and is so not available for upgrade)
Fixes#1983
Allocating a packet in the packet stream without a payload is not
allowed. Therefore we have to allocate CTRL message packets, that do
not have a payload, with a bogus length instead.
Directory_service::leaf_path returns a pointer offset from its argument
so pass member data rather than a constructor argument to leaf_path.
Issue #1775
This is an interim fix for solving the quota leakage problem of
the platform driver on x86 platforms. To properly fix that problem
one has to track which dataspaces where created by the platform driver,
so that freeing the dataspace and reversing the quota transfer is done
on correct dataspaces only.
Refer #1980
This patch removes the outdates doc/architecture.txt since the
topics are covered by the book. We keep repos/os/doc/init.txt
because it contains a few details not present in the book (yet).
The patch streamlines the terminology a bit. Furthermore, it
slightly adjusts a few source-code comments to improve the book's
functional specification chapter.
Instead of passing on the Noux 'config' ROM dataspace to child processes,
provide a separate configuration for each Noux child, which is either
'<config/>' or '<config ld_verbose="yes"/>', depending on the
configuration of this attribute for the Noux process. This is also a
workaround to prevent multiple insertion of the same 'config' ROM
dataspace capability into the dataspace registry.
Issue #1978
* Adds public timeout syscalls to kernel API
* Kernel::timeout installs a timeout and binds a signal context to it that
shall trigger once the timeout expired
* With Kernel::timeout_max_us, one can get the maximum installable timeout
* Kernel::timeout_age_us returns the time that has passed since the
calling threads last timeout installation
* Removes all device specific back-ends for the base-hw timer driver and
implements a generic back-end taht uses the kernel timeout API
* Adds assertions about the kernel timer frequency that originate from the
requirements of the the kernel timeout API and adjusts all timers
accordingly by using the their internal dividers
* Introduces the Kernel::Clock class. As member of each Kernel::Cpu object
it combines the management of the timer of the CPU with a timeout scheduler.
Not only the timeout API uses the timeout scheduler but also the CPUs job
scheduler for installing scheduling timeouts.
* Introduces the Kernel::time_t type for timer tic values and values inherited
from timer tics (like microseconds).
Fixes#1972
To avoid the need for adapting the names of the core restricted syscalls
each time we add a public syscall (restricted names must always be
greater than public names), let restricted syscall names simply start at
100 (we should never have more than 100 public syscalls).
Ref #1972
Building a kernel test produced an error about a missing config
apparently because of recent changes in the run tool. So, we add
a dummy XML node as config.
Ref #1972
Evaluate fadt xml node in report from acpi_drv. If the io ports in the range
of 0xcf8+4 are necessary for the reset than the platform driver will
react on the 'system' state 'reset' and reboot.
Issue #1962
Will be/can be used by the platform driver to reset the machine, iif the
platform driver owns the resources, e.g. the I/O ports of PCI config access.
Issue #1962
The modular lx_kit seperates the required back end functionality of the
Linux emulation environment from the front end. Thereby each driver can
reuse specific parts or supply more suitable implementations by itself.
It is used to reduce the amount of redundant code in each driver.
The lx_kit is split into several layers whose structure is as follows:
The first layer in _repos/dde_linux/src/include/lx_emul_ contains those
header files that provide the structural definitions and function
declarations of the Linux API, e.g. _errno.h_ provides all error code
values. The second layer in _repos/dde_linux/src/include/lx_emul/impl_
contains the implementation of selected functions, e.g. _slab.h_
provides the implementation of 'kmalloc()'. The lx_kit back end API is
the third layer and provides the _Lx::Malloc_ interface
(_repos/dde_linux/src/include/lx_kit/malloc.h_) which is used to
implement 'kmalloc()'. There are several generic implementations of the
lx_kit interfaces that can be used by a driver.
A driver typically includes a 'lx_emul/impl/xyz.h' header once
directly in its lx_emul compilation unit. The lx_kit interface files
are only included in those compilation units that use or implement the
interface. If a driver wants to use a generic implementation it must
add the source file to its source file list. The generic
implementations are located in _repos/dde_linux/src/lx_kit/_.
The modular lx_kit still depends on the private _lx_emul.h_ header file
that is tailored to each driver. Since the lx_kit already contains much
of the declarations and definitions that were originally placed in
these private header files, those files can now ommit a large amount
of code.
Fixes#1974.
In addition to updating the contrib sources the driver now uses the
new Component API and will report the internal mixer state.
Reporting of the mixer state is enabled by adding the 'report_mixer'
attribute to the drivers configuration and setting its value to 'yes'.
The following snippets illustrates the format of the report:
!<mixer_state>
! <mixer field="inputs.beep" value="108"/>
! <mixer field="outputs.hp_sense" value="plugged"/>
! <mixer field="outputs.master" value="128,128"/>
! <mixer field="outputs.mic_sense" value="unplugged"/>
! <mixer field="outputs.spkr_muters" value="hp,mic"/>
!</mixer_state>
The mixer state may expose other mixer fields as well, depending on the
used sound card. The naming scheme of the attributes intentionally
matches the naming scheme of OpenBSD's mixerctl(1) program.
Each 'mixer' node can be used to configure the audio driver by using it
in its configuration, e.g.:
!<config report_mixer="yes">
! <mixer field="outputs.master" value="255,255"/>
!</config>
This configuration will set the output volume to the highest possible
value. Although it is now also possible to update the configuration
at run-time it should not be done while the driver is currently playing
or recording because it may provoke the generation of artefacts.
Fixes#1973.
We do not ensure that the Fpu::Context is 16-byte aligned and,
therefore, should not tell the compiler that we did. Otherwise, the GCC
may optimize operations regarding the addresses of members as it did for
if ((addr_t)_fxsave_area & 0xf) ...
With the declared 16-byte alignment the condition will never become
true.
- add a new function 'binary_ready_hook_for_gdb()' in ldso. GDB can set a
breakpoint at this function to know when ldso has loaded the binary
into memory.
- get the thread state from the NOVA kernel immediately on 'pause()'
Fixes#1968
This patch moves the thread operations from the 'Cpu_session'
to the 'Cpu_thread' interface.
A noteworthy semantic change is the meaning of the former
'exception_handler' function, which used to define both, the default
exception handler or a thread-specific signal handler. Now, the
'Cpu_session::exception_sigh' function defines the CPU-session-wide
default handler whereas the 'Cpu_thread::exception_sigh' function
defines the thread-specific one.
To retain the ability to create 'Child' objects without invoking a
capability, the child's initial thread must be created outside the
'Child::Process'. It is now represented by the 'Child::Initial_thread',
which is passed as argument to the 'Child' constructor.
Fixes#1939
These warnings are triggered by requests either using byte offsets or
reading a number of bytes that is not a multiple of the block size as
well as by components using the plugin with a different block size than
the backend block session provides.
Fixes#1964.
Adjust IRTE_COUNT to specify the number of IRTEs and not the index of
the last IRTE entry. This fixes an off-by-one error in the toggle_mask()
function, where the range check for I/O APIC IRQs wrongly ignored IRQ
23.
The custom version merely differs from the generic one with respect to
the session quota. Since we support the dynamic upgrading of sessions,
we don't need to provide the big amount (128KiB) defined by the custom
version.
This patch supplements each existing connection type with an new
constructor that is meant to replace the original one. The new
one takes a reference to the component's environment as argument and
thereby does not rely on the presence of the globally accessible
'env()' interface.
The original constructors are marked as deprecated. Once we have
completely abolished the use of the global 'env()', we will remove them.
Fixes#1960
The recent move of the initial three region maps into the PD session
breaks the noux.run test on Linux because the address spaces are locally
managed on this platform but the generic code of Noux still tries to
execute the regular procedure of creating the virtualized PD session for
a new Noux process. This patch handles a corner case that occurs on
Linux but no other platform. It enables the successful creation of the
virtualized PD session so that the test runs to completion. Still noux
on Linux remains to be limited to non-forking programs.
Issue #1938
All core.inc files now use $BASE_HW_DIR instead of $REP_DIR. The former
is defined by the core.mk file. This allows including core.inc files
from other repositories (e.g. genode-world) for additional platform
support.
Fixes#1955
Replace size_t by uint8_t in accessors for the IPv4 header fields
'version' and 'header_length' - uint8_t is the smallest integral type
for 4 bit of information. Note, as the _internet header length_ field is
defined to reflect the number of 32-bit words the header occupies, we
also stick to the specification with our accessor.
Issue #1915
The old implementation cleared all other bits in the SCU control
register when enabling the SCU, which broke the kernel startup on zynq-
based boards.
By only raising the enable bit, we can keep the initial/default state
e.g. as set up by uboot.
Fixes#1953
It turns out that the name function does not have much use in practice
except for naming the thread of the component's initial entrypoint. For
dynamically linked components, this thread is created by the dynamic
linker. It is named "ep" in these cases. Considering that we will
eventually turn all regular components into dynamically linked
executables, the additional information provided by the
Component::name() function remains unused. So it is better to not bother
the component developers with adding boilerplate code.
Now rlibs are actually linked to programs. Target files have been
modified to not generate code that requires compiler-rt. Added a target
for libstd-rust, but it's very broken right now. Moved alloc_system to
the libports folder because either a memory allocator needs to be
written in rust or posix_memalign needs to be implemented. Changed
liblibc to use freebsd as the OS instead of netbsd. Added a library with
unwind dummy functions.
Rust relies on atomic builtins, which are not implemented in libgcc for
ARM. One was implemented in rust, which was sufficient to get the
current rust test to run. Rust libs were added into the group of libs
for the linker so order no longer matters. The raspberry pi now uses an
armv6 target.
This patch cleans up the thread API and comes with the following
noteworthy changes:
- Introduced Cpu_session::Weight type that replaces a formerly used
plain integer value to prevent the accidental mix-up of
arguments.
- The enum definition of Cpu_session::DEFAULT_WEIGHT moved to
Cpu_session::Weight::DEFAULT_WEIGHT
- New Thread constructor that takes a 'Env &' as first argument.
The original constructors are now marked as deprecated. For the
common use case where the default 'Weight' and 'Affinity' are
used, a shortcut is provided. In the long term, those two
constructors should be the only ones to remain.
- The former 'Thread<>' class template has been renamed to
'Thread_deprecated'.
- The former 'Thread_base' class is now called 'Thread'.
- The new 'name()' accessor returns the thread's name as 'Name'
object as centrally defined via 'Cpu_session::Name'. It is meant to
replace the old-fashioned 'name' method that takes a buffer and size
as arguments.
- Adaptation of the thread test to the new API
Issue #1954
This patch moves the base library from src/base to src/lib/base,
flattens the library-internal directory structure, and moves the common
parts of the library-description files to base/lib/mk/base.inc and
base/lib/mk/base-common.inc.
Furthermore, the patch fixes a few cosmetic issues (whitespace and
comments only) that I encountered while browsing the result.
Fixes#1952
We report UNLINK_ERR_NO_PERM only for files in TAR archive, otherwise
UNLINK_ERR_NO_ENTRY is returned. This permits the arbitrary layering of
file systems with support for proper ENOENT reporting, for example,
when using 'rm -f non_existent_file' that aborts if EPERM is wrongly
reported.
Most slab allocators in core use a sliced heap as backing store. Since
sliced-heap allocations are performed at page-granularity, it is
sensible to dimension the slab blocks to fill whole pages.
This patch cleans up the implementation of the sliced heap, adds a
constructor that takes references instead of pointers, and adds the
function 'meta_data_size' to determine the meta-data overhead per block.
The latter can be used to dimension slab allocators such that slab
blocks use whole pages.
The original 'Env' interface as returned by 'Genode::env()' has been
renamed to 'Env_deprecated' and moved to deprecated/env.h. The new version
of base/env.h contains the interface passed to modern components that
use the component API via base/component.h.
Issue #1832
This patch makes the former 'Process' class private to the 'Child'
class and changes the constructor of the 'Child' in a way that
principally enables the implementation of single-threaded runtime
environments that virtualize the CPU, PD, and RAM services. The
new interfaces has become free from side effects. I.e., instead
of implicitly using Genode::env()->rm_session(), it takes the reference
to the local region map as argument. Also, the handling of the dynamic
linker via global variables is gone. Now, the linker binary must be
provided as constructor argument.
Fixes#1949
This patch replaces the former 'Pd_session::bind_thread' function by a
PD-capability argument of the 'Cpu_session::create_thread' function, and
removes the ancient thread-start protocol via 'Rm_session::add_client' and
'Cpu_session::set_pager'. Threads are now bound to PDs at their creation
time and implicitly paged according to the address space of the PD.
Note the API change:
This patch changes the signature of the 'Child' and 'Process' constructors.
There is a new 'address_space' argument, which represents the region map
representing the child's address space. It is supplied separately to the
PD session capability (which principally can be invoked to obtain the
PD's address space) to allow the population of the address space
without relying on an 'Pd_session::address_space' RPC call.
Furthermore, a new (optional) env_pd argument allows the explicit
overriding of the PD capability handed out to the child as part of its
environment. It can be used to intercept the interaction of the child
with its PD session at core. This is used by Noux.
Issue #1938
Since the dynamic linker depends on the XML utils and we plan to replace
the ancient 'Arg_string' with XML, it is time to move the 'Xml_node' and
'Xml_generator' to base/include.
We will eventually remove the delivery of the number of occurred signals
to the recipient. There haven't been any convincing use cases for this
feature. In the contrary, it actually led to wrong design choices in the
past where the rate of signals carried information (such as the progress
of time) that should better be obtained via an explicit RPC call.
The old 'Signal_rpc_member' template retains the old interface for now.
But the new 'Signal_handler' omits the 'unsigned' argument from the
handler function.
GNU ar only uses a flat module (object) name space but supports multiple
instances of objects with the same name. As we use subdirectories with
source file names that may clash (e.g., signal/common.cc and
server/common.cc in the base library) some of our static library
archives have multiple object instances. This is not an issue on archive
creation but works not as expected when updating archives. To avoid
updates of library archives we delete the files before calling GNU ar.
This patch integrates three region maps into each PD session to
reduce the session overhead and to simplify the PD creation procedure.
Please refer to the issue cited below for an elaborative discussion.
Note the API change:
With this patch, the semantics of core's RM service have changed. Now,
the service is merely a tool for creating and destroying managed
dataspaces, which are rarely needed. Regular components no longer need a
RM session. For this reason, the corresponding argument for the
'Process' and 'Child' constructors has been removed.
The former interface of the 'Rm_session' is not named 'Region_map'. As a
minor refinement, the 'Fault_type' enum values are now part of the
'Region_map::State' struct.
Issue #1938
The return code of assign_parent remained unused. So this patch
removes it.
The bind_thread function fails only due to platform-specific limitations
such as the exhaustion of ID name spaces, which cannot be sensibly
handled by the PD-session client. If occurred, such conditions used to
be reflected by integer return codes that were used for diagnostic
messages only. The patch removes the return codes and leaves the
diagnostic output to core.
Fixes#1842
The mixer is not directly necessary for the avplay demo. But it implies
additional maintenance work. E.g., in the current state, it complains about
the missing Report server and mutes audio output by default.
Ref #1910
Currently the report name is used implicitly as first xml node name for the
report. This is inconvenient if one component wants to generate various xml
reports under various names (e.g. to steer consumers/clients slightly
differently) but with the same xml node tree structure.
Fixes#1940
We don't want Genode environment objects that register their destructor
for program exit as it is mostly unnecessary and easily produces
dangling pointers. Thus, use unmanaged_singleton instead of the static
keyword.
Fixes#1941
When bringing up the kernel on multiple cores, there is a time span
where some cores already have caches enabled and some don't. Core-local
storage that may be used during this time must be aligned at least to
the maximum line size among global caches. Otherwise, a cached core may
unintentionally prefetch data of a yet uncached core into a global
cache. This may corrupt the view of the uncached core as soon as it
enables caches. However, to determine the exact alignment for every
single ARM platform isn't sensible. Instead, we can align to the minimum
page size assuming that a cache never wants to prefetch from multiple
pages at once and thus fulfills "line size <= page size".
Fixes#1937
When using the Allocator interface, one can't tell which alignment
resulting allocations fulfill. However, at least on ARM, given the
architectural alignment requirements of ARM memory accesses, one wants
memory allocations (what allocators are for in most cases) to be word
aligned automatically. Previously, at least the AVL allocator simply
called alloc_aligned without defining align in its alloc implementation.
This led to unaligned access faults (the default was 0) when using the
AVL allocator as Allocator (as done in the metadata management of a SLAB
of an AVL that uses the AVL as backing store). To avoid such pitfalls
in the future, we force users of alloc_aligned to always specify align
(why use alloc_aligned without align anyway).
Ref #1941
This is a generalisation approach of the hw_zynq target. As the boards
typically use UART1 instead of UART0 (used by qemu), we have to
distinguish between those. Moreover, in general hw_zynq does not imply
zynq_qemu anymore, so that the support of particular boards can be
placed in third-party or community repositories (e.g. Genode world).
Fixes#1926
Besides unifying the Msgbuf_base classes across all platforms, this
patch merges the Ipc_marshaller functionality into Msgbuf_base, which
leads to several further simplifications. For example, this patch
eventually moves the Native_connection_state and removes all state
from the former Ipc_server to the actual server loop, which not only
makes the flow of control and information much more obvious, but is
also more flexible. I.e., on NOVA, we don't even have the notion of
reply-and-wait. Now, we are no longer forced to pretend otherwise.
Issue #1832
This patch unifies the CPU session interface across all platforms. The
former differences are moved to respective "native-CPU" interfaces.
NOVA is not covered by the patch and still relies on a custom version of
the core-internal 'cpu_session_component.h'. However, this will soon be
removed once the ongoing rework of pause/single-step on NOVA is
completed.
Fixes#1922
This patch changes the organization of the slab blocks within the slab
allocator. Originally, blocks were kept in a list sorted by the number
of free entries. However, it turned out that the maintenance of this
invariant involves a lot of overhead in the presence of a large number
of blocks. The new implementation manages blocks within a ring in no
particular order and maintains a pointer to the block where the next
allocation is attempted. This alleviates the need for sorting blocks
when allocating and deallocating.
Fixes#1908
This patch ensures that the 'Allocator_avl' releases all memory obtained
from the meta-data allocator at destruction time. If allocations are
still dangling, it produces a warning, hinting at possible memory leaks.
Finally, it properly reverts all 'add_range' operations.
This patch fixes a use-after-free problem raised by the recent ability of
the slab allocator to dynamically release empty slab blocks. The
Rm_session_component::detach function used to rely on the assumption
that the region metadata co-located with the allocator metadata of the
'_map' would stay intact even after a 'free' if the region.
This patch prevents the destruction of the fd allocator when the program
exists. Otherwise, the meta data for file descriptors that were not
manually closed would vanish, which may cause problems in subsequent
destructors.
This patch makes sure that the dataspace pool is flushed before
destructing the heap-local allocator-avl instance. With the original
destruction order, the allocator would still contain dangling
allocations on the account of the dataspace pool when destructed. In
practice, this caused no problem because the underlying backing store is
eventually freed on the destruction of the pool. But it triggers a
runtime warning of the allocator since it has become more strict with
regard to dangling allocations.
This patch removes the dynamically growing slab allocator from the
page-table registry. This has two benefits. First, we alleviate the
corner cases where the slab allocator needed to extend its backing store
while establishing a core-local memory mapping, thereby triggering a
nested core-local mapping. Without this corner case, no reentrant lock
is needed any longer. Second, it removes the dependency from the overly
large old API of the slab allocator. So we can tighten the slab
interface.
Replace the Out_of_node_handles exception with Out_of_metadata.
Clients need to know when the server is out of internal resources,
but not why.
Cleanup and sort the errors at file_system_session.h.
Remove 'Size_limit_reached exception' from File_system, which was
internal to ram_fs.
Issue #1751Fixes#1909
Opening a VFS handle previously involved allocating from the global heap
at each VFS file system. By amending open with an allocator argument,
dynamic allocation can be partitioned.
A new close method is used to deallocate open handles.
Issue #1751
Issue #1891
The returned capacity had different semantics dependent on the card
type. For HIGH_CAPACITY cards, the memory capacity is specified in 512kB
blocks. So we should also return 512kB blocks for STANDARD_CAPACITY
cards.
Issue #1925
When init destroys a child server with an open session, the client must
be updated as it will otherwise store a pointer to a no-more existing
service object which will be dereferenced when the child client is
destroyed.
Fixes#1912
First, we use an alternate stack for signal handling now. The stack is
shared among all threads of the component, which is okay as we only
handle exceptions with log output and pass on to the default handler
(that terminates the execution). The primary motivation for the
alternate stack is the detection of SIGSEGV due to stack overflows.
Also, hybrid components now handle exception signals by logging and the
support for multi-threaded applications was improved.
Fixes#1935
This commit introduces the new `Component` interface in the form of the
headers base/component.h and base/entrypoint.h. The os/server.h API
has become merely a compatibilty wrapper and will eventually be removed.
The same holds true for os/signal_rpc_dispatcher.h. The mechanism has
moved to base/signal.h and is now called 'Signal_handler'.
Since the patch shuffles headers around, please do a 'make clean' in the
build directory.
Issue #1832
Prevents the annoying warning about
WARNING: Image format was not specified for 'bin/test.img' and probing guessed raw.
Automatically detecting the format is dangerous for raw images, write operations on block 0 will be restricted.
Specify the 'raw' format explicitly to remove the restrictions.
If attached ROM dataspaces are not valid after update(), code that uses
these ROMs produces
void Genode::Volatile_object< <template-parameter-1-1> >::_check_constructed() const [with MT = Genode::Attached_dataspace]: Deref_unconstructed_object
In scenarios where the config ROM is loaded from a report ROM or any
other non-static ROM, config might try to access an invalid dataspace
capability. This patch prevents the component from aborting in this
case.
Fixes#1914
This commit replaces the stateful 'Ipc_client' type with the plain
function 'ipc_call' that takes all the needed state as arguments.
The stateful 'Ipc_server' class is retained but it moved from the public
API to the internal ipc_server.h header. The kernel-specific
implementations were cleaned up and simplified. E.g., the 'wait'
function does no longer exist. The badge and exception code are no
longer carried in the message buffers but are handled in kernel-specific
ways.
Issue #610
Issue #1832
If ports need preparation in order to execute a run script, use the
knowledge about the actual genode directory to suggest a command to the
user that can be directly copied to the command line.
Rust relies on atomic builtins, which are not implemented in libgcc for
ARM. One is implemented in rust, which is sufficient to get the
current rust test to run.
Issue #1899
Check if the binary pointer is valid before attempting to lookup the
symbol. Shared objects with unresolved symbols and missing depencies,
e.g a library that references 'errno' but is not linked against libc,
will now produce an error message when they are loaded by the dynamic
linker.
Fixes#1904.
This patch moves details about the stack allocation and organization
the base-internal headers. Thereby, I replaced the notion of "thread
contexts" by "stacks" as this term is much more intuitive. The fact that
we place thread-specific information at the bottom of the stack is not
worth introducing new terminology.
Issue #1832
The interfaces linux_cpu_session, local_capability, linux_dataspace,
linux_native_pd are mere implementation necessities. They are meant for the
internal use by the framework only. So it is appropriate to move them to
base/internal/.
Issue #1832
On seL4 and L4/Fiasco, we employ a simple yielding spinlock as lock
implementation. Consequently these base platforms used to have a
simplified header. However, since the regular cancelable_lock has all
the member variables needed to implement a spinlock, we can simply use
the generic header on those two platforms too, just leaving some other
parts of the generic header unused. So at API level, the difference is
not visible.
Issue #1832
By moving the stub implementation to rm_session_client.cc, we can use
the generic base/include/rm_session/client.h for base-linux and
base-nova and merely use platform-specific implementations.
Issue #1832
This patch establishes a common organization of header files
internal to the base framework. The internal headers are located at
'<repository>/src/include/base/internal/'. This structure has been
choosen to make the nature of those headers immediately clear when
included:
#include <base/internal/lock_helper.h>
Issue #1832
This patch integrates the functionality of the former CAP session into
the PD session and unifies the approch of supplementing the generic PD
session with kernel-specific functionality. The latter is achieved by
the new 'Native_pd' interface. The kernel-specific interface can be
obtained via the Pd_session::native_pd accessor function. The
kernel-specific interfaces are named Nova_native_pd, Foc_native_pd, and
Linux_native_pd.
The latter change allowed for to deduplication of the
pd_session_component code among the various base platforms.
To retain API compatibility, we keep the 'Cap_session' and
'Cap_connection' around. But those classes have become mere wrappers
around the PD session interface.
Issue #1841
This patch removes the SIGNAL service from core and moves its
functionality to the PD session. Furthermore, it unifies the PD service
implementation and terminology across the various base platforms.
Issue #1841
This patch removes the support for executing subsystems of CLI monitor
within the GDB monitor. There are multiple reasons: First, the feature
remained unused for multiple years. Second, it relied on the base/elf.h
header to determine whether the started binary is dynamically or
statically linked. This header, however, is going to be removed from the
Genode API. Third, the feature will eventually break with the upcoming
changes of how components are bootstrapped. Finally, there is the plan
to turn CLI monitor into a sole front end of a dynamically configurable
init component. Once we pursue this plan, we'd need to reconsider the
GDB support anyway.
Issue #1832
The commit avoids the need to have contrib sources of the kernel
available for this run script. We actually just want to build core and
not the kernel itself, which is always required after recent changes in
the ports tool.
This is the default optimization level in the original seL4 SDK. By
adapting to O3, we work around a bug [1] in version 2.1.0 that only
shows on low optimization levels.
[1] https://github.com/seL4/seL4/issues/20
Previously, ports that were needed for a scenario and that were not
prepared or outdated, triggered one assertion each during the second
build stage. The commit slots a mechanism in ahead that gathers all
these ports during the first build stage and reports them in form of a
list before the second build stage is entered. This list can be used
directly as argument for tool/ports/prepare_port to prepare respectively
update the ports. If, however, this mechanism is not available, for
example because a target is build without the first build stage, the old
assertion still prevents the target from running into troubles with a
missing port.
Fixes#1872
To raise readability when preparing multiple ports in parallel we prefix
also the git clone output with the port name dark-yellow-coloured. To
achieve this we sed the git output. In sed \x1b[ resolves to an escape
sequence and \033[, that we use normally, doesn't. The echo command, at
the other hand, resolves both to an escape sequence. Thus we use the
sed-compatible version in general. This commit inhibits the progress
output of git clone as it can't be redirected to sed.
Ref #1872
The tool/prepare_port tool is now able to handle a list of ports that
shall be prepared. Additionally, one may state the number of ports that
shall be prepared in parallel at a max by using the -j parameter. If -j
is not set by the user, the tool acts as with -j1. The previous
implementation of the tool that prepares only a single port was moved to
tool/ports/mk/prepare_single_port.mk and acts as back end to the new
prepare_port tool. The interface of the new prepare_port tool is
backwards compatible. When called for one port only, the behavior is the
same as when calling tool/ports/mk/prepare_single_port.mk directly.
Removes "usage" rule from prepare_single_port.mk. Removes shebang line
from prepare_single_port.mk.
Ref #1872
The gnat and gprbuild tools are not necessarily in the PATH when
preparing the port since the effective location is specified by the
--image-muen-gnat-path RUN_OPT.
This patch updates seL4 from the experimental branch of one year ago to
the master branch of version 2.1. The transition has the following
implications.
In contrast to the experimental branch, the master branch has no way to
manually define the allocation of kernel objects within untyped memory
ranges. Instead, the kernel maintains a built-in allocation policy. This
policy rules out the deallocation of once-used parts of untyped memory.
The only way to reuse memory is to revoke the entire untyped memory
range. Consequently, we cannot share a large untyped memory range for
kernel objects of different protection domains. In order to reuse memory
at a reasonably fine granularity, we need to split the initial untyped
memory ranges into small chunks that can be individually revoked. Those
chunks are called "untyped pages". An untyped page is a 4 KiB untyped
memory region.
The bootstrapping of core has to employ a two-stage allocation approach
now. For creating the initial kernel objects for core, which remain
static during the entire lifetime of the system, kernel objects are
created directly out of the initial untyped memory regions as reported
by the kernel. The so-called "initial untyped pool" keeps track of the
consumption of those untyped memory ranges by mimicking the kernel's
internal allocation policy. Kernel objects created this way can be of
any size. For example the phys CNode, which is used to store page-frame
capabilities is 16 MiB in size. Also, core's CSpace uses a relatively
large CNode.
After the initial setup phase, all remaining untyped memory is turned
into untyped pages. From this point on, new created kernel objects
cannot exceed 4 KiB in size because one kernel object cannot span
multiple untyped memory regions. The capability selectors for untyped
pages are organized similarly to those of page-frame capabilities. There
is a new 2nd-level CNode (UNTYPED_CORE_CNODE) that is dimensioned
according to the maximum amount of physical memory (1M entries, each
entry representing 4 KiB). The CNode is organized such that an index
into the CNode directly corresponds to the physical frame number of the
underlying memory. This way, we can easily determine a untyped page
selector for any physical addresses, i.e., for revoking the kernel
objects allocated at a specific physical page. The downside is the need
for another 16 MiB chunk of meta data. Also, we need to keep in mind
that this approach won't scale to 64-bit systems. We will eventually
need to replace the PHYS_CORE_CNODE and UNTYPED_CORE_CNODE by CNode
hierarchies to model a sparsely populated CNode.
The size constrain of kernel objects has the immediate implication that
the VM CSpaces of protection domains must be organized via several
levels of CNodes. I.e., as the top-level CNode of core has a size of
2^12, the remaining 20 PD-specific CSpace address bits are organized as
a 2nd-level 2^4 padding CNode, a 3rd-level 2^8 CNode, and several
4th-level 2^8 leaf CNodes. The latter contain the actual selectors for
the page tables and page-table entries of the respective PD.
As another slight difference from the experimental branch, the master
branch requires the explicit assignment of page directories to an ASID
pool.
Besides the adjustment to the new seL4 version, the patch introduces a
dedicated type for capability selectors. Previously, we just used to
represent them as unsigned integer values, which became increasingly
confusing. The new type 'Cap_sel' is a PD-local capability selector. The
type 'Cnode_index' is an index into a CNode (which is not generally not
the entire CSpace of the PD).
Fixes#1887
Use the new Sinfo::get_dev_info function to retrieve device information
in the platform-specific get_msi_params function. If the requested
device supports MSI, set the IRQ and MSI address/data register values to
enable MSIs in remappable format (see VT-d specification, section
5.1.2.2).
Currently only one MSI per device is supported as the subhandle in the
data register is always set to 0.
The new Sinfo::get_dev_info function can be used to retrieve information
for a PCI device with given source-id (SID). The function returns false
if no device information for the specified device exists.
The platform-specific get_msi_params function returns MSI parameters for
a device identified by PCI config space address. The function returns
false if either the platform or the device does not support MSI mode of
operation.
Extend the base-hw Irq_session_component class with _is_msi, _address
and _value variables required to support MSI mode of operation.
Return MSI configuration in info() function if _is_msi is set to true.
Enable the ACPI functionality in the platform_drv on hw_x86_64_muen and
provide a simple generated XML report as ROM session in order to make
the PCI configuration space available.
This is a requirement to implement support for MSI on hw_x86_64_muen.
In addition to now using the framework the playback is triggered by a
timer. For now it is a periodic timer that triggers every 11 ms which
is roughly the current Audio:out period (*).
The driver now also behaves like the other BSD Audio_out driver, i.e,
it always advances the play pointer. That is vital for the Audio_out
stack above the driver to work properly (e.g. the mixer).
(*) It stands to reason if it would be better to use the async ALSA
timer interface instead of using the Timer session.
Fixes#1892.
For some reason 'os/config.h' is imported through 'launchpad.h', when linking an
undefined symbol ('Genode::config') is produced, which actually should not
happen.
This commit adds rocket core on the Zynq FPGA support to base HW. It also takes
advantage of the new timer infrastructure introduced with the privileged 1.8 and
adds improved TLB flush support.
fixes#1880
The wrapper functions (e.g., 'Unwind_*' and friends) now have the same signature
as the original function in 'libgcc', reside in a separate C file which is
archived to cxx.lib.a. In supc++.o we prefix the wrapped functions with '_cxx_'.
This also enables support for riscv.
related to #1880
This driver uses the Usb session interface and provides a Block session
to its client. See _repos/os/src/drivers/usb_block/README' for more
information.
Fixes#1885.
Instead of only hardcoding "hw" read 'alsa_device' attribute from the
config node to determine the proper playback device. The default value
is still "hw" in case the attribute is not present.
Fixes#1884.
This patch removes a superfluous resize request at the creation time of
a new window, which resulted from _requested_size being initialized with
zero whereas the _geometry was initialized with the actual window
geometry. In some cases, this inconsistency led to the report of a new
resize request for the size 0x0, which is obviously wrong. I.e., it
leads clients to believe that the user has closed the window.
This patch resets the part of the window state that is responsible the
dragging of window controls once the drag operation is finalized.
Without it, the window was wrongly positioned when leaving the maximized
state after a previous resize operation.
This patch adds support for manipulating the window layout with keyboard
actions. It supports the toggling of fullscreen (aka maximize), the
raising of the currently focused window, and the focusing the next/previous
window.
This patch adds the mechanics for detecting key sequences to the window
layouter. Sequences for layouter actions can be expressed in the
layouter configuration. They cannot trigger any real action yet.
This patch weakens the themed decorator's demands with respect to the
supplied theme data. It no longer strictly requires the specification of
the '<closer>', '<title>', and '<maximizer>' nodes and the accompanied
png/tff data. Furthermore, the default.png can be left out if both decor
and aura have a size of zero.
This patch enhances the layouter to apply a label-dependent policy
for the placement of new windows. The policy may contain the
attributes 'xpos', 'ypos', and 'maximized'. If the latter is set
to "yes", the matching window will appear in maximized state.
This patch ensures that we never request a zero-sized virtual
framebuffer from nitpicker even when instantiating the object with zero
width or height. It therebu removes the burden of handling the resulting
invalid framebuffer dataspace from the user of the Nitpicker_buffer
utility.
The driver might end up in an endless loop on systems that do not
contain an i8042 controller when probing the AUX interface. This
leads to busy looping and in the end to not annoucing the Input
service. Components that wait for the announcement of the service
will therefore hang as well.
Normally a service gets announced only if it is usable but in this
case this is inconvient because it renders all scenarios that use
the input_merger non working on x86 systems that only provide USB
input and do not have PS/2 at all.
Ideally, the PS/2 driver should only be started if the system needs it.
That is currently not feasible and for the time being we post-pone the
inevitable and back down after several unsucessful attempts to read
from the AUX interface while initializing the driver.
Fixes#1871.
Interfaces that have been claimed by a component always have to be
released when the session is closed in case the component
malfunctioned.
Fixes#1869.
Inspired by the mailing-list posting [1], this commit removes the
MAC/PHY reset for all Intel cards and effectively prevents the bandwidth
drop to 10 MBit/s (e.g., on i217lm). I understand it as preliminary fix
for practical reasons - a real fix would be to update the ipxe port and
monitor for more postings like the one mentioned.
[1] http://lists.ipxe.org/pipermail/ipxe-devel/2015-December/004511.html
The 'usb_report_filter' component takes the devices report from the
USB driver and generates a new devices report after checking each
entry against its device white-list. Before emitting the new report
it changes the configuration of the USB driver to contain the
required policy entries.
See 'repos/os/src/app/usb_report_filter/README' for more details.
Issue #1863.
- Use 'label' attribute to identify device instead of
bus/dev and vendor_id/product_id
- Implement release_interface RPC
- Report 'label' as well as 'bus' and 'dev'
- Add policy handling to raw driver (includes reconfiguration
at runtime)
- Use own memory backing store for large DMA allocations
Issue #1863.
This prevents a sporadic null-pointer dereference in the nic_loopback
test, which occurred once in 100 runs. I'm not sure if there's still a
race window (we may investigate) with context dissolve.
Instead of polling for new Nic session signals, when waiting for
network packets with a timeout, block on the signal receiver, and
register a timer event beforehand using the same signal receiver.
Fix#1862
Ref #1864
Do not build core-muen_on library without the muen soecifier set.
Do not reference files of the muen contrib directory in the first
pass of make's rule analysis, when parding the muen specific kernel
makefile.
Fix#1859
The new implementation of the FPU and FPU context is taken out to
separate architecture-dependent header files. The generic Cpu_lazy_state
is deleted. There is no hint about the existence of something like an
FPU in the generic non-architexture-dependent code anymore. Instead the
architecture-dependent CPU context of a thread is extended by an FPU
context where supported.
Moreover, the current FPU implementations are enhanced so that threads
that get deleted now release the FPU when still obtaining it.
Fix#1855
Thanks to the log_terminal server, we no longer rely on a separate UART
for the noux output. We also skip the indirection of using a tar archive
but rather start the test-noux_form program as a mounted ROM module.
With commit e74b53d5dd the fork semantic in noux
changed slightly, and broke platforms like hw & sel4, where the UTCB is mapped
directly into the thread's context area. The change moved the re-initialization
to a point where the new noux process' thread stack-pointer was already switched
back to the context area. But to re-initialize the context area RPC calls must
be done, and the UTCB must be used therefore. On the other side the UTCB is
found implicitly by the stack-pointer, whereby a stack-pointer located in the
context-area refers to a UTCB that is expected to reside in the context-area
as well. But the UTCB gets overlayed inside the context area by the
context-area's re-initialization - we've come round in a circle.
This commit rolls back the move of the re-initialization routine. To preserve
the intention of the original commit, the context-area location is stored in
a static variable, so that the Native_config API is not needed anymore.
Fix#1851
This commit enables multi-processing for all Cortex A9 SoCs we currently
support. Moreover, it thereby enables the L2 cache for i.MX6 that was not
enabled until now. However, the QEMU variants hw_pbxa9 and hw_zynq still
only use 1 core, because the busy cpu synchronization used when initializing
multiple Cortex A9 cores leads to horrible boot times on QEMU.
During this work the CPU initialization in general was reworked. From now
on lots of hardware specifics were put into the 'spec' specific files, some
generic hook functions and abstractions thereby were eliminated. This
results to more lean implementations for instance on non-SMP platforms,
or in the x86 case where cache maintainance is a non-issue.
Due to the fact that memory/cache coherency and SMP are closely coupled
on ARM Cortex A9 this commit combines so different aspects.
Fix#1312Fix#1807
On ARM Cortex A9 platforms the external PL310 L2 cache controller
needs to be initialized dependent on the SoC. For instance on Pandaboard
it needs to call the firmware running in TrustZone's secure world,
on i.MX6 it initializes it directly, on other boards it doesn't need
to be initialized at all, because the bootloader already did so.
Therefore, we should implement the PL310 intialization in board specific
code and not in the base class implementation.
Ref #1312
This commit separates certain SMP aspects into 'spec/smp' subdirectories.
Thereby it simplifies non-SMP implementations again, where no locking
and several platform specific maintainance operations are not needed.
Moreover, it moves several platform specifics to appropriated places,
removes dead code from x86, and starts to turn global static pointers
into references that are handed over.
Now, the right PCI bus:device:function (BDF) is reported to the kernel
during assign_pci syscall - beforehand it was ever 0:0.0. The BDF is
needed to lookup the correct DMAR unit the kernel has to configure. This
was revealed as the DMAR unit for Intel graphics on x201 is not the same
as for all other PCI devices we have drivers for on this platform.
Fixes#1848
Instead of using the 'alloc()' method to allocate new packets use
the 'next()' method with the previous packet. This is needed because
the last audio stack changes broke the semantics assumed by 'alloc()'.
We now keep track of the already queued packets by hand.
Fixes#1827.
Use kernel branch which is more accurate in accounting memory, which avoids
kernel messages of following form:
[0] warning: insufficient resources ...
Fixes#1830
Enable automatic build of Muen system image by adding the image/muen run
script to RUN_OPT. Also specify --image-muen parameters with explanatory
comments.
Note: The ISO image is not built by default anymore.
The script takes the following RUN_OPT parameters:
--image-muen-external-build Muen system is built automatically or externally
--image-muen-system Muen system policy
--image-muen-components Muen system components
--image-muen-hardware Muen hardware platform
--image-muen-gnat-path Path to GNAT toolchain
--image-muen-spark-path Path to SPARK toolchain
Because a check for the TEST_WRITE configuration was missing as condition for a
packet submit, the test caused unwanted write access to the device.
Ref #1824
Explicitly cast floats to long as we currently do not plan to support
float in Xml_generator and previously the value was implicitly casted to
long anyway.
Issue #1819
Executing the system call will change the input fds as a side-effect
because the select_in.fds and select_out.fds structure are part of a
union. Since the original select_in.fds content is needed afterwards
make a copy instead of using a reference.
Fixes#1809.
The main thread's UTCB, used during bootstrap of the main thread before
it allocates its context area, needs to be outside the virtual memory
area controlled by the RM session, because it is needed before the main
thread can access its RM session.
Fix#1804
This patch adds diagnostic messages during the label-policy application,
if no policy for the session label was found or if the domain configured
in the policy node does not exist.
When unblocking a thread in Semaphore::up() while holding the fifo meta-data
lock, it might happen that the lock holder gets destroyed by the one it was
unblocking. This happened for instance in the pthread test in the past, where
thread destruction was synchronized via a semaphore. There is no need to hold
the lock during the unblock operation, so we should do it outside the critical
section.
Fix#1333
Previously we used a pretty slow external clock source for the timer. This
resulted in such a low TICS_PER_MS value that the granularity wasn't
sufficient to find a setup with a precision better than 1 second error per
minute. Now we use the so-called High Frequency Reference Clock as input
with TICS_PER_MS=33333 and the timer precision is significantly < 1 second per
minute.
Fixes#1805
From our observations we can tell that the error should not exceed 4%.
However, there is no reasonable explanation by now why the test results
are less stable on these platforms. We have tried several things that
did not lead to an explanation or improvement:
* changing the timing parameters of the scheduler
* switching off SMP
* double-checking the speed of userland and kernel timers
Ref #1805
The test threads previously used a stack size independent from the machine
word width. Qemu was previously configured to provide 64Mb of RAM which isn't
sufficient for x86_64.
Ref #1805
Upgrading the quota of a PD session on HW always triggers a "Quota
exceeded" warning. To prevent unecessary debugging effort in the future,
we explain in an in-code comment that the warning is normal.
Ref #1805
Print result error and error tolerance per test result. Use TCL commands
'format' and 'abs'to simplify calculations in the conclusion part of the run
script.
Ref #1805
When capabilities are delegated to components, they are added to the UTCB of the
target thread. Before the thread is able to take out the capability id out of
the UTCB and adapt the user-level capability reference counter, it might happen
that another thread of the same component deletes the same capability because
its user-level reference counter reached zero. If the kernel then destroys the
capability, before the same capability id is taken out of all UTCBs, an
inconsitent view in the component is the result. To keep an consistent view in
the multi-threading scenario, the kernel now counts how often it puts a
capability into a UTCB. The threads on the other hand hint the kernel when they
took capabilities out of the UTCB, so the kernel can decrement the counter
again. Only when the counter is zero, capabilities can get destructed.
Fix#1623
On Linux the linker can now be loaded at arbitrary addresses, this became
necessary for newer kernel versions. The 'linux_arm' target is not supported.
Issue #1728
Former Native_config::context_area_virtual_base() was used to identify
the main, which is not desired as the Native_config is rather low-level
(almost private to the base libs). The commit uses a library constructor
to retrieve the main-thread Thread_base pointer, which can be used later
to distinguish main and other threads.
Likewise on the x86 branch, we have to remove all virtual memory ranges from the
virtual memory allocator that are used by one-by-one mappings of I/O regions
used by the kernel.
Fix#1797
If the injection of an event causes an EPT violation, the event must be
injected again. This commit implements the reinjection for the case that
the EPT violation can be resolved without involving the recompiler.
Fixes#1798
This reverts commit d8b95c263b.
Some clients might want to fiddle with the clients play position
(e.g. the mixer) within 'Audio_out::start()' and we might reset
it to an old value if we do it afterwards.
Fixes#1796.
Since all Audio_out server components loop over the packet stream
queue it is save to reset the tail position to one after the play
position. We have to do this because we do not know exactly when
the play position changes (i.e. the driver has processed the packet)
and we might end up with a tail position before the current play
position.
Issue #1796.
* Also change the way how mute is handled. Only send the
changed signal if the user has clicked on the mute checkbox
* Always check channels_rom is valid
* Add <default> handling
* Increase verbosity
Fixes#1795.
Instead of bailing out if the channel list is incorrect check config
node attributes and default settings first.
Being there also fix flawed LOG messages.
Fixes#1794.
* enable i915 driver from Linux 3.14.5
* tested for generation 5 till 8 GPUs
The driver can be configured at run-time via the config ROM. Every
connector of the graphic card can be configured separately using the
following syntax
<config>
<connector name="LVDS-11" width="1280" height="800" enabled="true"/>
</config>
Also, when enabled within the intel framebuffer driver configuration like
the following
<config buffered="yes"/>
a simple ram dataspace is propagated to the client and the driver
itselfs copies from that buffer to the framebuffer triggered via refresh
calls. This option is useful to alleviate tearing effects.
The driver distributes all available connectors of the graphic card and
their supported resolutions via a report. It looks like follows
<connectors>
<connector name="LVDS-11" connected="1">
<mode width="1280" height="800" hz="60"/>
...
</connector>
...
</connectors>
The driver distributes the report only if this is stated within its
configuration, like the following
<config>
<report connectors="yes"/>
</config>
Fix#1764
This patch unifies the mechanism of selecting server-side policies and
taking session-routing decisions based on session labels. In both cases,
XML nodes are scored against session labels. The score depends on the
XML attributes 'label' (exact match), 'label_prefix', and
'label_suffix'.
Issue #1766
* Provide paravirtualized block API for accessing the second partition
of the block device that is provided by the ESDHC driver.
* Provide paravirtualized serial API for sending log-output over Genodes
serial port.
* Use the latest Linux suggested in the USB Armory Wiki [1] when on USB Armory
while still using the older vendor Linux when on i.MX53 QSB. I.e.,
provide a device tree through RAM and a rootfs through the paravirtualized
block device when on USB Armory while providing ATAGs and Initrd when on
i.MX53 QSB.
* Switch on the LED on the USB Armory when the VMM catches a VM-exception
and switch it off again when as soon as the exception is handled. This
merely show-cases the ability to instrument the LED for such purposes. In an
ideal world, the LED is switched on as long as we're on the "Secure Side"
and switched off as long as we're not.
* For further information see repos/os/run/tz_vmm.run
[1] https://github.com/inversepath/usbarmory/wiki/Preparing-a-bootable-microSD-imageFixes#1497
On the USB Armory, we want to secure different devices than on other i.MX53
implementations. Thus, add a board specific configuration that is interpreted
by the kernel Trustzone initialization.
Ref #1497
Enhance the VM state, that can be accessed by a VMM, by a member
'unsigned irq_injection'. In Kernel::Vm::proceed check, whether
irq_injection is set. If so, check whether irq_injection is a
non-secure IRQ. If so, let the PIC raise this IRQ in the VM and reset
irq_injection.
Ref #1497
This enables installation of the bootloader image without wiping the
partition table which is needed at least for the tz_vmm tutorial with
hw_usb_armory.
Ref #1497
Move ADMA2 stuff to extra header and unit. Move ESDHCv2 implementations to
extra unit. Use exceptions instead of error codes. Clean-up documentation.
Ref #1497
The manual termination of multi-block writes via "Stop Transmission" commands
seems to leave the card in a busy state sometimes. This causes errors on
subsequent commands. Thus, we have to synchronize manually with the
card-internal state via "Send State" commands. Additionally, the method
for issuing the manual "Stop Transmission" commands was refined.
Ref #1497
We have to issue a data synchronization barrier after writing a ADMA2
table to ensure that the corresponding write commands were actually
executed before issuing the SD command.
Ref #1497
On i.MX53 QSB, a "Send Op Cond" command during the driver initialization
returns another response value than on the USB Armory. As the check for
this response seems to have no relevance for the driver functionality (Linux
reads the value from MMIO but I can't find a place in the source code where
it is used), we simply remove it.
Ref #1497
Previously, it was not necessary to acknowledge an IRQ initially before using
it. However, since the IRQ framework changed lately it is. Adapt to this.
Ref #1497
Notify client initially to enforce a client-side ROM update. Otherwise,
a server-side ROM update between session creation and signal-handler
registration would go unnoticed.
Issue #1788
This patch changes the decorator to always apply stacking-order changes
immediately instead of deferring the re-stacking of the nitpicker views
to the next call of 'update_nitpicker_views'. The deferred application
did not always work when more then one windows changed their stacking
position at once because the cached '_neighbor' values interfered with
each other.
The eager re-stacking should not have negative effects on the user
experience because, in contrast to re-positioning, re-stacking a rare
operation.
This change makes it possible to reuse the generic window decorator
classes in include/decorator/ for decorators of a different structure.
E.g., instead of painting decorations on a single nitpicker session,
each window may paint its decorations into additional window-specific
nitpicker sessions.
For each session upgrade performed by a wm client as part of the
Nitpicker::Connection::buffer function, the window manager wrongly
upgraded the wrapped nitpicker session twice: Once by handling the
Root::upgrade, and again by handling of the server-side 'buffer'
operation. Here, the 'buffer' operation was implemented by not merely
forwarding the RPC request to the wrapped nitpicker session but by
calling the 'buffer' method on the wrapped session's connection
object, which implictly issues session upgrades. Consequently,
the window manager would transfer twice the amount of the session
upgrades it received by its clients to nitpicker and eventually ran
out of memory.
The patch fixes the problem by eliminating the call of the
Nitpicker::Connection::buffer method and instead merely forward the RPC
requests to the wrapped nitpicker sessions.
The original version of the icon painter would reach beyong the
texture boundaries for textures of even width and height, and when
painting an icon with the width or height of the texture.
In this case, p3 would be set to the same value as p2. However, the code
expects p3 to lie within the middle rectangle. However, in this corner
case, the middle rectangle is actually empty. So no pixel can lie within
it. Hence, p3 is positioned by one pixel to the left outside the middle
rectangle, which violates the assumptions when calculating the clipping
and texture offsets. The patch fixes the problem by reducing the size of
the right column by one pixel. This ensures that exists always a
non-zero middle rectangle.
In the event where a nitpicker session's quota was depleted by the
allocation of view handles, nitpicker would abort. The patch prevents
the abort by reflecting this condition as an Out_of_metadata exception
to the client. This way, the client can upgrade its session as needed.
The problem was triggered by running the decorator_stress test (changed
to generate 40 windows) with the themed_decorator.
This patch addresses the corner case that the specified neighbor view
is the first view of the view stack. If this is the case when inserting
the view in front of the neighbor (behind == false), the target position
within the view stack must be a null pointer, not the first view.
Because the conditions have become rather complicated, both cases
of 'behind' are handled separately now.
'block_for_signal' and 'pending_signal' now set pending flag in signal context
in order to determine pending signal. The context list is also used by the
'Signal_receiver' during destruction.
Fixes#1738
Instead of just red messages in the log and a hanging caller, the issuer
may respond to it - e.g. a noux bash shell will show an error and is
afterwards still usable.
Fixes#1778
Accidentally removed by #1658. We need to make the cleanup call for server
objects - otherwise we may get in capability identifier re-use trouble.
Issue #1778
The notion of a channel is shared by the mixer backend as well as the
frontend. To make dealing with reports between those easier move the
Channel definition to a global header.
Issue #1770.
This effectively enables configuring builds with -O0 for rump sources.
Note, if the build directory is not clean, at least var/libcache/rump*
should be removed before building with changed etc/tools.conf.
The test performs several rounds of write-read cycles with the following
configuration attributes in a <write-read> config node
rounds determines the number of rounds (default is 4)
size determines the number of bytes written/read in one round
(default is 4 MiB)
buffer_size determines the size of the write-read buffer
(default is 32 KiB)
In one round the test writes and reads "size/buffer_size" times
from/into a buffer_size'd buffer.
Related to #1765
Instructions:
1. Create a file in terminal one in the 'ram' directory
! echo "test" > ram/test
2. Second terminal
! tail -f ram/test
3. First terminal
! echo "Meaningless output" >> ram/test
4. Observe second terminal
The pthread object for the main thread initializes its 'Thread_base' base
class part with a reference to the 'Thread_base' object of the Genode main
thread. Therefore the pthread object for the main thread should never be
destroyed, as this would also destroy the Genode 'Thread_base' object.
Fixes#1760
Trapping rdtsc creates a huge load in some guests, e.g. Windows 8.1,
that use this instruction very frequently. This influences audio
playback/recording in a bad way (distorted sounds, …). As a interim
solution disable the virtualization of rdtsc completely. As long
as each guest VM runs on its own CPU core it should be fine as there
should not be that much interference (TSC warping).
That being said, TSC offsetting as well as adjusting within vbox have to
be evaluated.
Fixes#1768.
The RAM quota currently dedicated to the wm and decorator components in
the 'qt5_common.inc' file is too low for a window of size 1920x1080.
Fixes#1761
- Align implementation to the current generic implementation
- Document NOVA-specific implementation of dataspace() (as in the
original commit message)
This patch, complements the existing vbox layout with a hbox layout and
improves the response to dynamic dialog updates. The new version support
disappearing widgets and the reordering of widgets. Furthermore, this
patch ensures that the 'Widget::_layout' functions are executed after
updating a new version of the dialog.
This patch ensures that focus changes performed via the Session::focus
call are made effective the next time, the user is idle. Previously,
focus changes during drag operations were simply discarded.
strip_last_element at Path removes everything after the trailing slash,
which causes lookup failures at the VFS server when opening directories.
Issue #1648
Throw Invalid_name, No_space, and Out_of_node_handles where appropriate.
Catch the new range of errors thrown by at the VFS.
Catch Out_of_node_handles at the VFS, but print a message and re-throw.
Issue #1648
This patch introduces a shortcut for conditional session routes of the
form '<if-arg key="label" value="..."/>'. With this change, the label
can be directly specified as 'label' attribute of an '<any-service>' or
a '<service>' node. The '<if-arg>' mechanism was not documented anyway
and I hope to be able to ultimately remove it.
Don't skip the cleanup call if a pager object is marked as blocked.
It happens that the pager_object is in destruction but it is also used
concurrently by the pager thread. The pager thread handling code may set the
pager object to blocked but still uses the pointer to the pager object. Avoid
locking at the state of the pager object and make the cleanup call everytime.
Error output looks like this, where the pf_ip is within
void Pager_object::_page_fault_handler(addr_t pager_obj)
method and the pf_addr is the stale pointer to the already released pager_object.
no RM attachment (READ pf_addr=xxx pf_ip=xxx from 00 <NULL>)
static void Genode::Pager_object::_page_fault_handler(Genode::addr_t): page fault, thread '<NULL>', cpu x, ip=xxx, fault address=xxx
PAGE-FAULT IN CORE (READ pf_addr=b10e0090 pf_ip=132dbc from 00 <NULL>)
Currently, when a signal arrives in the main thread, the signal dispatcher is
retrieved and called from the main thread, the dispatcher uses a proxy object
that in turn sends an RPC to the entry point. This becomes a problem when the
entry point destroys the dispatcher object, before the dispatch function has
been called by the main thread. Therefore, the main thread should simply send an
RPC to the entry point upon signal arrival and the dispatching should be handled
solely by the entry point.
Issue #1738
* use '_dma_ext' or '_fdpma' commands
* handle interrupts depending on mode of operation
* spelling fixes
* move ATA 'Idendity' struct to ata header
issue #1734
- we claim to have no limits on file handles and number of threads
- remove obsolete Thread_base::myself fall-back code for stack size calculation
Issue #1733.
Too less memory quota for a PD may be calculated, which leads to too early
punishment for a Genode process.
Discovered during Turmvilla scenario #1552 and issue #1733.
Additionally print warnings about unavailable CPUs if they are tried to be
used during pager object setup.
Discovered during Turmvilla scenario #1552 and issue #1733.
Causes trouble if a gz image is loaded via grub and later used as initrd for a
Linux VM (e.g. with Seoul VMM)
Discovered during Turmvilla scenario #1552 and issue #1733.
threads with prio 0 will not be started and would fail silently.
Happened on Turmvilla for the USBProxy thread in virtualbox.
Discovered during Turmvilla scenario #1552 and issue #1733.
Reduces kernel log message noise when running on kernel-debug branch.
Additionally add a more verbose core message.
Discovered during Turmvilla scenario #1552 and issue #1733.
To make the creation of a bootstrap medium for most ARM platforms more
comfortable this tool shall bundle all the different U-Boot source
states, patches, and MMC preparation rules that we gathered over the
year for that purpose. As input, the tool merely needs the targeted
platform (analogous to the platform parameter of 'create_builddir'). By
now, 'hw_wand_quad' is the only supported platform. Further platforms
can be added successively. As output, the tool creates a head image file
of small size (8MiB) that can be copied (dd) with offset 0 to the MMC.
Fixes#1730
Under some circumstances, the diagnostic message in the exception signal
handler was not printed. This could happen due to a dead lock in the
console library if the console code itself produces the exception while
possessing the mutex, e.g., by exhausting a undersized stack. Now, we
directly write to the log session via the stdout_write() hook or use
raw_write_str() in core.
This patch improves the decorator in two ways. First, it enables the
assignment of window colors depending on the window labels. This
configuration can be changed dynamically. Second, it adds the handling
of window controls for closing, maximizing, minimizing windows.
Issue #1689Fixes#1688
This patch supplements the existing focus reports with the new attribute
'active', which indicates recent user activity when set to "yes". This
information is consumed by the clipboard to dynamically adjust its
information-flow policy depending on the user activity.
Issue #1712
This patch moves the formerly internal classes of the report-ROM service
to the public location os/include/report_rom/ so that they can be reused
by other components such as the upcoming clipboard.
This overload of the value member eases the retrieval of Genode::String
objects from XML attributes. So we won't need to deal with C-style
character buffers anymore.
The utilities in os/session_policy.h used to be tailored for the
matching of session arguments against a server-side policy
configuration. However, the policy-matching part is useful in other
situations, too. This patch removes the tight coupling with the
session-argument parsing (via Arg_string) and the hard-wired use of
'Genode::config()'.
To make the utilities more versatile, the 'Session_label' has become a
'Genode::String' (at the time when we originally introduced the
'Session_label', there was no 'Genode::String'). The parsing of the
session arguments happens in the constructor of this special 'String'.
The constructor of 'Session_policy' now takes a 'Genode::String' as
argument. So it can be used with the 'Session_label' but also with other
'String' types. Furthermore, the implicit use of 'Genode::config()' can
be overridden by explicitly specifying the config node as an argument.
Defer destruction of threads which tries to self-destruct. Check an perform
cleanup of such threads during pthread_cancel and pthread_create.
Issue #1687
Until now, the CLI monitor and the laucher allowed the user to explitly
kill subsystems but both used to ignore gracefully exiting subsystems.
It was the user's job to remove the remains of those subsystems. The
patch takes the burden of manually killing exited subsystems from the
user.
Fixes#1685
Instead of white-listing floppy controllers, certain SCSI controllers
as well as ISAPnP etc. pp. remove the diagnostics and print each access
if verbose is set.
Fixes#1726.
Instead of using the alarm_timer thread we use our own timer thread
that uses a kernel semaphore on Nova. On all other platforms a timer
connection and trigger_once is used.
Fixes#1727.
Addressing must be PC-relative, so adapt the approach from the other
nova_x86_32 syscall bindings (description by @ssumpf):
Use call to push the current IP on the stack and add the distance of
label 0 and label 1 in order to determine the return address, which
NOVA requires in edx.
The bug only showed up with "-O0" in libc.lib.so in form of a unwanted
text relocation.
Fixes#1721
platform_execute() is used to initially switch the stack of a
routine/task. While Thread_base::alloc_secondary_stack() properly aligns
the returned stack pointer the x86_64 assembler implementation did not
comply to stack frame management specified in the ABI.
The used (and most simple) stack-alignment check may pass a float to a
varargs function on x86, which requires the compiler to properly save
some XMM registers on stack.
Dataspace components inherit from RPC objects which are non-copyable from now
on. Therefore, the Rom_session_component's constructor had to be modified
to not construct a dataspace component on the stack and assign it in the
following.
Ref #1704
Holding the object pool's lock while trying to obtain an object's lock
can leave to dead-lock situations, when more than one thread tries to
access multiple objects at once (e.g.: when transfer_quota gets called
simultanously by the init and entrypoint thread in core). To circumvent
holding the object pool lock too long, but access object pointers safely
on the other hand, this commit updates the object pool implementation
to use weak pointers during the object retrieval.
Fix#1704
Destroying an object within the scope of a lambda/functor executed
in the object pool's apply function leads potentially to memory corruption.
Within the scope the corresponding object is locked and unlocked when
leaving the scope. Therefore, it is illegal to free the object's memory meanwhile.
This commit eliminates several places in core that destroyed wrongly in
the object pool's scope.
Fix#1713
If a client provides a read buffer of insufficient size for all
available data, we have two options
1) Leave it to the client to do partial reads until not further data is
available, or
2) Signal the client that there still some bytes on a partial read.
As the second option seems more robust it's implemented in this commit.
Fixes#1705
This makes use of the iPXE sanboot command [1] which downloads and
boots an ISO image directly via HTTP. Therefore, your RUN_OPT needs
both
--include image/iso and
--include load/ipxe
NOTE: The webserver serving the ISO image must support ranged requests,
see [2].
[1] - http://ipxe.org/cmd/sanboot
[2] - http://forum.ipxe.org/showthread.php?tid=7295&pid=10482#pid10482
iPXE is an open source network boot firmware which supports booting from
a web server via HTTP [1].
The following two parameters can be used to specify the iPXE/HTTP setup:
--load-ipxe-base-dir
This parameter specifies the base directory of the HTTP server from
which the target machine downloads the files.
--load-ipxe-boot-dir
The directory relative to iPXE base dir which contains the iPXE
chainload configuration and all necessary files.
The target machine is expected to request the following iPXE
configuration via HTTP:
http://${HOST_URL}/${ipxe-boot-dir}/boot.cfg
This can be achieved by building iPXE with the following embedded
script:
#!ipxe
dhcp
chain http://${HOST_URL}/${ipxe-boot-dir}/boot.cfg
See also [2] for additional information.
[1] - http://ipxe.org/
[2] - http://ipxe.org/howto/chainloading#breaking_the_loop_with_an_embedded_scriptFixes#1708
* Move the Synced_interface from os -> base
* Align the naming of "synchronized" helpers to "Synced_*"
* Move Synced_range_allocator to core's private headers
* Remove the raw() and lock() members from Synced_allocator and
Synced_range_allocator, and re-use the Synced_interface for them
* Make core's Mapped_mem_allocator a friend class of Synced_range_allocator
to enable the needed "unsafe" access of its physical and virtual allocators
Fix#1697
The commit consumes the argument of a unsupported printf command.
Without the commit - a subsequent command uses the argument of the preceding
command, which may cause memory corruption or page faults for sequences using
string commands, e.g.
Genode::printf("%#x %s\n", 0x20, "Test");
'#' is not supported by Genode::printf. In this scenario a pagefault at
address 0x20 is caused.
Fixes#1701
The 'O_NONBLOCK' flag has different numerical values in lwip and in the
libc, which prevented the correct setting of nonblocking socket mode.
Fixes#1699
The intention of Packet_ref was to allow clients to place opaque
references into the packet descriptor itself, which could be observed on
packet completion. Currently no component in our sources uses this
feature and beyond that it is questionable if it should be used at all:
If the server tampers with the ref the client may easily be confused
into observing an incorrect or invalid context. It seems better to
remove the opaque context from the descriptor and leave the actual
implementation to the client and its needs.
Unfortunately, the 'gcc -dumpmachine' magic does not suffice on all
Linux distros, so we just add the well-known paths for i386-linux-gnu
and x86_64-linux-gnu.
Fixes#1694
This patch extends the configuration concept of init with an additional
sub node for the <start> node:
<start name="noux">
<exit propagate="yes"/>
...
</start>
If the 'propagate' attribute is set to "yes", the exit of the respective
child will appear to init's parent as the exit of the entire init
subsystem.
Fixes#1686
Instead of holding SPEC-variable dependent files and directories inline
within the repository structure, move them into 'spec' subdirectories
at the corresponding levels, e.g.:
repos/base/include/spec
repos/base/mk/spec
repos/base/lib/mk/spec
repos/base/src/core/spec
...
Moreover, this commit removes the 'platform' directories. That term was
used in an overloaded sense. All SPEC-relative 'platform' directories are
now named 'spec'. Other files, like for instance those related to the
kernel/architecture specific startup library, where moved from 'platform'
directories to explicit, more meaningful places like e.g.: 'src/lib/startup'.
Fix#1673
The plugin works just like the netio plugin and uses the following
parameters
--power-off-energenie-host network address of device
--power-off-energenie-password password for device
--power-off-energenie-port target port of device
The run plugin is not generic and works for NETIO4/NETIO230 powerplugs
only. Further, this opens the path for other vendor-specific powerplug
plugins.
Note, the plugin parameter for the addressed powerplug was renamed to
--power-on-netio-host resp.
--power-off-netio-host
To correctly delete all IPC gates created via a CAP session, all
capabilities created have to be stored. Otherwise we leak kernel
objects within Fiasco.OC permanently.
Fix#702
This scripts starts two Audio_out session clients. These clients
access the soundcard via the mixer. The first client simply streams
a sample file in a loop while the second client generates a click
sound when any key is pressed.
Issue #1666.
Sometimes, the play position in stream is behind the out stream, mostly
because of timing issue. In this case, the mixer will produce invalid
packets which in return will lead to looping on an invalid packet in
the audio_drv.
Issue #1666.
Instead of looping the whole queue, the driver now loops on the first
invalid packet. In any case it will send a progress signal to its
client.
Fixes#1666.
For some platforms (at least hw_zynq on Qemu), the measured time of the
periodic timeout test exceeded the maximum that was previously
calculated without any tolerance. Most likely, this is not a malfunction
of the test subject as the error is pretty small and, of course,
measuring the time produces overhead itself. Introducing a tolerance of
only 0.1% fixes the problem.
Fixes#1599
Instead of returning pointers to locked objects via a lookup function,
the new object pool implementation restricts object access to
functors resp. lambda expressions that are applied to the objects
within the pool itself.
Fix#884Fix#1658
Propagating the user context-pointer from C++ code to the mode
transition assembly doesn't touch any CPU global data. Thus, we can
reduce the in-sync window.
Fixes#1223
Other platforms implement Kernel::Cpu_context stuff in
kernel/cpu_context.cc. On x86_64, it was implemented in
kernel/thread.cc. The commit fixes this inconsistency to the other
platforms.
Ref #1652
The distinction between Kernel::Thread and Kernel::Thread_base is
unnecessary as currently all Hw platforms would have the same content in
the latter class. Thus I've merged Kernel::Thread_base into
Kernel::Thread. Thereby, Kernel::Thread_event can be moved to
kernel/thread.h.
Ref #1652
The Muen-specific PIC implementation provides the irq_occurred()
function which is used to register an IRQ with the PIC upon thread
exception.
The occurred IRQs are stored in a boolean array internally and handed
out to a CPU via take_request().
The driver uses the timer page containing a vector and timer value to
implement the start_one_shot() and value() functions. The timer value
designates the absolute tick count of the next event.
The address of the time page is acquired using the get_memregion_info
Sinfo API function.
The Muen Sinfo API is used to retrieve information about the execution
environment of a subject running on the Muen Separation Kernel.
While the C++ API is defined in sinfo.h, musinfo.h specifies the
internal format of the information stored in the Sinfo pages provided by
the Muen SK. It is a copy of the file contained in the libmusinfo
library of the Muen project. That is the reason why the coding style in
this file differs from the official style.
Move Platform::setup_irq_mode function from x86 platform_support.cc to
x86_64 specific file. This will enable the upcoming x86_64_muen platform
to provide a separate implementation.
The hw_x86_64_muen platform is a x86/64 base-hw kernel which runs as
isolated subject (guest) on the Muen Separation Kernel (SK) [1].
The platform is implemented as an extension to hw_x86_64 replacing the
PIC and timer drivers with paravirtualized variants. The skeleton
contains a dummy PIC and timer implementation for now.
[1] - http://muen.sk
If the guest is not in an interruptible state when the recall handler is
called, an assertion fails. Since the assertion is only relevant if the
recall handler was called during IRQ injection, it should be moved into
the corresponding conditional block which already has the assertion for
the 'IF' flag.
Fixes#1661
By default, the EMT thread of the last vCPU handles expired timers. When
running VirtualBox with 2 vCPUs, it sporadically happens that the EMT
thread of the second CPU clears an 'interrupt pending' flag for the first
vCPU after changing the state of a timer device model, which is not
expected by our Genode-specific code (failed assertion '!_irq_win' in the
recall handler).
The problem did not occur yet when letting the EMT thread of the first
vCPU handle the expired timers, which is done by this commit as an interim
fix until the problem has been further investigated.
Issue #1660
Add spin loop hint by means of the PAUSE instruction since
wait_for_interrupt is called in a busy loop. This should improve processor
performance and reduce power consumption.
Note: HLT cannot be used since it is a privileged instruction and the idle
thread is executed in userspace.
Move the _core_only_mmio_regions function to the
x86_64/platform_support.cc file. This is required to make it overridable
for other platforms deriving from x86.
If a requested report already exists the request is denied with
Invalid_args.
Further, I dusted the report_rom test and added it to the
autopilot list.
There are currently some issue with the mixing/filtering code of vbox.
So instead of using the audio subsystem to do filtering and mixing we
bypass it to get better audio qualitiy. That means that the device
model of the VM has to use the same sample rate as the Audio_out/in
sessions, however.
Issue #1647.
With this commit preliminary audio support in VirtualBox is enabled.
The backend supports playback as well as recording sounds from within
a guest VM. Depending on how the guest configures the device model
the audio output may sound disorted. If the guest uses buffers that
are too small, i.e., 10 ms or less, frequent buffer underruns will
occure.
To get this low-latency one has also to increase vbox' update hz
to 200 (i.e., 5ms).
Fixes#1647.
When a stream was stopped it may still contain valid packets that
will be played automatically when the stream is started again. The
invalidate_all() method may be called after stopping the stream to
prevent this.
Issue #1647.
Run script depending on VFS plugins (i.e., shared objects) like
vfs_jitterentropy.lib.so have to state this dependency rather the actual
binaries linked against libc. The latter introduces a library dependency
that is just not there. For example, the dependency on vfs_jitterentropy
is a result from the config node for libc which automatically loads the
plugin.
The alarm library failed to handle the case properly where an already
scheduled alarm gets rescheduled before it triggered. Even though the
attempt to reschedule the alarm (twice insertion into alarm queue) was
detected, this condition resulted in the mere modification of the
alarm's parameters while keeping the alarm's queue position unchanged.
This, in turn, may violate the invariant that all enqueued alarm objects
are strictly ordered by their deadlines. The patch handles the case by
dequeuing the alarm object before reinserting it into the queue at the
right position.
Fixes#1646
With the introducation of the Audio_in session interface it makes
sense to rename the current available audio drivers. At the moment
only the dde_bsd audio_drv supports Audio_out as well as Audio_in.
The Linux audio_drv only supports Audio_out (there is no demand for
Audio_in support currently) but is renamed nonetheless to make it
easiert to write generic run scripts.
Issue #1644.
The driver is now able to record audio samples. In contrast
to playback it has to be enabled explicitly by setting the
configuration attribute 'recording' to 'yes'. Playback is by
default enabled but may be disabled by setting 'playback' to
'no'. Furthermore it is now possible to configure the mixer
from the configuration. For now, the interface used by vanilla
OpenBSD is just exported.
The following snippet shows how to enable and configure recording
on an Thinkpad X220 where the headset rather than the internal
mic is used as recording source:
! <start name="audio_out_drv">
! <resource name="RAM" quantum="8M"/>
! <provides>
! <service name="Audio_out"/>
! <service name="Audio_in"/>
! </provides>
! <config recording="yes">
! <mixer field="outputs.master" value="255"/>
! <mixer field="record.adc-0:1_source" value="sel2"/>
! <mixer field="record.adc-0:1" value="255"/>
! </config>
! </start>
In addition to selecting the recording source the playback as
well as the recording volume are set to 255 (maximum).
Information about the available mixers and settings in general
may be obtained by setting the 'verbose' to 'yes' in the config
node.
Issue #1644.
Unfortunatly, there is no support for any HDMI/DP based HDA codecs in
this driver. Therefore we try to filter out known devices (normally the
PCI device on 00:03.00). This could also be done in the platform_drv's
configuration by explicitly naming the BDF but for better or worse that
will not work when using a wildcard class like HDAUDIO which is done in
generic run scripts.
Issue #1644.
In line with the Audio_out session a Audio_in session is used to
record audio frames. Like in the Audio_out session shared memory
in form of the Audio_in::Stream is used to transport the frames
from the server to the client. These frames consist of single
channel (mono) samples. An Audio_in::Packet always contains a full
period of frames.
A Audio_in server captures frames and puts them into the
Audio_in::Stream. To do so the server allocates a Audio_in::Packet
from the packet queue embedded in the Audio_in::Stream. If the queue
is already full, the server will override packets and notify the
client by submitting the 'overrun' signal. The client has to cope
with this situation, e.g., by saving packets more frequently.
A client will also receive a 'progress' signal from the server when
a new Audio_in::Packet was submitted to the packet queue.
Fixes#1644.
To archive lower latency the length of a period was reduced from
2048 (~46ms) to 512 (~11.6ms) samples.
It should be noted that this change probably breaks audio in Qemu on
most systems.
Issue #1644.
For most platforms except of NOVA a distinction between pager entrypoint
and pager activation is not needed, and only exists due to historical
reasons. Moreover, the pager thread's execution path is almost identical
between most platforms excluding NOVA, HW, and Fisco.OC. Therefore,
this commit unifies the pager loop for the other platforms, and removes
the pager activation class.
This exit handler is called by the NOVA kernel now when the VM uses PAE
with nested paging and the PDPTE registers need to get updated. With this
commit, an error message is printed if this situation occurs.
Fixes#1640
The reference count get increase to use 2 bytes, so we need the double amount
of selectors as before.
Additionally print a message if we run out of capabilities in a server. Since
our rpc framework is now clever enough to detect that for a printf we don't
need to setup a receive window, we may use a printf instead of a die call.
Eases debugging.
Issue #1601
Showcasing the out of memory kernel issue.
One test triggers oom during memory delegation when talking to core pager
thread. Two other test trigger oom during capability delegation in a
server/client scenario for send and reply phase separately.
Issue #1601
Move FS Node implementations from server/ram_fs to include/ram_fs.
Support embedded ram_fs instances in VFS configurations using <ram/>.
Add 'no space' handling to VFS symlink ops.
Fixes#1635
Allow symlinks to be passed to the read and write file system utilities.
Disallow writes to symlinks with offsets in file system servers, this is
to ensure that writing the target of a symlink is an atomic operation.
Fixes#1604
If a user has e.g. /tftpboot/x86 as directory and configures
base_dir=/tftboot and offset_dir=/x86, this leads to bad behavior
as the load module creates a symlink
/tftpboot/x86/<builddir> -> <absolut_builddir>
in this case instead of the desired
/tftpboot/x86 -> <absolut_builddir>
Furthermore, the module works on
/tftpboot/x86/config-00-00-00-00-00-00
and
/tftpboot/x86/<builddir>/config-00-00-00-00-00-00
afterwards, which looks bad too. As there is no warning at all, this can
be hard to debug. The commit adds an appropriate check with error message and
exit -1 on an existing directory.
Fixes#1630
Increase internal chunk size of heap only if an allocation succeeded
beforehand. Otherwise the chunk size increases with every unsuccessful
invocation and a upgrade of the used ram session will be insufficient and of
no use at all.
Fixes#1632
If some sessions run out of memory in init, resource requests will be issued
to core, which it never will satisfy. Setting some default signal handler
avoids that the default implementation will block init for ever.
Issue #1632
Moves the Bios Data Area header from base-hw to base. Modifies the
base-nova core console that it uses the header as replacement for
the previous BDA bit logic.
Ref #1625
Introduces a class Unmanaged_singleton_constructor that can be declared as
friend to be able to call unmanaged_singleton on classes with a private
constructor. Enables the appliance of the singleton pattern.
Ref #1625
Three things were done:
* Timouts are measured in an asynchronous way to be able to start counters
after the potentially expensive RPC that starts the timeout.
* Timeouts were increased from 45 and 15 seconds to 60 and 20 seconds
because at least on Arndale, results were not stable enough.
* Counting is done on 'unsigned long long' instead of 'unsigned' because
with the higher timeouts, overflows occured.
Fixes#1628
The timer driver previously used floating point operations to translate us to
tics and vice versa. This isn't necessary as the rounding error isn't critical
for the given values but expensive which should be avoided in a code path that
must be executed pretty frequent with high priority.
Ref #1628
If just one multiboot kernel module was loaded after bender, the
relocation was skipped before. This resulted in a corrupt binary image
on ELF loading if the regions of the boot module and the final program
overlap. Now, all modules are copied below 2 GiB (and out of the way)
before ELF loading.
Fixes#1624
Bender upstream issue is TUD-OS/morbo#4
This commit eliminates the mutual interlaced taking of destruction lock,
list lock and weak pointer locks that could lead to a dead-lock situation
when a lock pointer was tried to construct while a weak object is in
destruction progress.
Now, all weak pointers are invalidated and dequeued at the very
beginning of the weak object's destruction. Moreover, before a weak pointer
gets invalidated during destruction of a weak object, it gets dequeued, and
the list lock is freed again to avoid the former dead-lock.
Fix#1607
Up to now it was not possible to trace threads that use a different
Cpu_session rather than env()->cpu_session() (as done by VirtualBox).
This problem is now solved by setting the Cpu_session explicitly when
creating the event logger and attaching the trace control area when
creating the thread.
Fixes#1618.
The timer driver on X86 needs CPU quota with highest priority as it
frequently has to interrupt the counters to update the PIT.
On ARM this makes no difference in the test results as ARM timer
drivers, once configured, can sleep until the end of the timeouts.
On X86 we raise the error tolerance to 2% (default 1%) to compensate
the error caused by the timer.
Fixes#1621
Printing all errors and the goal values instead of exiting at the first
error allows for faster analysis of problems with the CPU-quota
mechanism.
Ref #1616
The test always succeeded because I forgot to set the error tolerance from
my debugging value 1 back to the correct value 0.01 before commiting the
test.
Ref #1616
Since the HW-kern-caps commit, there was a bug in the Platform_thread
constructor. When called for a user thread, the constructor stated 0
as CPU quota at the Kernel_object instead of its quota input-paramater.
Fixes#1620
- free up kernel memory of empty slabs (if already one empty slab is in
place)
- free up more page table entries
- handle CPUs with invariant TSCs gracefully
Genode/Nova running on CPUs without the invariant TSC feature may seem
to 'hang'. The referenced commit of the nova branch fixes the issue
for some older Intel CPUs.
Fixes#1615
Adjust bomb to specify the various hard-coded parameters and set up bomb.run
this way that it manages at our test machine to succeed in the given time.
Issue #1615
Bomb and any server may generate references to capabilities exceeding 256 -
use a 16bit counter until the cap handling in Genode gets unified.
Additionally try to print a warning, instead of dying, if we get cap reference
count under or overflow.
Issue #1615
Do not use slabs for allocations above 64KB, this seems to lead to memory
corruptions and the error described in issue #1613 under certain circumstances.
fixes#1613
Add a test where a locked pointer shall be taken during object destruction.
Moreover, extend the run-script so it runs on different platforms with
"real" timers.
SDL uses the Audio_out session in streaming fashion. For this reason
the audio might be played with delay of at most the queue size. To
mitigate the effect we synchronize the tail pointer to the current play
pointer when the PlayAudio() function is called by SDL for the first
time.
Fixes#1612.
Init used to specify the unique child name as session label when
requesting the binary image of a dynamically linked child. The actual
module name was propagated as "filename" session argument. Since we want
to move towards the sole use of the session label, which can be taken
into account for the session routing, the module name should always be
the last part of a ROM session label.
This patch changes the window manager, the decorator, and the
floating window layouter to propagate the usage of an alpha channel from
the client application to the decorator. This way, the decorator can
paint the decoration elements behind the affected windows, which would
otherwise be skipped.
This patch adds two new painters located at gems/include/polygon_gfx.
Both painters draw convex polygons with an arbirary number of points.
The shaded-polygon painter interpolates the color and alpha values
whereas the textured-polygon painter applies a texture to the polygon.
The painters are accompanied by simplistic 3D routines located at
gems/include/nano3d/ and a corresponding example (gems/run/nano3d.run).
This patch changes the way how CLI monitor obtains its subsystem
configurations. Originally, this information was provided via the
Genode::config mechanism. But for managing complex scenarios, the config
node becomes very complex. Hence, it is preferrable to have a distinct
file for each subsystem configuration.
The CLI monitor scans the directory '/subsystems' for files ending with
".subsystem". Each file has the same syntax as the formerly used
subsystem nodes.
Instead of using the Genode user-level signal API to signal page-faults to
a page-fault handler, use the kernel API directly. Thereby the accounting
of signal contexts needed for each paging subject can be done easily.
Fix#956
Moreover, be strict when calculating the page-table requirements of
core, which is architecture specific, and declare the virtual memory
requirements of core architecture-wise.
Ref #1588
We set 'ld -z max-page-size' to 4KiB to prevent the linker from aligning
the text segment to any built-in default (e.g., 4MiB on x86_64 or 64KiB
on ARM). Otherwise, the padding bytes are wasted at the beginning of the
final binary.
Removed the Nic::Driver implementation. All nic servers now inherit from
Nic::Session_component. Packet stream signals are dispatched to
the 'handle_packet_stream' function within a session component. Thus, nic
servers now have direct access to the packet stream channels, making handling
more flexible.
Adjusted nic_loobpack, dde_ipxe, wifi, usb, lan9118, Linux nic, and OpenVPN to
the new interface.
Fixes#1602
The ~Irq_session_component relied on the IRQ number obtained by the
corresponding kernel IRQ object to mark the IRQ as free at the IRQ
allocator. However, since the kernel IRQ object is initialized not
before the 'sigh' function is called, the IRQ of sessions that
never called 'sigh' could not be freed correctly. This patch fixes
the problem by not relying on the kernel IRQ object for obtaining
the number in the destructor but using the '_irq_number' member
variable instead.
Use printf format specifier with correct size to log error code which is
if type uint32_t. Also print the error code in hex since this simplifies
lookup as the error values are also defined as hexadecimal values, see
[1].
Fixes#1600
[1] - repos/ports/src/virtualbox/include/xpcom/nsError.h
Instead of organizing page tables within slab blocks and allocating such
blocks dynamically on demand, replace the page table allocator with a
simple, static alternative. The new page table allocator is dimensioned
at compile-time. When a PD runs out of page-tables, we simply flush its
current mappings, and re-use the freed tables. The only exception is
core/kernel that should not produce any page faults. Thereby it has to
be ensured that core has enough page tables to populate it's virtual
memory.
A positive side-effect of this static approach is that the accounting
of memory used for page-tables is now possible again. In the dynamic case
there was no protocol existent that solved the problem of donating memory
to core during a page fault.
Fix#1588
Unregister callbacks, so rx packets will not be propated to the deleteted
'Driver' object. Initialize ipxe once in the 'Main' object, thus allowing new
session connections.
Fixes#1595
With the server framework this becomes unnecessary. Also when the 'platform_drv'
has a lower priority, signaling will cause a constant load that starves the
'platform_drv'.
Fixes#1594
The recent change of the TRACE session interface triggered the
following warning:
/home/no/src/genode/repos/base/include/base/ipc.h:79:4: warning: ‘ret’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
*reinterpret_cast<T *>(&_sndbuf[_write_offset]) = value;
^
In file included from /home/no/src/genode/repos/base/src/core/include/trace/session_component.h:19:0,
from /home/no/src/genode/repos/base/src/core/trace_session_component.cc:15:
/home/no/src/genode/repos/base/include/base/rpc_server.h:132:42: note: ‘ret’ was declared here
typename This_rpc_function::Ret_type ret;
The warning occurs for basic return types (like size_t), which are
indeed not initialized. The variable gets its value assigned by the
corresponding 'call_member' overload, to which the variable is passed as
reference. But the compiler apparently is not able to detect this assignment.
Declaring 'ret' with a C++11-style default initializer fixes the warning.
While importing trace sources as trace subjects into a TRACE session,
the session quota might become depleted. The TRACE session already keeps
track of the session quota via an allocator guard but the 'subjects' RPC
function missed to handle the out-of-memory condition. This patch
reflects the error condition as an 'Out_of_metadata' exception to the
TRACE client. It also contains an extension of the trace test to
exercise the corner case.
This patch enable clients of core's TRACE service to obtain the
execution times of trace subjects (i.e., threads). The execution time is
delivered as part of the 'Subject_info' structure.
Right now, the feature is available solely on NOVA. On all other base
platforms, the returned execution times are 0.
Issue #813
This patch bases the size of the destination buffer in
'Init::Child_policy_redirect_rom_file' on the maximum label size
instead of the filename size. Otherwise, the use of a long configfile
name (i.e., "trace_subject_reporter.config") in combination with a long
child name ("trace_subject_reporter") would result in a truncated label
string.
When replacing a report with a smaller one, the corresponding ROM
dataspace should not contain any traces of the old report. Otherwise,
the consumer of the ROM dataspace may mistake the stale content as
meaningful information. This is particularly annoying when manually
inspecting reports. This patch overwrites the stale content with zeros.
By appending a newline to the generated XML data, we prevent the output
from messing with the command prompt when using 'cat' on a shell.
Futhermore, when using line-buffered output, the trailing newline
ensures that the output gets gets properly flushed.
The result of the second run (TCP_MAERTS) gets extracted wrongly - due to the
change introduced by commit "run: always append to output buffer"
(Issue #1327). The output buffer is no longer reseted between several
run_genode_until invocation within a run script.
On ARM, the compiler generates calls to memcpy and memset. Most
dynamically linked programs use the libc, which provides these
functions. However, if a dynamically linked program does not use the
libc (e.g., noux/minimal or the new version of cli_monitor), those
symbols remain unresolved. By adding them to ldso's symbol.map, the
dynamic linker will resolve them with the functions of the cxx
library, which is part of the dynamic linker.
Issue #1561
This patch moves the VFS file-system factory to a separate vfs library
that is independent from libc. This enables libc-less Genode programs to
easily use the VFS infrastructure.
Fixes#1561
With this patch, the VESA driver reports the framebuffer width to the
client instead of the visible width This fixes possible distortion
if these widths differ, at the cost that content in the right-most area
might be invisible in such cases.
Issue #1264.
Add a Platform::setup_irq_mode function which enables the IRQ session to
update the trigger mode and polarity of the associated IRQ according to
the session parameters. On ARM this function is a nop.
This change enables the x86_64 platform to support devices which use
arbitrary trigger modes and polarity settings, e.g. AHCI on QEMU and
real hardware.
Fixes#1528.
Because of helping, it is possible that a core thread that wants to
destroy another thread at the kernel is using the scheduling context of
the thread that shall be destroyed at this point in time. When building
without GENODE_RELEASE defined, this always triggers an assertion in the
kernel. But when building with GENODE_RELEASE defined, this might silently
lead to kernel-memory corruption. This commit eliminates the latter case.
Should be reverted as soon as the scheduler is able to remove its head.
Ref #1537
Placement new can be misleading, as we already overload the new operator
to construct objects via pointers to allocators. To prohibit any problems here,
and to use one consistent approach, we can explicitely construct the object
with the already available 'construct_at' template function.
Ref #1443
* Introduce a hw specific Address_space interface for protection
domains, which combines all memory-virtualization related functionality
* Introduce a core-specific Platform_pd object that solves all the hen-egg
problems formerly distributed in kernel and core-platform code
Ref #595
Ref #1443
For several basic sessions that core provides default ram quota values
exist in the form of enum values. They are used e.g. by init to deduce
session costs. Unfortunately they were not used when actually establishing
the session, which lead to inconsistencies.
Ref #1443
This patch installs the parent endpoint selector and the PD's CNode into
a PD at its creation time. Furthermore, it initializes the IPC buffer
for the main thread of the new component.
This allows us to see debug messages printed at the eary initialization
of init (before init is able to obtain the regular LOG session). This
will be reverted as soon as the initialziation of the non-core base
environment works.
To build core and other Genode components, we will need to extend the
base-common.mk library with additions that conflict with the
minimalistic root-task environment of test/sel4. To preserve the
minimalistic root task, we need to decouple it from the base-common
library.
We implicitly know that the value range will not exceed access_t despite
the integer-based arithmetics, i.e., negation and shift operations.
Fixes#1524
Avoids the need to have per IRQ a thread that blocks synchronously for next
interrupt. Now a thread may wait for multiple IRQs as other signals
simultaneously.
In core no threads are required anymore for IRQs/MSI - the clients (either
the pci_drv or in case of MSI the driver) gets the IRQ delivered directly as
a ordinary Genode signal.
Useful since #1216 and #1487 is now available.
Commit applies feature of #1446 also to IRQ/MSIs.
The base-hw kernel on x86_64 currently assumes 254 MiB of RAM. The RAM
region is subtracted from the I/O mem allocator and therefore this range
is not available for device I/O.
If qemu is started with -m 128, the region for (emulated) PCI config
space access lies within this region and I/O mem allocation in the
pci_drv will fail. Giving qemu more RAM moves the PCI config space out
of the 254 MiB region, making the run/libc_ffat scenario with acpi work.
The assumption that IRQs in the legacy ISA range are always
edge-triggered is wrong. For the free-for-use IRQs it depends on the
actual device which uses the specific IRQ. Therefore, treat IRQs 9, 10
and 11 as level-triggered.
Currently, libc_noux includes the 'base/src/base/env/platform_env.h' file
to be able to reinitialize the environment using the 'Platform_env'
interface. For base-linux, a special version of this file exists and the
inclusion of the generic version in libc_noux causes GCC 4.9 to make wrong
assumptions about the memory layout of the 'Env' object returned by
'Genode::env()'.
This commit moves the reinitialization functions to the 'Env' interface to
avoid the need to include the 'platform_env.h' file in libc_noux.
Fixes#1510
Some functions in the kernel, which create a static object and return its
address, are declared with a GCC 'const' attribute, which can cause GCC
4.9 to optimize the function call out and use the static object's address
without calling the constructor.
Fixes#1509
The information about connected devices is obtained from a ROM file named
'usb_devices', which is supposed to contain a device list as in the device
report generated by the USB driver (see issue #1506).
A policy for 'report_rom' would look like:
<policy label="vbox -> usb_devices" report="usb_drv -> devices"/>
If the 'usb_devices' ROM file is not available, a warning message gets
printed and VirtualBox continues without USB pass-through support.
The devices to be passed-through need to have a matching device filter in
the '.vbox' file. Example:
<USB>
<DeviceFilters>
<DeviceFilter name="USB Scanner" active="true" vendorId="04a9"
productId="2220" remote="0"/>
</DeviceFilters>
</USB>
The feature was tested with HID devices (mouse, keyboard) and a flatbed
scanner. Mass storage devices didn't work correctly (they also didn't work
with VirtualBox on Linux without the closed-source extension pack).
It should be made sure that the USB driver does not try to control the
devices to be passed-through itself, for example, when passing-through
a HID device, the '<hid/>' config option should not be set.
Fixes#1507
The report lists all connected devices and gets updated when devices are
added or removed.
Example report:
<devices>
<device vendor_id="0x17ef" product_id="0x4816"/>
<device vendor_id="0x0a5c" product_id="0x217f"/>
<device vendor_id="0x8087" product_id="0x0020"/>
<device vendor_id="0x8087" product_id="0x0020"/>
<device vendor_id="0x1d6b" product_id="0x0002"/>
<device vendor_id="0x1d6b" product_id="0x0002"/>
</devices>
There is no distinction yet for multiple devices of the same type.
The report is named "devices" and an example policy for 'report_rom' would
look like:
<policy label="vbox -> usb_devices" report="usb_drv -> devices"/>
The report only gets generated if enabled in the 'usb_drv' configuration:
<config>
<raw>
<report devices="yes"/>
</raw>
</config>
Fixes#1506
On NOVA, a Genode thread currently cannot destroy itself by destroying its
own 'Thread' object, because in 'Thread_base::_deinit_platform_thread()'
it cannot call 'Cpu_session::kill_thread()' anymore after it has revoked
its own UTCB.
As solution, the revocation of the UTCB can be delayed until its location
in the context area is needed by a new thread.
Fixes#1505
Enable a platform to specify how the MMIO memory allocator is to be
initialized. On ARM the existing behavior is kept while on x86 the I/O
memory is defined as the entire address space excluding the core only
RAM regions. This aligns the hw_x86_64 I/O memory allocator
initialization with how it is done for other x86 kernels such as NOVA or
Fiasco.
Perform lazy-initialization of FPU state when it is enabled for the
first time. This assures that the FXSAVE area (including the stored
MXCSR) is always properly setup and initialized to the platform default
values.
Perform all FPU-related setup in the Cpu class' init_fpu function instead of
the general system bring-up assembly code.
Set all required control register 0 and 4 flags according to Intel SDM Vol. 3A,
sections 9.2 and 9.6 instead of only enabling FPU error reporting and OSFXSR.
On seL4, we need to convert untyped memory to page frames before being
able to use it as normal memory. There already exists the hook function
'_export_ds' that is principally suitable for such tasks. It is
currently solely used on Linux where we have to create a file for each
dataspace. To make the hook useful also for seL4, we need to call
_export_ds prior _clear_ds. Otherwise, we would try to clear memory that
is still untyped.
On our test machine the xhci controller has a usb3.0 network adapter attached
and the xhci controller is the only usb controller which has MSI support,
so let us use and test it.
Issue #1216
This repository is superseded by the 'dde_bsd' repository. Though
OSSv4 served us well, its future is uncertain and having active
upstream development is preferable. In addition the ported Intel
HD Audio driver did not work on any Thinpad model newer than T60.
Issue #1498.
These audio drivers enable support for Intel HD Audio (Azalia) and
Ensoniq AudioPCI (ES1370) compatible soundcards. They are ported
from OpenBSD 5.7.
Fixes#1498.
This is especially true for i.MX53 but is not needed on Arndale
currently.
@skalk the test will still fail each night as we do not have a nic_drv
for imx53...
- send a 'state_change' signal on session creation if the device is
already attached
- evaluate the status code of a finished asynchronous operation
- return the number of actually transferred bytes for control transfers,
too
Fixes#1490
This patch avoids the attempt to extend the cxx-local heap during the
startup phase of an application. Originally, the static part of the cxx
was merely 100 bytes, which did not suffice to run the minimalistic test
roottask on seL4.
Fiasco.OC limits the UTCB area for roottask to 16K. Therefore, the
number of threads is limited to 16K / L4_UTCB_OFFSET. (see
kernel/fiasco/src/kern/kernel_thread-std.cpp:94)
In the past, when the user blocked for an IRQ signal, the last signal was
acknowledged automatically thereby unmasking the IRQ. Now, the signal session
got a dedicated RPC for acknowledging IRQs and the HW back-end of that RPC
acknowledged the IRQ signal too. This led to the situation that IRQs were
unmasked twice. However, drivers expect an interrupt to be unmasked only on
the Irq_session::ack_irq and thus IRQ unmasking was moved from
Kernel::ack_signal to a dedicated kernel call.
Fixes#1493
White list access to ports we actually need for our drivers so far and
deny everything else by default. The extend pci config space dataspace is
currently not used and exposes a potential risk (BAR rewrite) - so deny.
Related to #1487
If a null-terminated string exactly of length MAX (0 byte included) is
provided, it will be handled as invalid because of wrong string size length
checks.
Commit fixes this.
Discovered during #1486 development.
Step to move shared irq handling out of core in the long run. So, use
irq_proxy implementation from base in os and implement shared irq handling
in platform driver of x86 (pci_drv).
Fixes#1471
The thread library (thread.cc) in base-foc shared 95% of the code with
the generic implementation except myself(). Therefore, its
implementation is now separated from the other generic sources into
myself.cc, which allows base-foc to use a foc-specific primitive to
enable our base libraries in L4Linux.
Issue #1491
Otherwise RPC calls to dead/invalid destinations are rated as successful,
which leads to wrong execution paths later on. Triggered by bomb.run where
rm_session.attach() returned as successful with local address set to 0, which
causes un-handled page-faults later on.
Fixes#1480
Physical CPU quota was previously given to a thread on construction only
by directly specifying a percentage of the quota of the according CPU
session. Now, a new thread is given a weighting that can be any value.
The physical counter-value of such a weighting depends on the weightings
of the other threads at the CPU session. Thus, the physical quota of all
threads of a CPU session must be updated when a weighting is added or
removed. This is each time the session creates or destroys a thread.
This commit also adapts the "cpu_quota" test in base-hw accordingly.
Ref #1464
Use the new asynchronous IRQ interface in the mostly used drivers, e.g.:
* ahci_drv: x86/exynos5
* gpio_drv: imx53/omap4
* input_drv: imx53/dummy
* ps2_drv: x86/pl050
* timer_drv
Now, the Irq_session is requested from Gpio::Session:
From now on we use an asynchronous IRQ interface. To prevent triggering
another GPIO IRQ while currently handling the former one, IRQs must
now by acknowledged explicitly. While here, we also changed the GPIO
session interface regarding IRQ management. The generic GPIO component
now wraps the Irq_session managed by the backend instead of using the
GPIO backend methods directly. A client using the GPIO session may
request the Irq_session_capability by calling
'Gpio::Session::irq_session()' and can use this capability when using
a local Irq_session_client.
Issue #1456.
A long long time ago, in a galaxy^W^W^W we used DDE kit to ease the
porting of purely C based drivers. By now it became clear, that we
do not gain that much by following this approach. DDE kit contains
much generic functionality, which is not used or rather not needed
by most ported drivers. Hence, we implement a slim C wrapper on top
of Genode's C++ APIs, that is especially tailored to the driver.
In addition to removing the dependency on DDE kit, the iPXE driver
now uses the server framework and the newly introduced signal based
IRQ handling.
Issue #1456.
This patch adds const qualifiers to the functions Allocator::consumed,
Allocator::overhead, Allocator::avail, and Range_allocator::valid_addr.
Fixes#1481
Instead of handing over object ids to the kernel, which has to find them
in object pools then, core can simply use object pointers to reference
kernel objects.
Ref #1443
Instead of having an ID allocator per object class use one global allocator for
all. Thereby artificial limitations for the different object types are
superfluent. Moreover, replace the base-hw specific id allocator implementation
with the generic Bit_allocator, which is also memory saving.
Ref #1443
The verb "bin" in the context of destroying kernel objects seems pretty
unusual in contrast to "delete". When reading "bin" in the context of
systems software an association to something like "binary" is more likely.
Ref #1443
* Instead of using local capabilities within core's context area implementation
for stack allocation/attachment, simply do both operations while stack gets
attached, thereby getting rid of the local capabilities in generic code
* In base-hw the UTCB of core's main thread gets mapped directly instead of
constructing a dataspace component out of it and hand over its local
capability
* Remove local capability implementation from all platforms except Linux
Ref #1443
The global capability ID counter is not used by NOVA and Fiasco.OC
and in the future not needed by base-hw too. Thereby, remove the static
counter variable from the generic code base and add it where appropriated.
Ref #1443
Enable platform specific allocations and ram quota accounting for
protection domains. Needed to allocate object identity references
in the base-hw kernel when delegating capabilities via IPC.
Moreover, it can be used to account translation table entries in the
future.
Ref #1443
Currently, the 'pointed session' gets updated only when an input event
occurs, but an update is also needed in other situations, for example
when the view under the current mouse position was moved.
With this commit, the 'pointed session' gets updated whenever the
timer-triggered 'handle_input()' function is called.
Fixes#1473
There are lots of places where a numeric argument of an argument string
gets extraced as signed long value and then assigned to an unsigned long
variable. If the value in the string was negative, it would not be
detected as invalid (and replaced by the default value), but become a
positive bogus value.
With this patch, numeric values which are supposed to be unsigned get
extracted with the 'ulong_value()' function, which returns the default
value for negative numbers.
Fixes#1472
This commit enables the VirtualBox graphics adapter, provides guest mouse
pointer integration with Nitpicker using the 'vbox_pointer' application
and enhances the VirtualBox run scripts with the configuration of
Nitpicker, input merger and network driver.
Fixes#1474
The driver operates in PIO mode only. Depending on the block size (512
bytes versus 128 KiB), it has a troughput of 2 MiB/sec - 10 MiB/sec for
reading and 173 KiB/sec - 8 MiB/sec for writing.
Fixes#1475
This patch enhances the generic SD-card protocol implementation in
sd-card.h with the ability to handle the version 1.0 of the CSD register
(containing the capacity information of older SD cards).
The emergency dataspace is used to accommodate the corner case where
a signal context capability is created while issuing the first
resource request. Normally, the attempt to upgrade the signal-session
quota under such a constrained situation would fail. By freeing the
emergency dataspace in this situation, we regain enough quota to
upgrade the signal session.
This is a follow up commit for "base: Raise RAM quota of signal session
to 16K" and fixes the resource_request test on 64-bit platforms.
This patch improves the C++ parser to accommodate the tools for
generating the functional specification from source code:
* Added support for class definitions prefixed with a
namespace as promoted by Genode's coding style.
* Improves robustness of the parsing of function arguments by
considering nameless arguments in function declarations, default
values, varargs.
* Consider const qualfiers in return types.
* Added support for the override, constexpr keywords.
* Parsing of overloaded operators.
* Improved handling of type definitions.
* Added parsing of template arguments.
* Handling of template constructors.
The 'Thread_base' class is constructed differently in some special cases
like the main thread or a thread that use a distinct CPU session. The
official API, however, should be clean from such artifacts. Hence, I
separated the official constructor from the other cases.
VirtualBox can receive absolute or relative mouse motion events from the
'Input' service and the VM can support either or both of them. With this
patch, more of the possible combinations are handled.
Fixes#1470
There were two bugs. First, the caller of Kernel::await_signal wasn't
re-activated for scheduling. Second, the caller did not memorize that he
doesn't wait on a receiver anymore which had bad side effects on further
signal handling.
Fix#1459
The port uses the Cortex-A9 private timer for the kernel and an EPIT as
user timer. It was successfully tested on the Wandboard Quad and the CuBox-i
with the signal test. It lacks L2-cache and Trustzone support by now.
Thanks to Praveen Srinivas (IIT Madras, India) and Nikolay Golikov (Ksys Labs
LLC, Russia). This work is partially based on their contributions.
Fix#1467
Do not mask edge-triggered interrupts to avoid losing them while masked,
see Intel 82093AA I/O Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller
(IOAPIC) specification, section 3.4.2, "Interrupt Mask":
"When this bit is 1, the interrupt signal is masked. Edge-sensitive
interrupts signaled on a masked interrupt pin are ignored (i.e., not
delivered or held pending)"
Or to quote Linus Torvalds on the subject:
"Now, edge-triggered interrupts are a _lot_ harder to mask, because the
Intel APIC is an unbelievable piece of sh*t, and has the edge-detect
logic _before_ the mask logic, so if a edge happens _while_ the device
is masked, you'll never ever see the edge ever again (unmasking will not
cause a new edge, so you simply lost the interrupt)."
So when you "mask" an edge-triggered IRQ, you can't really mask it at
all, because if you did that, you'd lose it forever if the IRQ comes in
while you masked it. Instead, we're supposed to leave it active, and set
a flag, and IF the IRQ comes in, we just remember it, and mask it at
that point instead, and then on unmasking, we have to replay it by
sending a self-IPI." [1]
[1] - http://yarchive.net/comp/linux/edge_triggered_interrupts.html
Ref #1448
In order to match the I/O APIC configuration, a request for user timer
IRQ 0 is remapped to vector 50 (Board::TIMER_VECTOR_USER), all other
requests are transposed by adding the vector offset 48
(Board::VECTOR_REMAP_BASE).
On base-hw/x86_64 the quota of the signal session is not sufficient due to
the large size of the Signal_session_component. Increasing the quota to
16K avoids signal-context resource exhaustion messages as emmitted by the
run/launcher scenario:
...
Quota exceeded! amount=4096, size=4096, consumed=4096
failed to allocate signal-context resources
upgrading quota donation for signal session
C++ runtime: Genode::Parent::Quota_exceeded
void* abort(): abort called
...
Note: This change increases the quota for all kernels even though it is
strictly only required for base-hw/x86_64.
* Enable the use of the FXSAVE and FXRSTOR instructions, see Intel SDM
Vol. 3C, section 2.5.
* The state of the x87 floating point unit (FPU) is loaded and saved on
demand.
* Make the cr0 control register accessible in the Cpu class. This is in
preparation of the upcoming FPU management.
* Access to the FPU is disabled by setting the Task Switch flag in the cr0
register.
* Access to the FPU is enabled by clearing the Task Switch flag in the cr0
register.
* Implement FPU initialization
* Add is_fpu_enabled helper function
* Add pointer to CPU lazy state to CPU class
* Init FPU when finishing kernel initialization
* Add function to retry FPU instruction:
Similar to the ARM mechanism to retry undefined instructions, implement a
function for retrying an FPU instruction. If a floating-point instruction
causes an #NM exception due to the FPU being disabled, it can be retried
after the correct FPU state is restored, saving the current state and
enabling the FPU in the process.
* Disable FPU when switching to different user context:
This enables lazy save/restore of the FPU since trying to execute a
floating point instruction when the FPU is disabled will cause a #NM
exception.
* Declare constant for #NM exception
* Retry FPU instruction on #NM exception
* Assure alignment of FXSAVE area:
The FXSAVE area is 512-byte memory region that must be 16-byte aligned. As
it turns out the alignment attribute is not honored in all cases so add a
workaround to assure the alignment constraint is met by manually rounding
the start of the FXSAVE area to the next 16-byte boundary if necessary.
The LAPIC timer is programmed in one-shot mode with vector 32
(Board::TIMER_VECTOR_KERNEL). The timer frequency is measured using PIT
channel 2 as reference (50ms delay).
Disable PIT timer channel 0 since BIOS programs it to fire periodically.
This avoids potential spurious timer interrupts.
The implementation initializes the Local APIC (LAPIC) of CPU 0 in xapic
mode (mmio register access) and uses the I/O APIC to remap, mask and
unmask hardware IRQs. The remapping offset of IRQs is 48.
Also initialize the legacy PIC and mask all interrupts in order to
disable it.
For more information about LAPIC and I/O APIC see Intel SDM Vol. 3A,
chapter 10 and the Intel 82093AA I/O Advanced Programmable Interrupt
Controller (IOAPIC) specification
Set bit 9 in the RFLAGS register of user CPU context to enable
interrupts on kernel- to usermode switch.
Make the local APIC accessible via its MMIO region by adding a 2 MB
large page mapping at 0xfee00000 with memory type UC.
Note: The mapping is added to the initial page tables to make the APIC
usable prior to the activation of core's page tables, e.g. in the
constructor of the timer class.
The location in memory is arbitrary but we use the same address as the
ARM architecture. Adjust references to virtual addresses in the mode
transition pages to cope with 64-bit values.
The interrupt stack must reside in the mtc region in order to use it for
non-core threads. The size of the stack is set to 56 bytes in order to
hold the interrupt stack frame plus the additional vector number that is
pushed onto the stack by the ISR.
Call the _virt_mtc_addr function with the _mt_isrs label to calculate
the ISR base address in Idt::setup. Again, assume the address to be
below 0x10000.
Use parameter instead of class member variable because it would get
stored into the mtc region otherwise. In a further iteration only the
actual IDT should be saved into the mtc, not the complete class
instance. Currently the class instance size is equal to the IDT table
size.
The class provides the load() function which reloads the GDTR with the
GDT address in the mtc region. This is needed to make the segments
accessible to non-core threads.
Make the _gdt_start label global to use it in the call to
_virt_mtc_addr().
Use the _mt_tss label and the placement new operator to create the
Tss class instance in the mtc region. Update the hard-coded
TSS base address to use the virtual mtc address.
On exception, the CPU first checks the IDT in order to find the
associated ISR. The IDT must therefore be placed in the mode transition
pages to make them available for non-core threads.
The limit is set to match the TSS size - 1 and the base address is
hardcoded to the *current* address of the TSS instance (0x3a1100).
TODO: Set the base address using the 'tss' label. If the TSS descriptor
format were not so utterly unusable this would be straightforward.
Changes to the code that indirectly lead to a different location
of the tss result in #GP since the base address will be invalid.
The class Genode::Tss represents a 64-bit Task State Segment (TSS) as
specified by Intel SDM Vol. 3A, section 7.7.
The setup function sets the stack pointers for privilege levels 0-2 to
the kernel stack address. The load function loads the TSS segment
selector into the task register.
Implement user argument setter and getter support functions. The mapping of
the state registers corresponds to the system call parameter passing
convention.
The instruction pointer is the first field of the master context and can
directly be used as a jump argument, which avoids additional register
copy operations.
Point stack to client context region and save registers using push
instructions.
Note that since the push instruction first increments the stack pointer
and then stores the value on the stack, the RSP has to point one field
past RBP before pushing the first register value.
As the kernel entry is called from the interrupt handler the stack
layout is as specified by Intel SDM Vol. 3A, figure 6-8. An additional
vector number is stored at the top of the stack.
Gather the necessary client information from the interrupt stack frame
and store it in the client context.
The new errcode field is used to store the error code that some
interrupts provide (e.g. #PF). Rework mode transition reserved space and
offset constants to match the new CPU_state layout.
The macros are used to assign syscall arguments to specific registers.
Using the AMD64 parameter passing convention avoids additional copying of
variables since the C++ function parameters are already in the right
registers.
The interrupt return instruction in IA-32e mode applies the prepared
interrupt stack frame to set the RFLAGS, CS and SS segment as well as
the RIP and RSP registers. It then continues execution of the user code.
For detailed information refer to Intel SDM Vol. 3A, section 6.14.3.
After activating the client page tables the client context cannot be
accessed any longer. The mode transition buffer however is globally
mapped and can be used to restore the remaining register values.
Set the stack pointer to the R8 field in the client context to enable
restoring registers by popping values of the stack.
After this step the only remaining registers that do not contain client
values are RAX, RSP and RIP.
Note that the client value of RAX is pop'd to the global buffer region as
the register will still be used by subsequent steps. It will be restored to
the value in the buffer area just prior to resuming client code execution.
Set I/O privilege level to 3 to allow core to perform port I/O from
userspace. Also make sure the IF flag is cleared for now until interrupt
handling is implemented.
Setup an IA-32e interrupt stack frame in the mode transition buffer region.
It will be used to perform the mode switch to userspace using the iret
instruction.
For detailed information about the IA-32e interrupt stack frame refer to
Intel SDM Vol. 3A, figure 6-8.
The constants specify offset values of CPU context member variables as
specified by Genode::Cpu_state [1] and Genode::Cpu::Context [2].
[1] - repos/base/include/x86_64/cpu/cpu_state.h
[2] - repos/base-hw/src/core/include/spec/x86/cpu.h
The new entries specify a 64-bit code segment with DPL 3 at index 3 and a
64-bit data segment with DPL 3 at index 4.
These segments are needed for transitioning to user mode.
A pointer to the client context is placed in the mt_client_context_ptr area.
It is used to pass the current client context to the lowlevel mode-switching
assembly code.
IA-32e paging translates 48-bit linear addresses to 52-bit physical
addresses. Translation structures are hierarchical and four levels deep.
The current implementation supports regular 4KB and 1 GB and 2 MB large
page mappings.
Memory typing is not yet implemented since the encoded type bits depend
on the active page attribute table (PAT)*.
For detailed information refer to Intel SDM Vol. 3A, section 4.5.
* The default PAT after power up does not allow the encoding of the
write-combining memory type, see Intel SDM Vol. 3A, section 11.12.4.
* Add common IA-32e paging descriptor type:
The type represents a table entry and encompasses all fields shared by
paging structure entries of all four levels (PML4, PDPT, PD and PT).
* Simplify PT entry type by using common descriptor:
Differing fields are the physical address, the global flag and the memory
type flags.
* Simplify directory entry type by using common descriptor:
Page directory entries (PDPT and PD) have an additional 'page size' field
that specifies if the entry references a next level paging structure or
represents a large page mapping.
* Simplify PML4 entry type by using common descriptor
Top-level paging structure entries (PML4) do not have a 'pat' flag and the
memory type is specified by the 'pwt' and 'pcd' fields only.
* Implement access right merging for directory paging entries
The access rights for translations are determined by the U/S, R/W and XD
flags. Paging structure entries that reference other tables must provide
the superset of rights required for all entries of the referenced table.
Thus merge access rights of new mappings into existing directory entries to
grant additional rights if needed.
* Add cr3 register definition:
The control register 3 is used to set the current page-directory base
register.
* Add cr3 variable to x86_64 Cpu Context
The variable designates the address of the top-level paging structure.
* Return current cr3 value as translation table base
* Set context cr3 value on translation table assignment
* Implement switch to virtual mode in kernel
Activate translation table in init_virt_kernel function by updating the
cr3 register.
* Ignore accessed and dirty flags when comparing existing table entries
These flags can be set by the MMU and must be disregarded.
* Add isr.s assembler file:
The file declares an array of Interrupt Service Routines (ISR) to handle
the exception vectors from 0 to 19, see Intel SDM Vol. 3A, section
6.3.1.
* Add Idt class:
* The class Genode::Idt represents an Interrupt Descriptor Table as
specified by Intel SDM Vol. 3A, section 6.10.
* The setup function initializes the IDT with 20 entries using the ISR
array defined in the isr.s assembly file.
* Setup and load IDT in Genode::Cpu ctor:
The Idt::setup function is only executed once on the BSP.
* Declare ISRs for interrupts 20-255
* Set IDT size to 256
The boot modules assembled by the generated boot_modules.s file is
accessed from core using struct Bm_header. Unfortunately the assembler
.long directive is synonym to .int [1] and thus has the same size as the
C++ int type and *not* long. Use the matching assembly type .quad in
boot_modules.s when generating the file for 64-bit platforms such as
x86_64.
[1] - https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs/as/Long.html
This patch contains the initial code needed to build and bootstrap the
base-hw kernel on x86 64-bit platforms. It gets stuck earlier
because the binary contains 64-bit instructions, but it is started in
32-bit mode. The initial setup of page tables and switch to long mode is
still missing from the crt0 code.
On each execution the output buffer is overriden when run_genode_until
is executed multiple times. Run scripts, that depend on extracting
information after several execution steps, e.g. noux_net_netcat, will
fail to do so. Therefore, we append the newly captured log output to
the old output buffer.
Issue #1327.
A Nic::Session client can install a signal handler that is used to
propagate changes of the link-state by calling 'link_state_sigh()'.
The actual link state is queried via 'link_state()'.
The nic-driver interface now provides a Driver_notification callback,
which is used to forward link-state changes from the driver to the
Nic::Session_component.
The following drivers now provide real link state: dde_ipxe, nic_bridge,
and usb_drv. Currently, OpenVPN, Linux nic_drv, and lan9118 do not
support link state and always report link up.
Fixes#1327
If a client acknowledges the same packet more than once, the packet also
gets freed more than once. At the second attempt the underlaying
Bit_array will throw an 'Invalid_clear' exception, which results in an
uncaught exception that leads to an abort() call in the freeing
component.
Fixes#1462.
To ease debugging without the need to tweak the kernel every time, and to
support userland developers with useful information this commit extends several
warnings and errors printed by the kernel/core by which thread/application
caused the problem, and what exactly failed.
Fix#1382Fix#1406
The driver for the Freescale eSDHCv2 doesn't support the highest
available bus frequency by now and also the bus width may be set to a
higher value but that needs further checks on the capabilities of the
inserted card.
The commits provide a benchmark as it exists for the OMAP4 SDHC driver.
Fix#1458
The 'continue_hw_accelerated' assertion at the end of the recall handler
can fail in situations which are not problematic, for example if the
'Timer' thread has set the 'VMCPU_FF_TIMER' flag in the meantime and
requested a recall afterwards. Since we don't know for sure if a recall is
requested for the other flags as well, the assertion gets replaced by a
debug message, which gets printed if any of the 'not yet verified as safe'
flags is set.
Fixes#1426
The GUID partition table (GPT) is primarily used by systems using
(U)EFI and is a replacement for the legacy MBR. For now, the current
implementation is able to address up to 128 GUID partition entries
(GPE).
To enable the GPT support in 'part_blk' it has to be configured
accrodingly:
! <start name="part_blk">
! [...]
! <config use_gpt="yes">
! [...]
! </start>
If 'part_blk' is not able to find a valid GPT header it falls back
to using the MBR.
Current limitations:
Since no endian conversion takes place it only works on LE platforms
and of all characters in the UTF-16 encoded name field of an entry
only the ones included in the ASCII encoding are printed. It also
ignores all GPE attributes.
Issue #1429.
The hover reports provides information about the session currently
pointed-to, i.e., hovered session. It can be enabled by the 'hover'
attribute of nitpicker's 'report' configuration element
<report hover="yes" />
Fixes#1442
The bindings for 32bit did not consider that in the syscall_3 function
edx changes due to the assembly instructions and that in the syscall_4
function edx and ecx change. So, the compiler wrongly assumed that the
content of these registers stayed unchanged.
Fixes#1447
In the past, unmap sometimes occured on RM clients that have no thread,
PD, or translation table assigned. However, this shouldn't be the
case anymore.
Fixes#504
* Introduce hw-specific crt0 for core that calls e.g.: init_main_thread
* re-map core's main thread UTCB to fit the right context area location
* switch core's main thread's stack to fit the right context area location
Fix#1440
The 'check_port_source' checks whether all remote sources defined for a given
port are currently available. It returns zero, when all remote resources are
available.
Fix#1430
This decouples the size of the mode transition control region from the
minimal mapping size of the page tables implementation. Rather, the CPU
architecture is able to specify the actual size.
Rationale: For x86_64, we need the mtc region to span two pages in order
to store all the tables required to perform the mode switch.
The size of empty structs differs in C (0 byte) and C++ (1 byte), which
leads to different offsets in compound structures. This fixes the driver
on 32Bit platforms.
Issue #1439.
The wireless stack calls timer_before(foo, timer.expires) and up to now
it was always 0. Let's be save and set this field when scheduling the
timer, although it worked fine so far.
Issue #1439.
We will always see this error message when the driver is started. It
is expected and not an actual error. When the driver is running it will
not allocate larger chunks than the Slab provides. Therefore, we can
safely ignore this message.
Issue #1439.
Some functions in the time manager, for example 'TMTimerSet()' and
'TMTimerStop()' let VirtualBox abort with a failed assertion if the timer
does not change to a 'stable' state after 1000 calls of a mixture of
'yield' and 'sleep'. On Genode, this happens sometimes when the 'EMT'
thread is executing 'TMTimerSet()' and gets interrupted by the 'TAP'
thread, which calls 'TMTimerStop()' and waits for the 'EMT' thread to
finish setting the timer. Since the 'EMT' thread has the lowest priority,
1000 retries can be too few. Without the assertion, these functions would
return an error code, which is often ignored by the caller, so it seems
safer to keep retrying until the function can return successfully.
Fixes#1437
The mkfs.ext2 heuristics select the "small" ext2 usage type, which does
not fit well with GiB-sized pen drives. For example, the block size is
just 1024 bytes compared to 4096 for "default". Therefore, we enforce
the default usage type as this fits our use case of dumping the image to
USB sticks better.
Among others, this function is used in the for_each_set_big() macro,
which is used when configuring the data rate tables. Therefore, this
fixes observed performance issues.
Fixes#1439.
If running multiple VBox VMMs with Windows as guest concurrently then it may
happen that the system seem to hang. It turned out that actually
a VM-exit storm (vmx_exception->handle_exc_nm) causes a endless loop between
kernel and vCPU. Nothing gets scheduled nor interrupts are received anymore.
The referenced kernel commit fixes this issue.
Issue #1343
Drivers like SD-Card, platform, AHCI, and framebuffer are specified as Exynos5
compliant. But they are at least not compliant with Odroid-XU although this is
Exynos5. Thus, prevent tests that rely on such drivers when building for
hw_odoid_xu. Furthermore, make previous Arndale regulator/consts.h,
uart_defs.h, and some Board_base enums available to all Exynos5 builds to
enable at least building the drivers.
Fixes#1419
For the USB-Armory, we use a newer version of Linux (3.18) as for the
i.MX53-QSB. The main difference is, that the newer Linux uses a DTB instead of
ATAGs.
Fixes#1422
The USB Armory is almost the same as the i.MX53-QSB but it uses only
one of the two RAM banks available in i.MX53. Furthermore we use the USB
Armory only with Trustzone enabled.
Ref #1422
With the new run tool, there is no more is_qemu_available function. However,
some scripts still try to use it because only frequently used scripts were
updated by now. The commit replaces the function calls with the new
'have_include power_on/qemu' check.
Ref #1419
The wifi_drv now provides two reports. The first one contains all
accesspoints that were found while scanning the supported frequencies.
The second one reports the state of the driver, i.e., if it is
conntected to an accesspoint or not. In addition to that, the driver
now gets its configuration via a ROM session.
More detailed information are available in 'repos/dde_linux/README'.
Issue #1415.
* enables world-switch using ARM virtualization extensions
* split TrustZone and virtualization extensions hardly from platforms,
where it is not used
* extend 'Vm_session' interface to enable configuration of guest-physical memory
* introduce VM destruction syscall
* add virtual machine monitor for hw_arndale that emulates a simplified version
of ARM's Versatile Express Cortex A15 board for a Linux guest OS
Fixes#1405
To enable support of hardware virtualization for ARM on the Arndale board,
the cpu needs to be prepared to enter the non-secure mode, as long as it does
not already run in it. Therefore, especially the interrupt controller and
some TrustZone specific system registers need to be prepared. Moreover,
the exception vector for the hypervisor needs to be set up properly, before
booting normally in the supervisor mode of the non-secure world.
Ref #1405
To enable the usage of virtualization extension related instructions
there is the need to enable the '-mcpu=cortex_a15' compiler flag on
those cpus. To not conflict with other compiler flags (Ref #810) we've
to disable the '-march=arm_v7a' flag.
Ref #1405
The generalization of interrupt objects in the kernel and the use of
C++ polymorphism instead of explicitely checking for special interrupts
within generic code (Cpu_job::_interrupt) enables the registration of
additional interrupts used by the kernel, which are needed for specific
aspects added to the kernel, like ARM hardware virtualization interrupts.
* Introduce generic base class for interrupt objects handled by the kernel
* Derive an interrupt class for those handled by the user-land
* Implement IPI-specific interrupt class
* Implement timer interrupts using the new generic base class
Ref #1405
Until now, one distinct software generated IRQ per cpu was used to
send signals between cpus. As ARM's GIC has 16 software generated
IRQs only, and they need to be partitioned between secure/non-secure
TrustZone world as well as virtual and non-virtual worlds, we should
save them.
Ref #1405
* name irq controller memory mapped I/O regions consistently
in board descriptions
* move irq controller and timer memory mapped I/O region descriptions
from cpu class to board class
* eliminate artificial distinction between flavors of ARM's GIC
* factor cpu local initialization out of ARM's GIC interface description,
which is needed if the GIC is initialized differently e.g. for TrustZone
Ref #1405
The 'dest' target is renamed in the updated rump version to 'dest.stage'. This
triggered some building steps, even when the targets already existed.
Issue #1409
The handling of MMIO regions now supports more pathological cases with
weird cross references. Also, MMIO regions are releases after the
parsing is done.
Fixes#998
While booting up, some devices send garbage over the serial connection.
This can result in an unexpected EOF event within expect(1). A filter
program may be specified with '--log-serial-filter' to circumvent this
problem. Then, the output of the serial program is piped through
the filter, which may sanitize the character stream.
Fixes#1395.
Setting the ACTLR.SMP bit also without SMP support fastens RAM access
significantly. A proper solution would implement SMP support which must enable
the bit anyway.
Fixes#1353
and move it close to run_genode_until implementation.
Somehow the "match_max -d" gets ignored if it is to far away and some
our run scripts fails because the buffer contains not all information
(seen for affinity.run on a 8 core machine)
This is needed at least by rump_ext2.run as it uses the perf-counter
in the jitterentropy-lib. On other platforms the perf-counter gets enabled
by the kernel by default. However, on HW, we keep the specifier to allow users
to disable it easily (e.g. for security reasons).
Ref #1393
When returning early on directory operations, file systems that might
be able to handle the request but come after the current one are not
tried.
Fixes#1400.
Up to now Noux used the libc sleep functions, which actually is not
possible because the _nanosleep() function implemented by our libc
creates a new thread to handle the timeout. Noux childs may have
only one thread, e.g., the main thread, though. To fix this issue
sleeping is now handled directly by Noux. It is implemented by calling
select(2) with a timeout. This fix is needed for mutt(1), which calls
sleep when it prints a notification for the user.
Fixes#1374.
Since rump now requires large buffers of random numbers (>= 512 bytes), use the
jitterentropy library instead of the slow timer pseudo random number generation.
Fixes#1393
To circumvent compilation errors with the older L4Android Linux kernel
version, the ballooning driver is included in the more recent L4Linux
kernel only. Moreover, to be able to maintain L4Android / L4Linux in a more
convenient way, e.g. to apply patches valid for both versions, we use
the same git clone that is used for L4Linux instead of using the upstream
L4Android version by applying patches.
Fixes#1390
Instead of returning an uint64_t value, return a structured time stamp.
This change is only visible to components using Rtc_session directly.
Fixes#1381.
Up until now 'schedule_timeout' did only wait for the next signal to occur.
However, we might run into situations where there won't occur signals for longer
periods of time. Therefore, we took care of the respective timeout handling.
This commit also adds Genode's tracing support
Issue #1310
This has been broken for a while now. Use correct (global) signal transmission,
do not use local signal transmission, as signals seems to get lost.
Issue #1310
This patch changes the Shared_object::lookup function to use a
reinterpret_cast instead of a static_cast to allow the conversion
from symbol addresses to arbitrary pointers.
By blocking on a timeout, we yield the CPU in order to give a
concurrently running sporadic process a chance to obtain ROM modules.
Otherwise, such requests would be deferred until the ROM prefetcher
completes its operation or in the unlikely event that the prefetcher
gets preempted.
Fixes#1378
The linker scripts use to fill alignment gaps within the text section
with the magic value 0x90909090, which correponds to the opcodes of four
nop instructions on x86. This patch removes this value because it
apparently solves no problem. If, for some reason (e.g., due to a dangling
pointer) a thread executes instructions within alignment paddings, NOP
instructions are not any better than any other instruction. The program
will eventually execute the instructions after the padding, which is
most likely fatal. It would be more reasonable to fill the padding with
the opcode of an illegal instruction so that such an error can be
immediately detected. That said, I cannot remember a single instance,
where the fill value has helped us during debugging.
Even if the mechanism served a purpose on x86, it is still better to
remove it because it does not equally work on the other architectures
where the linker scripts are used. I.e., on ARM, the opcode 0x90909090
is not a NOP instruction.
The patch supports both, a download-specific UNZIP_OPT(download) and a
general UNZIP_OPT that can be defined across downloads.
UNZIP_OPT(download) overrides UNZIP_OPT.
Note, the `--strip-components=1` argument is not required for unzip.
Issue #1357
If newlines are in the string send to the core log service, they don't get
the label properly appended before each output. The messages then look like
they are coming from core.
Fixes#1368
Be less verbose regards warnings caused by vmx_invalid exits - which triggers
on T400 more often because it has no Unrestricted Guest support. This leads
to lot of log messages so that the test does not succeed in time. Additionally,
the virtualbox_auto_disk.run script is adjusted to check for some output to
exit earlier if something went wrong.
Fixes#1367
Workaround for issue #1343. By disabling the 'vpid' feature of the nova
kernel several VMs can be used concurrently. Applies for Seoul and VirtualBox.
Issue #1343
tool/ports/shortcut
create symbolic link from 'contrib/<port-name>-<hash>' to
contrib/<port-name>
tool/ports/current
print current contrib directory of port
Fixes#1345.
Instead of fixing the missing dynamic facilities of the AHCI driver
backends for x86 and Exynos5, just avoid to create/destroy the backend
for every new connection, but always use one and the same object.
The AHCI drivers need to be re-written anyway, see issue #1352 for instance,
we can make it more robust for the dynamic case then.
Fixes#786Fixes#1133
This has to be used during shared object creation and destruction because global
lists are manipulated. We cannot use the 'Elf_object::lock' here because there
may be jump-slot relocations during object initialization.
Fixes#1350
When building Genode for VEA9X4 as micro-hypervisor protected by the ARM
TrustZone hardware we ran into limitations regarding our basic daily
testing routines. The most significant is that, when speaking about RAM
partitioning, the only available options are to configure the whole SRAM
to be secure and the whole DDR-RAM to be non-secure or vice versa. The
SRAM however provides only 32 MB which isn't enough for both a
representative non-secure guest OS or a secure Genode that is still
capable of passing our basic tests. This initiated our decision to
remove the VEA9X4 TrustZone-support.
Fixes#1351
On VEA9X4-TZ, the context-area overlaps with the virtual area of the
text, data and bss. However, we can't simply change the link address as
the core image (used physically respectively 1:1 mapped) needs to be in
this particular RAM-region as it is the only one that can be protected
against a VM. Thus I've moved the context area to a place where it
shouldn't disturb any HW-platform.
Fixes#1337
Declaring the SP804 0/1 module and its interrupt to be non-secure prevents the
secure Genode from receiving the interrupt and hence the timer driver in the
secure Genode doesn't work.
Fixes#1340
Some downloads are available via HTTPS only, but wget < 3.14 does not
support server-name identification, which is used by some sites. So, we
disable certificate checking in wget and check the validity of the
download via SIG or SHA.
Fixes#1334.
The commit uses a fixed kernel branch (r8), which fixes a caching bug
observable in the Genode host. The quirk detecting the circumstance in the
timer service is obsolete now and is removed.
Fixes#1338
The commit
- fixes the syscall bindings for using portal permissions
- revokes PT_CTRL permission after pager in core set local badge name
- revokes PT_CTRL permission after server entrypoint code set local badge name
Fixes#1335
This fix configures TTBRs and translation-table descriptors as if we would use
SMP although we don't to circumvent problems with UP-configurations.
This fix should be superseded later by full SMP support for the VEA9X4.
ref #1312
The HW-kernel, in contrast to other kernels, provides a direct reference
to the pager object with the fault signal that is send to the pager
activation. When accessing this reference directly we may fall into the
time span where the root parent-entrypoint of the faulter has alredy
dissolved the pager object from the pager entrypoint, but not yet
silenced the according signal context. To avoid this we issue an
additional 'lookup_and_lock' with the received pager object. This isn't
optimal as we don't need the potentially cost-intensive lookup but only the
synchronization.
Fixes#1311.
Fixes#1332.
- essential support for 7260 chipset and DMA fixes
- assign mvm->pm_ops at beginning of function iwl_op_mode_mvm_start.
iwl_mvm_mac_setup_register() uses mvm->pm_ops, but it is called
before this field is set to a valid value.
- disable call to function iwl_mvm_prepare_multicast.
This function leads to a pagefault, as it aspects a list of multicast
addresses, but the list is empty as it is not generated by this port.
On base-hw, each thread owns exactly one scheduling context for its
whole lifetime. However, introducing helping on IPC, a thread might get
executed on scheduling contexts that it doesn't own. Figuratively
spoken, the IPC-helping relation spans trees between threads. These
trees are identical to those of the IPC relation between threads. The
root of such a tree is executed on all scheduling contexts in the tree.
All other threads in the tree are not executed on any scheduling context
as long as they remain in this position. Consequently, the ready-state
of all scheduling contexts in an IPC-helping tree always equals the
state of the root context.
fix#1102
As soon as helping is used, a thread may also be in a blocking state when its
scheduling context is ready. Hence, the state designation SCHEDULED for an active
thread would be pretty misleading.
ref #1102
If the debug branch of the nova kernel is used, following messages are printed
by the kernel during vCPU setup phase:
[0] overmap attempt OBJ - tree - ...
Fixes#1324
The context of timer are now inserted correctly and the actual timer
triggering the exection of each context is always programmed if the
head of the timer list changes.
Fixes#1326.
The jiffies are only updated on each round of scheduling the runnable
tasks. We have to schedule the current task that executes the sleep
call to update the jiffies count and thereby preventing the task from
entering an endless loop when using a statement like
'while (!time_after(jiffies, now + timeout)) { msleep(1); }'.
Related to #1326.
Instead of probing all device on the PCI bus just look for devices
matching PCI_CLASS_NETWORK_OTHER. This fixes issues with other devices
on the PCI bus, e.g. the GPU, when access their extended config space.
Related to #1326.
Due to commit "run: relax IP power plug recognition + serial EOF",
when piping the serial command through 'tr', some characters might
get buffered, thereby preventing some run scripts to finish correctly.
This commit removes the 'tr' hack. Instead, to circumvent the 'expect'
problem, which kills under special conditions spawned childs used to
obtain serial line content, whenever EOF of the serial command is
recognized during the boot phase, the child process gets re-spawned.
Setting explicit routes for Nitpicker's 'Framebuffer' and 'Input' sessionsi
avoids ambiguities if a Qt application provides these services, too.
Fixes#1316
With this patch, when calling 'setFocus()' on a QNitpickerViewWidget, the
Nitpicker view gets the input focus (provided that the parent Qt window
already had it).
Fixes#1314
Until now, the successful termination of the boot process was recognized
when 'expect' saw the first L4 bootstrapper output on serial line. On sytems
with initially shaky serial connection like Versatile Express, where the serial
line baudrate changes with the bootstrapper initialization, the first expected
line might be missing. Therefore, change the expected line to the first
Fiasco.OC kernel output.
* To communicate with IP power plug devices from Koukaam, to remote
control power supply of test boards, don't parse minor versions, but
support different IP power plugs
* TCL's expect may report an EOF when reading from the spawned serial
terminal, especially when using 'socat' to stream serial over TCP/IP,
although the spawned child is still running and delivering content.
This problem is clearly not dependent on the characters send, but
possibly due to strange pipe signals. When piping the serial output
through 'tr' the problem vanishs.
This wasn't necessary before because we built an l4 library for
Pistachio and linked it against each application. With the new linker,
we compile the required files from within Genode and create a syscall
library that is only linked to ldso. If a program uses system calls
directly, for example, DDE kit's spinlock implementation, the required
symbols must be made globally accessible.
Fixes#1306
On the Versatile Express Cortex A9x4 platform the first memory region
0x0 - 0x4000000 is a hardware remapped memory area, containing flash
and DDR RAM copies and thus should not be added in addition to all
DDR RAM regions and the SRAM region.
In the init configuration one can configure the donation of CPU time via
'resource' tags that have the attribute 'name' set to "CPU" and the
attribute 'quantum' set to the percentage of CPU quota that init shall
donate. The pattern is the same as when donating RAM quota.
! <start name="test">
! <resource name="CPU" quantum="75"/>
! </start>
This would cause init to try donating 75% of its CPU quota to the child
"test". Init and core do not preserve CPU quota for their own
requirements by default as it is done with RAM quota.
The CPU quota that a process owns can be applied through the thread
constructor. The constructor has been enhanced by an argument that
indicates the percentage of the programs CPU quota that shall be granted
to the new thread. So 'Thread(33, "test")' would cause the backing CPU
session to try to grant 33% of the programs CPU quota to the thread
"test". By now, the CPU quota of a thread can't be altered after
construction. Constructing a thread with CPU quota 0 doesn't mean the
thread gets never scheduled but that the thread has no guaranty to receive
CPU time. Such threads have to live with excess CPU time.
Threads that already existed in the official repositories of Genode were
adapted in the way that they receive a quota of 0.
This commit also provides a run test 'cpu_quota' in base-hw (the only
kernel that applies the CPU-quota scheme currently). The test basically
runs three threads with different physical CPU quota. The threads simply
count for 30 seconds each and the test then checks wether the counter
values relate to the CPU-quota distribution.
fix#1275
Do not support the global construction from of objects from within a global
constructor of another object. This can happen if, for example, dlopen is called
from a global constructor. The construction will be post-boned until the current
constructor has finished.
On Arndale, the kernel timer resets to the initial value of the last
count-down and continues as soon as it reaches zero. We must check this
via the interrupt status when we read out the timer value and in case
return 0 instead of the real value.
fix#1299
The way this function is currently used in dde_linux expects this
function to return. Since there is dde_kit_panic it should better
be used in such a case the output should block.
Kernel::Processor was a confusing remnant from the old scheme where we had a
Processor_driver (now Genode::Cpu) and a Processor (now Kernel::Cpu).
This commit also updates the in-code documentation and the variable and
function naming accordingly.
fix#1274
The run test 'hw_info' prints the content of the basic ARMv7 identification and
feature registers in a pretty readable format. It is a kernel-internal test
because many of these registers are restricted to privilege level 1 or higher.
fix#1278
The new scheduler serves the orthogonal requirements of both
high-throughput-oriented scheduling contexts (shortly called fill in the
scheduler) and low-latency-oriented scheduling contexts (shortly called
claim in the scheduler). Thus it knows two scheduling modes. Every claim
owns a CPU-time-quota expressed as percentage of a super period
(currently 1 second) and a priority that is absolute as long as the
claim has quota left for the current super period. At the end of a super
period the quota of all claims gets refreshed. During a super period,
the claim mode is dominant as long as any active claim has quota left.
Every time this isn't the case, the scheduler switches to scheduling of
fills. Fills are scheduled in a simple round robin with identical time
slices. Order and time-slices of the fill scheduling are not affected by
the super period. Now on thread creation, two arguments, priority and
quota are needed. If quota is 0, the new thread participates in CPU
scheduling with a fill only. Otherwise he participates with both a
claim and a fill. This concept dovetails nicely with Genodes quota based
resource management as any process can grant subsets of its own
CPU-time and priorities to its child without knowing the global means of
CPU-time and priority.
The commit also adds a run script that enables an automated unit test of the
scheduler implementation.
fix#1225
To serve the needs of the coming CPU scheduler, the double list needs
additional methods such as 'to_tail' and 'insert_head'.
The commit also adds a run script that enables an automated unit test
of the list implementation.
ref #1225
Kernel tests are done by replacing the implementation of an otherwise
empty function 'Kernel::test' that gets called once at the primary CPU
as soon as all kernel initialization is done. To achieve this, the test
binary that implements 'Kernel::test' must be linked against the core
lib and must then replace the core binary when composing the boot image.
The latter can be done conveniently in a run script by setting the new
argument 'core_type' of the function 'build_boot_image' to the falue
'test'. If no kernel test is needed the argument does not have to be
given - it is set to 'core' by default which results in a "normal"
Genode image.
ref #1225
Previously, Idle_thread inherited from Thread which caused an extra
processor_pool.h and processor_pool.cc and also made class models for
processor and scheduling more complex. However, this inheritance makes
not much sense anyway as an idle context doesn't trigger most of the code
in Thread.
ref #1225
The memory barrier prevents the compiler from changing the program order
of memory accesses in such a way that accesses to the guarded resource
get outside the guarded stage. As cmpxchg() defines the start of the
guarded stage it also represents an effective memory barrier.
On x86, the architecture ensures to not reorder writes with older reads,
writes to memory with other writes (except in cases that are not
relevant for our locks), or read/write instructions with I/O
instructions, locked instructions, and serializing instructions.
However on ARM, the architectural memory model allows not only that
memory accesses take local effect in another order as their program
order but also that different observers (components that can access
memory like data-busses, TLBs and branch predictors) observe these
effects each in another order. Thus, a correct program order isn't
sufficient for a correct observation order. An additional architectural
preservation of the memory barrier is needed to achieve this.
Fixes#692
GCC 4.7.4 and newer seems to optimize the lock-variable accesses more
radically, which uncovered the missing volatile qualifier and resulted
in:
Assertion "(int)locked >= 0" failed in file '.../okl4_x86/kernel/include/kernel/read_write_lock.h', line 151 (fn=f0104771)
--- "KD# assert" ---
Invalidating all branch predictors before switching the PD
fixes instability problems on Panda and has not much effect
on the performance of other boards. However, we neither know why
this is a fix nor wether it fixes the real cause of the problem.
fix#1294
Previously, the timer was used to remember the state of the time slices.
This was sufficient before priorities entered the scene as a thread always
received a fresh time slice when he was scheduled away. However, with
priorities this isn't always the case. A thread can be preempted by another
thread due to a higher priority. In this case the low-priority thread must
remember how much time he has consumed from its current time slice because
the timer gets re-programmed. Otherwise, if we have high-priority threads
that block and unblock with high frequency, the head of the next lower
priority would start with a fresh time slice all the time and is never
superseded.
fix#1287
Some SDL applications expect the SDL_image headers in include/SDL to be
reachable without the SDL/ prefix. This patch adds the corresponding
search path. Furthermore it enables support for XPM images.
Ported drivers list and extract all needed source files. This decouples
ports according to contrib sources and also enables us to revert lxip to
Linux version 3.9, while staying with 3.14 for usb.
Fixes#1285
The manpage to errno tells the following story:
The <errno.h> header file defines the integer variable errno, which is
set by system calls and some library functions in the event of an error
to indicate what went wrong. Its value is significant only when the
return value of the call indicated an error (i.e., -1 from most system
calls; -1 or NULL from most library functions); a function that
succeeds is allowed to change errno.
Valid error numbers are all nonzero; errno is never set to zero by any
system call or library function.
When the 'Mtd::FPU' flag is set during the registration of a
virtualization event handler, it must also be set whenever the event
handler returns.
Fixes#1283
This patch ensures that priority values passed as session arguments
are within the valid range of priorities. Without the clamping, a child
could specify a priority of a lower priority band than the one assigned
to the subsystem. Thanks to Johannes Schlatow for reporting this issue.
Fixes#1279
This is just a quick fix to calm down the buildbot - a revised
implementation is needed according to issue #1277. Further, the reason
for the increased test duration on several platforms must be
investigated.
The alias is rather Linux-specific and also prevents particularly
tailored jiffies implementations. For the existing dde_linux ports (usb
and lxip) we just define jiffies to be dde_kit_timer_ticks with a
preprocessor macro.
The menu view generates a simple dialog of widgets and reports the
hovered element. It is meant to be embedded into applications that
require simple GUIs but don't want to deal with the pecularities of
a full-blown widget set.
The new 'session_control' function can be used to perform operations on
the global view stack that span one or multiple sessions, e.g., bringing
all views of specific sessions to the front, or hiding them.
If the Rom_session::update function returns false, the ROM dataspace may
have been physically destructed (and core has removed all mappings).
In this case, we have to omit the detach operation in the destructor
of 'Attached_dataspace' to avoid detaching the same region twice.
The headers 'texture_rgb565.h' and 'texture_rgb888' contain
template specializations needed for using the 'Texture::rgba' function
for the respective pixel formats. The specializations were formerly
contained in application-local code.
This patch add an optional alpha argument to the constructor, which may
be passed to a pixel type representing an alpha channel. Furthermore,
a new overload of the mix function has been added to accommodate use
cases where one texture is applied to both a pixel surface and an alpha
channel.
When X-ray mode is active, nitpicker filters motion events that are not
referring to the currently focused domain. However, domains configured
as xray="no" (such as a panel) need to obtain motion events regardless
of the xray mode. This patch relaxes the motion-event filtering to
accommodate such clients.
The buffer offset was wrongly accounted for. The miscalculation went
unnoticed until now because the buffer offset was apparently never used
in combination with alpha-channels.
If a domain is configured as xray="no", we want to let the views of the
domain respond to input events like in flat mode, even if xray mode is
active. Normally, the input mask of views with an alpha channel is
disregarded in X-ray mode. However, for non-ray views, the input mask
should always be considered.
The 'Signal_rpc_member' takes care about dissolving its signal context
from the receiver. So we don't need to manually perform this operation
in the session destructor.
With this patch, the VESA driver chooses the video mode with the highest
resolution from the list of available modes if no resolution is
explicitly configured.
Fixes#1263.
* use seoul branch containing vbios emulator
* report the memory model in the VBE mode info as otherwise the
Genode framebuffer driver will ignore this mode
Fixes#1261
It turned out that the controller configuration can change during the self
tests, so now it is read before running the tests and restored afterwards.
Fixes#1260.
This component merges the input events of multiple sources.
Example configuration:
<start name="input_merger">
<resource name="RAM" quantum="1M" />
<provides>
<service name="Input" />
</provides>
<config>
<input label="ps2" />
<input label="usb_hid" />
</config>
<route>
<service name="Input">
<if-arg key="label" value="ps2" /> <child name="ps2_drv" />
</service>
<service name="Input">
<if-arg key="label" value="usb_hid" /> <child name="usb_drv" />
</service>
<any-service> <parent /> <any-child /> </any-service>
</route>
</start>
For each 'input' config node, the component opens an 'Input' session with the
configured label. This label is then evaluated by 'init' to route the session
request to a specific input source component.
Fixes#1259.
* When flushing the data and unified cache on ARM, clean and invalidate
instead of just cleaning the corresponding cache lines
* After zero-ing a freshly constructed dataspace in core, invalidate
corresponding cache lines from the instruction cache
The backend allocator for the slab is a sliced heap, which hands out
allocations with page-size granularity (4096 bytes). Therefore, the
slab-block size should also be about a multiple of the page size minus
some bytes of overhead.
Additional adjustments:
- The slab-block size and the default quota-upgrade amount for SIGNAL
sessions depends on the platform bit width now.
- The signal test also stresses the case of many managed context in one
session including creation and destruction of the used signal receiver
in repeated rounds.
- correctly catch and report non-existing root directories
- remove *all* leading slashes from root-directory attributes and
sanitize empty declarations to current working directory
The older SOAP EOI protocol is not supported with AMT version 9+. By default
the wsman tool will be used if installed.
RUN_OPT examples to enforce amtool or wsman:
--target amt --amt-tool wsman
--target amt --amt-tool amttool
Fixes#1251
The weak implementation was added for quite special purposes years ago
and is no longer needed. On the other hand, the weak attribute does not
help if the implementation ends up in a shared library, which first
resolves symbols locally before asking ldso (that includes the acutal
thread library) *shiver*
The original git:// URL produced the following error:
Cloning into 'jbig2dec'...
fatal: remote error: access denied or repository not exported: /jbig2dec.git
* \brief Functions required for using the arm-none-linux-gnueabi tool chain
* \author Norman Feske
* \date 2009-10-02
*/
/*
* Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Genode Labs GmbH
*
* This file is part of the Genode OS framework, which is distributed
* under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.
*/
#include<base/printf.h>
#include<base/stdint.h>
usingnamespaceGenode;
extern"C"intraise(intsig)
{
PWRN("raise - not yet implemented");
return0;
}
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
